PNS Hafeez Hospital, Islamabad (Plumbing System's Analytical Methodology) PDF

PROJECT TITLE: PN HAFEEZ HOSPITAL
LOCATION: NHQ, ISLAMABAD
DATED: 27TH JANUARY, 2020
SUBJECT PLUMBING SYSTEM METHODOLOGY
DAILY WATER CONSUMPTION DEMAND SUMMARY
A‐ TOTAL BEDS = 507
B‐ EMPLOYEES
FULL TIME EMPLOYEES = 5,225
NET WATER RECOVERY RATE WITH INTEGRATED
PART TIME EMPLOYEES = 186
GRAY WATER REUSE, CONDENSATE RECOVERY &
STORMWATER HARVESTING (POTABLE & NON‐
TOTAL EMPLOYEES = 5,411
POTABLE)
C1‐ TOTAL ANNUAL WATER CONSUMPTION DEMAND WITHOUT INTEGRATED GRAY
WATER REUSE, CONDENSATE RECOVERY & STORMWATER HARVESTING (POTABLE & = 87,881,253 GALLONS / YEAR 31.4 %
NON‐POTABLE)
C2‐ TOTAL ANNUAL WATER CONSUMPTION DEMAND WITH INTEGRATED GRAY
WATER REUSE, CONDENSATE RECOVERY & STORMWATER HARVESTING (POTABLE & = 60,289,171 GALLONS / YEAR 27,592,082 GALLONS / YEAR
NON‐POTABLE)
WATER CONSUMPTION DEMAND CALCULATION
A‐ OCCUPANCY LOAD
1) IN‐PATIENT ACCOMMODATION
TOTAL BEDS = 507 BEDS
2) FULL TIME EMPLOYEES INCLUDING CONSULTANTS (AS PER AMERICAN HOSPITAL ASSOCIATION "HOSPITAL STATISTICS" REPORT, 2018 EDITION)
TOTAL FULL TIME EMPLOYEES = 5,225 EMPLOYEES
TOTAL PART TIME EMPLOYEES (OPD CONSULTANTS) = 186 EMPLOYEES
TOTAL EMPLOYEES = 5,411 EMPLOYEES
3) FACILITY'S COVERED AREA
TOTAL AREA = 550,000 SQUARE FEET
4) LAUNDRY SERVICES
TOTAL NUMBER OF WASHER EXTRACTORS (50 KG EACH) = 3
HANDLING TIME / WASH CYCLE = 2 HOURS
DAILY OPERATION TIME OF THE LAUNDRY = 12 HOURS
DAILY WASH CYCLES PER WASHER EXTRACTOR = 8 WASH CYCLES / WASHER EXTRACTOR
TOTAL DAILY WASH CYCLES = 24 TOTAL WASH CYCLES / DAY
B‐ DAILY WATER CONSUMPTION DEMAND RATE
FOR THE FIRST CRITERION CHECK (AS PER ASPE ‐ PLUMBING ENGINEERING DESIGN HANDBOOK ‐ VOLUME 4)
1) DEMAND (PER BED)
DEMAND / BED / DAY = 225 GALLONS / BED / DAY
2) LAUNDRY DEMAND (50 KG WASHER EXTRACTOR)
DEMAND / WASH CYCLE = 198 GALLONS / WASH CYCLE
FOR THE SECOND CRITERION CHECK (AS PER HTM ‐ WATER MANAGEMENT & WATER EFFECIENCY IN HOSPITALS)
1) DEMAND (PER BED)
DEMAND / BED / DAY = 119 GALLONS / BED / DAY
2) FULL TIME EMPLOYEE DEMAND (WITH CANTEEN)
DEMAND / EMPLOYEE / DAY = 13 GALLONS / EMPLOYEE / DAY
3) LAUNDRY DEMAND (50 KG WASHER EXTRACTOR)
DEMAND / WASH CYCLE = 198 GALLONS / WASH CYCLE
FOR THE THIRD CRITERION CHECK (AS PER HTM ‐ WATER MANAGEMENT & WATER EFFECIENCY IN HOSPITALS)
1) DEMAND (PER SQUARE FEET OF COVERED AREA)
DEMAND / SQUARE FEET / DAY = 0.11 GALLONS / SQUARE FEET / DAY
C‐ DAILY WATER CONSUMPTION DEMAND (FOR HOSPITAL BUILDING'S POTABLE AND NON‐POTABLE AND LAUNDRY BUILDING ONLY)
BY THE FIRST CRITERION CHECK (AS PER ASPE ‐ PLUMBING ENGINEERING DESIGN HANDBOOK ‐ VOLUME 4)
DAILY WATER CONSUMPTION DEMAND (INCLUDES POTABLE, NON‐POTABLE DEMANDS 130,710 GALLONS / DAY

=
ONLY) 17,475 CUBIC FEET / DAY
BY THE SECOND CRITERION CHECK (AS PER HTM ‐ WATER MANAGEMENT & WATER EFFECIENCY IN HOSPITALS)

=
BY THE THIRD CRITERION CHECK (AS PER HTM ‐ WATER MANAGEMENT & WATER EFFECIENCY IN HOSPITALS)

=
MAXIMUM VALUE AMONGST ALL CRITERION CHECKS

=
D‐ MAXIMUM COOLING TOWER WATER DEMAND
DEMAND / DAY = 97,710 GALLONS / DAY
E‐ IRRIGATION WATER DEMAND
DEMAND / DAY = 3,736 GALLONS / DAY
F‐ FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM WATER DEMAND
FIXED DEMAND = 60,000 GALLONS
G‐ FACTOR OF SAFETY (ONLY FOR HUMAN WATER CONSUMPTION ‐ POTABLE & NON POTABLE)
FACTOR OF SAFETY = 10 PERCENT
O.H.W.T‐01
I1‐ WATER HOLDING CAPACITY OF THE O.H.W.T (INCLUDES POTABLE, NON‐POTABLE 50,524 GALLONS / DAY
=
DEMANDS ONLY) 6,755 CUBIC FEET / DAY
O.H.W.T‐02
=
O.H.W.T‐03
=
RO STORAGE TANK
J‐ TOTAL DAILY DRINKING WATER CONSUMPTION DEMAND (FOR PATIENTS AND 5,550 GALLONS / DAY
=
HOSPITAL EMPLOYEES ONLY) 742 CUBIC FEET / DAY
U.G.W.T
K‐ REQUIRED AVAILABLE CAPACITY FOR U.G.W.T (INCLUDES FIRE FIGHTING DEMAND 225,176 GALLONS / DAY
=
DRAW STORAGE ONLY) 30,104 CUBIC FEET / DAY
208 ASPE Plumbing Engineering Design Handbook — Volume 4
The line pressure less the pressure drop of the Table 10-3 Water Consumption Guide
selected unit must be at least 30 psi to handle
Apartments
the peak flow rate periods. If it is less than 30
One-bedroom units 1.75 people/apartment
psi:
Two-bedroom units Three people/apartment
A. Repeat step 2 using the maximum column Three-bedroom units Five people/apartment
on the intermittent flow rate chart. Full line 60 gpd/person
B. Add to A the additional requirements of Hot only 25 gpd/person
step 3. One bath 1.5 gpm/apartment
Two baths 2.5 gpm/apartment
C. Select a water conditioner with a Barber shops 75 gpm/chair
continuous flow rate that is equal to Beauty shops 300 gpd/person
or greater than the new total flow rate Bowling alleys 75 gpd/lane
requirement. Factories (not including process waters)
When the maximum figures are used, the With showers 35 gpd/person/shift
line pressure less the conditioner pressure Without showers 25 gpd/person/shift
drop must be 20 psi minimum. Farm animals
Dairy cow 35 gpd
Note: When water conditioners are Beef cow 12 gpd
installed in series, such as an iron filter Hog 4 gpd
in a water softener, the 30-psi and 20-psi Horse 12 gpd
minimum pressures must be maintained Sheep 2 gpd
after both units. Select combinations of Chickens 10 gpd/100 birds
conditioners with a total pressure drop, Turkeys 18 gpd/100 birds
when subtracted from the line pressure, of Hospitals 225 gpd/bed (Estimate air-
30 psi minimum when using the average conditioning and laundry
figures or 20 psi when using the maximum separately.)
figures. Motels (Estimate the restaurant, bar, air-conditioning,
swimming pool, and laundry facilities separately, and add these
Where measurements of water consumption are
to the room gallonage for total consumption.)
not possible—for instance, where water meter records Full line 100 gpd/room
are not available—the information in Table 10-3 can Hot only 40 gpd/room
be used to estimate the amount of water consumed Mobile home courts Estimate 3.75 people/home,
in several establishments. (Note: For more accurate and estimate 60 gpd/person.
figures, take meter readings during average or peak (Outside water for sprinkling,
periods—a week or a month. Water bills may be used washing cars, etc., should be
bypassed.)
to determine daily water consumption.)
Restaurants
If manually operated equipment is desired, longer
Total (full line) 8 gal/meal
periods between regenerations may be desired to Food preparation (hot and cold) 3 gal/meal
reduce the attention that an operator must give to Food preparation (hot only) 1.5 gal/meal
the water softener. Thus, larger capacity units must Cocktail bar 2 gal/person
be selected. Rest homes 175 gpd/bed (Estimate laundry
Single or Multiple Systems separately.)
Schools
A single-unit softener will bypass the hard water
Full line 20 gpd/student
during periods of regeneration (normally 1.5 hours).
Hot only 8 gpd/student
This is the danger in a single-unit softener. If soft Trailer parks 100 gpd/space
water requirements are critical and adequate soft
water storage is not available, a twin or duplex water
can be located on the upper side shell of the softener
softener is needed.
tank (if so specified).
Space Needs Severe room height restrictions normally require
Many times a softener system is selected without specifying a large-diameter, squat softener tank with
much concern for space needs. Generally, sufficient the same specified quantity of softening mineral.
floor space is available, although this factor should Further consideration must be given to the floor
not be overlooked for storage. More commonly over- space around the equipment, particularly around the
looked is the actual height of the softener tank and salt tanks, for loading purposes and accessibility for
the additional height required (24 inches) for access servicing the units.
through the top manhole opening for loading the unit. Where water softeners are being installed in exist-
If height in the room is critical, the upper manhole ing buildings, the door openings should be checked
2008 PEDH Data Book Vol 4.indd 208 10/16/2008 12:02:43 PM

Health Technical Memorandum 07-04: Water management and water efficiency – best practice advice for the healthcare sector
• an information pack or other communication • per bed day (Table 3); or

that highlights the importance and value of
• by person type (Table 4).
efficient water use both in and out of the
workplace; 5.50 In each case, it may also be necessary to distinguish
between building types in order to achieve a more
• management rewards and ring-fencing of water
realistic benchmark. It is recommended that
savings;
benchmarking be used as a guideline for
• signs and notices on appropriate use next to management rather than a stringent target.
water-using appliances; and
Table 2 Hospital water use (expressed in cubic
• informing local media (via a healthcare
metres per square metre of floor area per
organisation’s communications manager) of the
year)
new plan to raise the profile of water efficiency
and local environmental policy. Type of hospital Typical Best practice
use benchmarks
Procurement and installation Small acute or long-stay 1.17 0.90
5.47 Information on water-efficient devices is included hospitals without personal
in Chapter 10. When corresponding with laundry
contractors and consultants, water efficiency should Small acute or long-stay 1.56 1.24
be stressed as a priority. hospitals with personal laundry
Large acute/teaching hospital 1.66 1.38
Monitoring and maintaining standards Source: Water UK (2003)
Benchmarking: hospital water consumption Recommended benchmarks

5.48 Benchmarking helps to inform a manager about 5.51 Table 2 reflects the findings of a Water UK study
appropriate parameters for water efficiency. conducted in 2003, in which cubic metres of water
per square metre of floor space per year was found
5.49 As the size, design and use of healthcare facilities
to most accurately reflect data analysis. It was also
will vary considerably, a means of normalising
found that the only activity within hospitals which
water consumption across buildings is necessary.
significantly influenced consumption was laundry
Normalisation may be achieved by calculating
washing.
water consumed:
• per square metre of floor space (Table 2);
Table 3 Hospital water use (by patient bed days)

Water per patient bed-day (m3)
Type of hospital
Very poor Poor Average Good
Acute (>100 beds) 1.138 0.711–1.137 0.531–0.710 <0.530
Long-stay (>25,000 patient days per year) 0.690 0.412–0.689 0.331–0.411 <0.330
Long-stay (<25,000 patient days per year) 0.380 0.298–0.379 0.218–0.297 <0.217
Source: Audit Commission (1993)
Table 4 Hospital water use (expressed in litres per person per day)
Litres per
Person type
person per day
Employee (full-time without canteen) 25–50
Employee (full-time with canteen) 40–90
Resident employee 180
Hospital patient (in-patient) 450
Source: Audit Commission (1993)
16
FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM METHODOLOGY
A‐ FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM WATER FLOW RATE DERIVATION
1‐ HAZARD CLASSIFICATION
BUILDING STRUCTURE ENCOMPASSING A HEALTH CARE FACILITY
AS PER NFPA 13; A.5.2; 2016
OCCUPANCY HAZARD CLASS = LIGHT HAZARD
BUILDING STRUCTURE ENCOMPASSING AUTOMOBILE PARKING
AS PER NFPA 13; A.5.3.1; 2016
OCCUPANCY HAZARD CLASS = ORDINARY HAZARD
2‐ NUMBER OF STANDPIPES
AS PER NFPA 14; 7.4; 2016
TOTAL FIRE EXITS = 3
TOTAL STANDPIPES = 3
3‐ STANDPIPES SYSTEM CLASS & SPRINKLER PROTECTION REQUIREMENT
STANDPIPE SYSTEM
AS PER NFPA 1; 13.2.2.2 (1); 2015
MINIMUM STANDPIPE SYSTEM CLASS REQUIRED FOR NEW ASSEMBLY OCCUPANCY BUILDING HAVING AT
= CLASS I
LEAST TWO FLOOR LEVELS ABOVE GRADE
SPRINKLER SYSTEM
AS PER NFPA 101; 18.3.5.1; 2015
APPROVED FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM REQUIRED (FOR THE HEALTH CARE FACILITY ONLY) =
THROUGHOUT
AS PER NFPA 88A; 6.4.3; 2015
APPROVED FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM REQUIRED =
THROUGHOUT
4‐ FLOW RATE ASSIGNMENT & HYDRAULIC CALCULATION REQUIREMENT (CLASS III SYSTEM)
4A‐ REMOTEST STANDPIPE
STANDPIPE TERMINATION LEVEL
AS PER NFPA 14; 7.3.2.7; 2016
INTERMEDIATE LANDING LEVEL
HOSE CONNECTIONS SHALL BE PROVIDED AT THE HIGHEST LANDING OF EXIT STAIRWAY WITH STAIRWAY
= BETWEEN EIGHTH AND SEVENTH
ACCESS TO A ROOF
FLOOR LEVELS
FLOW RATE ASSIGNMENT
AS PER NFPA 14; 7.10.1.1.1; 2016
FIRE FIGHTING FLOW RATE FOR LIGHT HAZARD OCCUPANCY CLASS III STANDPIPE SYSTEM (500 GPM FLOWING
= 500 GPM
THROUGH TWO MOST REMOTEST Ø 2‐1/2" HOSE CONNECTIONS)
4B‐ SECOND REMOTEST STANDPIPE
AS PER NFPA 14; 7.3.2.7; 2016
ACCESS TO A ROOF
FLOOR LEVELS
AS PER NFPA 14; 7.10.1.1.3; 2016
FIRE FIGHTING FLOW RATE FOR LIGHT HAZARD OCCUPANCY CLASS III STANDPIPE SYSTEM (250 GPM FLOWING
= 250 GPM
THROUGH THE MOST REMOTEST Ø 2‐1/2" HOSE CONNECTION)
4C‐ THIRD REMOTEST STANDPIPE
AS PER NFPA 14; 7.3.2.7; 2016
ACCESS TO A ROOF
FLOOR LEVELS
AS PER NFPA 14; 7.10.1.1.3; 2016
FIRE FIGHTING FLOW RATE FOR LIGHT HAZARD OCCUPANCY CLASS III STANDPIPE SYSTEM (250 GPM FLOWING = 250 GPM
4D‐ SYSTEM DEMAND FOR A BUILDING PROTECTED THROUGHOUT BY AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS
SOURCES OF DEMAND FLOW
HYDRAULICALLY CALCULATED SPRINKLER DEMAND = 311.37 GPM
INSIDE HOSE STREAM ALLOWANCE (AS PER NFPA 13; 11.1.6.3.1; 2016 & AS PER NFPA 14; 7.10.4; 2016) = 0 GPM
AS PER NFPA 14; 7.10.1.3.1.1; 2016
IN A BUILDING PROTECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13 OR NFPA 13R, THE WATER SUPPLY FOR THE
COMBINED SPRINKLER AND AUTOMATIC STANDPIPE SYSTEM SHALL BE BASED ON THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM
DEMAND (INCLUDING ANY HOSE STREAM DEMAND) OR THE STANDPIPE DEMAND, WHICHEVER IS GREATER.
AS PER NFPA 14; 7.10.1.3.1.2; 2016
= 311.37 GPM
A SEPARATE SPRINKLER DEMAND SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED.
AS PER NFPA 13; A.11.1.6.4; 2016
FOR FULLY SPRINKLERED BUILDINGS, IF HOSE VALVES OR STATIONS ARE PROVIDED ON A COMBINATION
SPRINKLER RISER AND STANDPIPE FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT USE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 14, THE
HYDRAULIC CALCULATION FOR THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM IS NOT REQUIRED TO INCLUDE THE STANDPIPE
ALLOWANCE.
TOTAL REQUIRED FLOW RATE FOR THE COMBINED STANDPIPE & SPRINKLER SYSTEM (AS PER NFPA 14;
= 1000 GPM
7.10.1.1.5; 2016 & NFPA 14; A.7.10.1.2.3;2016)
B‐ MINIMUM REQUIRED RESIDUAL HEAD AT HOSE CONNECTIONS, HOSE STATIONS AND SPRINKLERS
AS PER NFPA 14; 7.8.1; 2016
MINIMUM RESIDUAL HEAD REQUIRED AT THE Ø 2‐1/2" HOSE CONNECTION = 100 PSI
AS PER NFPA 14; 7.8.1; 2016
MINIMUM RESIDUAL HEAD REQUIRED AT THE Ø 1‐1/2" HOSE STATION WITH Ø 1‐1/2" HOSE CONNECTION = 65 PSI
AS PER NFPA 13; 23.4.4.11.1; 2016
MINIMUM OPERATING PRESSURE OF ANY SPRINKLER = 7 PSI
C‐ SUMMARY OF CENTRIFUGAL FIRE PUMP DATA (AS PER NFPA 20; TABLE 4.27A; 2016)
QUANTITY OF HOSE HEADER VALVES = 6
SIZE OF HOSE HEADER VALVES = 2‐1/2 INCHES
MINIMUM HOSE HEADER SUPPLY PIPE SIZE = 8 INCHES
MINIMUM PUMP SUCTION PIPE SIZE = 8 INCHES
MINIMUM PUMP DISCHARGE PIPE SIZE = 8 INCHES
MINIMUM PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE SIZE = 6 INCHES
MINIMUM PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE DISCHARGE PIPE SIZE = 8 INCHES
D‐ MINIMUM WATER SUPPLY DURATION
1ST CRITERION CHECK
FOR CLASS III STANDPIPE SYSTEM (AS PER NFPA 14; 9.2; 2016)
WATER SUPPLY TO BE PROVIDED FOR THE SYSTEM DEMAND FOR A DURATION OF = 30 MINUTES
2ND CRITERION CHECK
AS PER HAZARD CLASSIFICATION (AS PER NFPA 13; 11.1.6.1 (1); 2016)
WATER SUPPLY DURATION REQUIREMENTS FOR HYDRAULICALLY CALCULATED SYSTEMS (AS PER NFPA 13; = 60 MINUTES
TABLE 11.2.3.1.2; 2016)
TO AVOID CONFLICT, THE GREATER OF THE TWO VALUES SHALL BE USED = 60 MINUTES
= 8021 CUBIC FEET
FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM WATER DEMAND REQUIRED
= 60,000 GALLONS
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS 1–91
13.1.5 Detailed records documenting all systems and equip- equipped with 11⁄2 in. (38 mm) hose lines for first aid fire
ment testing and maintenance shall be kept by the property fighting at each side of the stage. [101: 12.4.6.12.1]
owner and shall be made available upon request for review by 13.2.2.4.1 In existing assembly occupancies, stages over
the AHJ. 1000 ft2 (93 m2) in area shall be equipped with 11⁄2 in.
13.1.6 Existing systems shall be in accordance with 1.3.6.2 (38 mm) hose lines for first aid fire fighting at each side of the
and 10.3.2. stage. [101: 13.4.6.12.1]
13.1.7 All fire protection systems and devices shall be main- 13.2.2.4.2 Hose connections shall be in accordance with
tained in a reliable operating condition and shall be replaced NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems, unless
or repaired where defective or recalled. Class II or Class III standpipes in accordance with NFPA 14 are
used. [101: 12.4.6.12.2; 101: 13.4.6.12.2]
13.1.8 The AHJ shall be notified when any fire protection
13.2.2.5 New and Existing Detention and Correctional Facili-
system is out of service and on restoration of service.
ties. Standpipe and hose systems shall be provided in accor-
13.1.9 When a fire protection system is out of service for dance with 9.7.4.2 of NFPA 101 as follows, unless otherwise
more than 4 hours in a 24-hour period, the AHJ shall be per- permitted by 13.2.2.5.1:
mitted to require the building to be evacuated or an approved (1) Class I standpipe systems shall be provided for any build-
fire watch to be provided for all portions left unprotected by ing three or more stories in height.
the fire protection system shutdown until the fire protection (2) Class III standpipe and hose systems shall be provided for
system has been returned to service. all nonsprinklered buildings three or more stories in
13.1.10 In the event of a failure of a fire protection system or height. [101: 22.3.5.5; 101: 23.3.5.5]
an excessive number of accidental activations, the AHJ shall be 13.2.2.5.1 The requirements of 13.2.2.5 shall not apply where
permitted to require an approved fire watch until the system is otherwise permitted by the following:
repaired.
(1) Formed hose, 1 in. (25 mm) in diameter, on hose reels
13.1.11* For occupancies of an especially hazardous nature or shall be permitted to provide Class II service.
where special hazards exist in addition to the normal hazard (2) Separate Class I and Class II systems shall be permitted in
of the occupancy, or where access for fire apparatus is unduly lieu of a Class III system. [101: 22.3.5.6; 101: 23.3.5.6]
difficult, or where the size or configuration of the building or
13.2.2.6* The AHJ shall be authorized to permit the removal
contents limits normal fire suppression efforts, the AHJ shall
of existing occupant-use hose lines where all of the following
have the authority to require additional safeguards consisting
are met:
of additional fire safety equipment, more than one type of fire
safety equipment, or special systems suitable for the protec- (1) This Code does not require their installation.
tion of the hazard involved. (2) The current building code does not require their installa-
tion.
13.1.12 The AHJ shall have the authority to require locking (3) The AHJ determines that the occupant-use hose line
fire department connection (FDC) plugs or caps on all water- will not be utilized by trained personnel or the fire
based fire protection systems. department.
13.2 Standpipe Systems. 13.2.3 Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance.
13.2.1 General. The design and installation of standpipe sys- 13.2.3.1 A standpipe system installed in accordance with this
tems shall be in accordance with Section 13.2 and NFPA 14, Code shall be properly maintained to provide at least the same
Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems. level of performance and protection as designed.
13.2.2 Where Required. 13.2.3.2 The owner shall be responsible for maintaining the
standpipe system and keeping it in good working condition.
13.2.2.1 Where required by this Code or the referenced codes
and standards listed in Chapter 2, standpipe systems shall be 13.2.3.3 A standpipe system installed in accordance with this
installed in accordance with 13.2.1. Code shall be inspected, tested, and maintained in accordance
with NFPA 25, Standard for the Inspection, Testing, and Mainte-
13.2.2.2 New buildings shall be equipped with a Class I stand- nance of Water-Based Fire Protection Systems.
pipe system installed in accordance with the provisions of Sec-
tion 13.2 where any of the following conditions exist: 13.2.3.4 Existing Systems.
13.2.3.4.1 Where an existing standpipe system, including
(1) More than three stories above grade where the building is yard piping and fire department connection, is modified, the
protected by an approved automatic sprinkler system new piping shall be independently tested in accordance with
(2) More than two stories above grade where the building is 11.4.1 of NFPA 14. [14:11.4.7.1]
not protected by an approved automatic sprinkler system
(3) More than 50 ft (15 m) above grade and containing inter- 13.2.3.4.2 Modifications that cannot be isolated, such as new
mediate stories or balconies valves or the point of connection for new piping, shall not
(4) More than one story below grade require testing in excess of system static pressure. [14:11.4.7.2]
(5) More than 20 ft (6.1 m) below grade 13.3 Automatic Sprinklers.
13.2.2.3 High-rise buildings shall be protected throughout by a 13.3.1 General.
Class I standpipe system in accordance with 13.2.2. [101: 11.8.3.2]
13.3.1.1* Automatic sprinklers shall be installed and maintained
13.2.2.4* In new assembly occupancies, regular stages over in full operating condition in the occupancies specified in this
1000 ft2 (93 m2) in area and all legitimate stages shall be Code or in the codes or standards referenced in Chapter 2.
2015 Edition
DESIGN APPROACHES 13–141
(3) The requirements of 11.1.2(1) shall not apply to the ex- (3) The water allowance shall be added in 50 gpm (190 L/
tension of more demanding criteria from an upper ceil- min) increments beginning at the most remote hose con-
ing level to beneath a lower ceiling level where the differ- nection, with each increment added at the pressure re-
ence in height between the ceiling levels is at least 2 ft quired by the sprinkler system design at that point.
(600 mm), located above an aisle, where the aisle has a
minimum 2 ft (600 mm) horizontal separation from the 11.1.6.3.1 Where the system is a combined sprinkler/
adjacent hazard on each side. standpipe system (Class I or Class III) and the building is fully
sprinklered in accordance with NFPA 13, no inside hose de-
11.1.3 For hydraulically calculated systems, the total system mand shall be required at any of the standpipe outlets.
water supply requirements for each design basis shall be deter-
mined in accordance with the procedures of Section 23.4 un- 11.1.6.4* When hose valves for fire department use are at-
less modified by a section of Chapter 11 or Chapter 12. tached to wet pipe sprinkler system risers in accordance with
8.17.5.2, the following shall apply:
11.1.4 Water Demand.
(1) The sprinkler system demand shall not be required to be
11.1.4.1* The water demand requirements shall be deter- added to standpipe demand as determined from NFPA 14.
mined from the following: (2) Where the combined sprinkler system demand and hose
(1) Occupancy hazard fire control approach and special de- stream allowance of Table 11.2.3.1.2 exceeds the require-
sign approaches of Chapter 11 ments of NFPA 14, this higher demand shall be used.
(2) Storage design approaches of Chapter 12 through Chap- (3) For partially sprinklered buildings, the sprinkler demand,
ter 20 not including hose stream allowance, as indicated in Fig-
(3) Special occupancy approaches of Chapter 22 ure 11.2.3.1.1 shall be added to the requirements given in
NFPA 14.
11.1.4.2* The minimum water demand requirements for a
sprinkler system shall be determined by adding the hose 11.1.7* High Volume Low Speed (HVLS) Fans. The installa-
stream allowance to the water demand for sprinklers. tion of HVLS fans in buildings equipped with sprinklers, in-
cluding ESFR sprinklers, shall comply with the following:
11.1.5 Water Supplies.
(1) The maximum fan diameter shall be 24 ft (7.3 m).
11.1.5.1 The minimum water supply shall be available for the
(2) The HVLS fan shall be centered approximately between
minimum duration specified in Chapter 11.
four adjacent sprinklers.
11.1.5.2* Tanks shall be sized to supply the equipment that (3) The vertical clearance from the HVLS fan to sprinkler
they serve. deflector shall be a minimum of 3 ft (0.9 m).
(4) All HVLS fans shall be interlocked to shut down immedi-
11.1.5.3* Pumps shall be sized to supply the equipment that ately upon receiving a waterflow signal from the alarm
they serve.
system in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 72.
11.1.6 Hose Allowance.
11.2 Occupancy Hazard Fire Control Approach for Spray
11.1.6.1 Systems with Multiple Hazard Classifications. For sys- Sprinklers.
tems with multiple hazard classifications, the hose stream al-
11.2.1 General.
lowance and water supply duration shall be in accordance with
one of the following: 11.2.1.1* The water demand requirements shall be deter-
mined by either the pipe schedule method in accordance with
(1) The water supply requirements for the highest hazard
classification within the system shall be used. 11.2.2 or the hydraulic calculation method in accordance with
(2) The water supply requirements for each individual hazard 11.2.3.
classification shall be used in the calculations for the de- 11.2.1.2 Occupancy Classifications.
sign area for that hazard.
(3)*For systems with multiple hazard classifications where the 11.2.1.2.1 Occupancy classifications for this standard shall re-
higher classification only lies within single rooms less than late to sprinkler installations and their water supplies only.
or equal to 400 ft2 (37 m2) in area with no such rooms
adjacent, the water supply requirements for the principal 11.2.1.2.2 Occupancy classifications shall not be used as a
occupancy shall be used for the remainder of the system. general classification of occupancy hazards.
11.1.6.2* Water allowance for outside hose shall be added to 11.2.1.2.3 Occupancies or portions of occupancies shall be
the sprinkler requirement at the connection to the city main classified according to the quantity and combustibility of con-
or a private fire hydrant, whichever is closer to the system riser. tents, the expected rates of heat release, the total potential for
energy release, the heights of stockpiles, and the presence of
11.1.6.3 Where inside hose connections are planned or are flammable and combustible liquids, using the definitions con-
required, the following shall apply: tained in Section 5.2 through Section 5.5.
(1) A total water allowance of 50 gpm (190 L/min) for a 11.2.1.2.4 Classifications shall be as follows:
single hose connection installation shall be added to the
sprinkler requirements. (1) Light hazard
(2) A total water allowance of 100 gpm (380 L/min) for a (2) Ordinary hazard (Groups 1 and 2)
multiple hose connection installation shall be added to (3) Extra hazard (Groups 1 and 2)
the sprinkler requirements. (4) Special occupancy hazard (see Chapter 22)
2016 Edition
DESIGN APPROACHES 13–143
Density (mm/min)
2.0 4.1 6.1 8.1 10.2 12.2 14.3 16.3
5000 465
Area of sprinkler operation (ft 2 )
Area of sprinkler operation (m2)

Ex
4000 372
Ex
t
ra
t
ra
ha
ha
za
za
rd
rd
G
Ord
Ord
ro
G
3000 279
ro
up
in
up
in
1
ary
ary
Ligh
2
2500 232
2
1
t
2000 186
1500 139
0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40
Density (gpm/ft 2 )
FIGURE 11.2.3.1.1 Density/Area Curves.
Table 11.2.3.1.2 Hose Stream Allowance and Water Supply (9) Exterior columns under 10 ft2 (0.9 m2) in area formed
Duration Requirements for Hydraulically Calculated Systems by studs or wood joists, supporting exterior canopies that
are fully protected with a sprinkler system.
Total Combined (10)*Light or ordinary hazard occupancies where noncom-
Inside and Outside bustible or limited-combustible ceilings are attached to
Inside Hose Hose the bottom of composite wood joists either directly or on
Duration
Occupancy gpm L/min gpm L/min (minutes)
to metal channels not exceeding 1 in. (25 mm) in depth,
provided the adjacent joist channels are firestopped into
Light hazard 0, 50, or 0, 190, or 100 380 30 volumes not exceeding 160 ft3 (4.5 m3 ) using materials
100 380 equivalent to 1⁄2 in. (13 mm) gypsum board, and at least
Ordinary 0, 50, or 0, 190, or 250 950 60–90 31⁄2 in. (90 mm) of batt insulation is installed at the bot-
hazard 100 380 tom of the joist channels when the ceiling is attached
utilizing metal channels.
Extra hazard 0, 50, or 0, 190, or 500 1900 90–120
100 380 11.2.3.2 Density/Area Method.
11.2.3.2.1 Water Supply.
to the bottom of solid wood joists or solid limited- 11.2.3.2.1.1 The water supply requirement for sprinklers only
combustible construction or noncombustible construction shall be calculated from the density/area curves of Figure
so as to create enclosed joist spaces 160 ft3 (4.5 m3) or less 11.2.3.1.1 or from Chapter 22 where density/area criteria are
in volume, including space below insulation that is laid di- specified for special occupancy hazards.
rectly on top or within the ceiling joists in an otherwise 11.2.3.2.1.2 When using Figure 11.2.3.1.1, the calculations
sprinklered concealed space. shall satisfy any single point on the appropriate density/area
(5) Concealed spaces where rigid materials are used and the curve.
exposed surfaces have a flame spread index of 25 or less
and the materials have been demonstrated to not propa- 11.2.3.2.1.3 When using Figure 11.2.3.1.1, it shall not be nec-
gate fire more than 10.5 ft (3.2 m) when tested in accor- essary to meet all points on the selected curves.
dance with ASTM E84, Standard Test Method for Surface 11.2.3.2.2 Sprinklers.
Burning Characteristics of Building Materials, or ANSI/
11.2.3.2.2.1 The densities and areas provided in Figure
UL 723, Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics
11.2.3.1.1 shall be for use only with spray sprinklers.
of Building Materials, extended for an additional 20 min-
utes in the form in which they are installed in the space. 11.2.3.2.2.2 Quick-response sprinklers shall not be permitted
(6) Concealed spaces in which the exposed materials are for use in extra hazard occupancies or other occupancies
constructed entirely of fire-retardant-treated wood as de- where there are substantial amounts of flammable liquids or
fined by NFPA 703. combustible dusts.
(7) Concealed spaces over isolated small rooms not exceed-
11.2.3.2.2.3 For extended coverage sprinklers, the minimum
ing 55 ft2 (5.1 m2) in area.
design area shall be that corresponding to the hazard in Fig-
(8) Vertical pipe chases under 10 ft2 (0.9 m2), provided
ure 11.2.3.1.1 or the area protected by five sprinklers, which-
that in multifloor buildings the chases are firestopped at
ever is greater.
each floor using materials equivalent to the floor con-
struction, and where such pipe chases contain no 11.2.3.2.2.4 Extended coverage sprinklers shall be listed with
sources of ignition, piping shall be noncombustible, and and designed for the minimum flow corresponding to the
pipe penetrations at each floor shall be properly sealed. density for the hazard as specified in Figure 11.2.3.1.1.
2016 Edition
PLANS AND CALCULATIONS 13–267
Table 23.4.4.8.1 Hazen–Williams C Values 23.4.5.4 Water demand of sprinklers installed in racks or wa-
ter curtains shall be added to the ceiling sprinkler water de-
Pipe or Tube C Value* mand at the point of connection. Demands shall be balanced
to the higher pressure. (See Chapter 8.)
Unlined cast or ductile iron 100
23.4.6 Hose Allowance. Water allowance for outside hose
Black steel (dry systems including 100
shall be added to the sprinkler and inside hose requirement at
preaction)
the connection to the city water main or a yard hydrant, which-
Black steel (wet systems including 120
ever is closer to the system riser.
deluge)
Galvanized steel (dry systems 100 23.5 Deluge Systems. Open sprinkler and deluge systems
including preaction) shall be hydraulically calculated according to applicable stan-
Galvanized steel (wet systems 120 dards.
including deluge)
Plastic (listed) all 150 23.6* Exposure Protection Sprinkler Systems.
Cement-lined cast- or ductile iron 140 23.6.1 Exposure protection sprinkler systems shall be hydrau-
Copper tube, brass or stainless 150 lically calculated using Table 23.6.1 based on severity of expo-
steel sure as indicated by a relative classification of guide number or
Asbestos cement 140 other approved source.
Concrete 140
23.6.2 In no case shall compliance with Table 23.6.1 result in
*
The authority having jurisdiction is permitted to allow other C values. a sprinkler discharge pressure below 7 psi (0.5 bar).
23.6.3 Only half of the flow from upright, pendent, and other
nondirectional sprinklers shall be used in determining the
minimum average application rate over the protected surface.
or enclosures, or directional discharge. (See 3.3.22 for definition
of small rooms.) 23.6.4 The water supply shall be capable of simultaneously
supplying the total demand of sprinklers along an exposure to
23.4.4.9.4 Extended-coverage and residential sprinklers with a maximum length of 300 ft (90 m). Where systems of open
a different K-factor shall be acceptable for part of the protec- sprinklers are used, the water supply shall be capable of simul-
tion area where installed in accordance with their listing. taneously flowing all sprinklers that would flow as part of all
23.4.4.10* Pressures. systems that could be actuated within any 300 ft (90 m) length.
23.4.4.10.1 When calculating flow from an orifice, the total 23.6.5 The water supply duration for an exposure protection
pressure (Pt) shall be used, unless the calculation method of sprinkler system shall be a minimum of 60 minutes.
23.4.4.10.2 is utilized. 23.6.6 A level of window sprinklers as described in Table
23.4.4.10.2 Use of the normal pressure (Pn) calculated by sub- 23.6.1 shall be defined as a floor level of the building being
tracting the velocity pressure from the total pressure shall be protected.
permitted. Where the normal pressure is used, it shall be used 23.6.7 Window sprinklers shall be permitted to cover more
on all branch lines and cross mains where applicable. than 25 ft2 (2.3 m2) of window area per level.
23.4.4.10.3 Flow from a sprinkler shall be calculated using
23.6.7.1 The starting pressure shall be calculated based on
the nominal K-factor except that the manufacturer’s adjusted
the application rate over 25 ft2 (2.3 m2) of window area as
K-factors shall be utilized for dry-type sprinklers.
indicated in Table 23.6.1.
23.4.4.11 Minimum Operating Pressure.
23.6.7.2 The maximum spacing between window sprinklers
23.4.4.11.1 Minimum operating pressure of any sprinkler shall not exceed 8 ft (2.4 m) unless listed for a greater dis-
shall be 7 psi (0.5 bar). tance.
23.4.4.11.2 Where a higher minimum operating pressure for 23.7 Pipe Schedules. Pipe schedules shall not be used, except
the desired application is specified in the listing of the sprin- in existing systems and in new systems or extensions to existing
kler, this higher pressure shall be required. systems described in Chapter 11. Water supplies shall conform
23.4.4.12 Maximum Operating Pressure. For extra hazard oc- to 11.2.2.
cupancies, palletized, solid-piled, bin box, back-to-back shelf 23.7.1* General.
storage, shelf storage, or rack storage, the maximum operat-
ing pressure of any sprinkler shall be 175 psi (12 bar). 23.7.1.1 The pipe schedule sizing provisions shall not apply
to hydraulically calculated systems.
23.4.5 In-Rack Sprinklers.
23.7.1.2 Sprinkler systems having sprinklers with K-factors
23.4.5.1 Pipes to in-rack sprinklers shall be sized by hydraulic other than 5.6 nominal, listed piping material other than that
calculations. covered in Table 6.3.1.1, extra hazard Group 1 and Group 2
23.4.5.2 Water demand of sprinklers installed in racks shall systems, and exposure protection systems shall be hydrauli-
be added to ceiling sprinkler water demand over the same cally calculated.
protected area at the point of connection.
23.7.1.3 The number of automatic sprinklers on a given pipe
23.4.5.3 The demand shall be balanced to the higher pres- size on one floor shall not exceed the number given in 23.7.2,
sure. 23.7.3, or 23.7.4 for a given occupancy.
2016 Edition
ANNEX A 13–295
International Shore Connection (7) Institutional

(8) Kennels
Threads to mate hydrants Threads to mate hydrants
and hose at shore facilities and hose on ship (9) Libraries, except large stack rooms
(10) Museums
⁹⁄₁₆ in. (14 mm)
minimum (11) Nursing or convalescent homes
(12) Offices, including data processing
(13) Residential
(14) Restaurant seating areas
(15) Theaters and auditoriums, excluding stages and prosce-
niums
2.75 in.
(16) Unused attics
2.75 in. 3.5 in.
(70 mm) 3.5 in. (70 mm) Note that it is not the committee’s intent to automatically
(90 mm) (90 mm)
equate library bookshelves with ordinary hazard occupancies
or with library stacks. Typical library bookshelves of approxi-
1.25 in. (32 mm) 1.25 in.
(32 mm) mately 8 ft (2.4 m) in height, containing books stored vertically
on end, held in place in close association with each other, with
aisles wider than 30 in. (750 mm) can be considered to be light
0.75 in. 0.75 in. hazard occupancies. Similarly, library stack areas, which are more
(20 mm) (20 mm)
akin to shelf storage or record storage, as defined in NFPA 232,
should be considered to be ordinary hazard occupancies.
Shore Ship
A.5.3 For purposes of these definitions, Class I, Class II,
Material: Any suitable for 150 psi Material: Brass or bronze
(10.3 bar) service (shore) suitable for 150 psi (10.3 bar)
Class III, and Class IV commodities would be considered to
Flange surface: Flat face service (ship) have moderate rates of heat release, while Group A plastics
Gasket material: Any suitable for would be considered to have high rates of heat release. Stock-
150 psi (10.3 bar) service piles are considered to include display merchandise (mercan-
Bolts: Four ⁵⁄₈ in. (16 mm) minimum tile) and arrangements of combustibles ancillary to operations
diameter, 2 in. (50 mm) long, within the occupancy as opposed to dedicated storage areas
threaded to within 1 in. (25 mm)
of bolt head where the fire loading is generally more severe.
Nuts: Four, to fit bolts A.5.3.1 Ordinary hazard (Group 1) occupancies include oc-
Washers: Four, to fit bolts
cupancies having uses and conditions similar to the following:
FIGURE A.3.10.7 International Shore Fire Connection. (1) Automobile parking and showrooms
(2) Bakeries
(3) Beverage manufacturing
A.4.6 Non-system components can adversely affect the opera- (4) Canneries
tion and longevity of the fire sprinkler system. Objects con- (5) Dairy products manufacturing and processing
nected to the sprinkler system can displace sprinkler system (6) Electronic plants
piping, causing obstruction to the spray pattern of sprinklers, (7) Glass and glass products manufacturing
delay the activation of a sprinkler, or cause chemical compat- (8) Laundries
ibility problems that can cause the failure of sprinkler system (9) Restaurant service areas
components. (10) Porte cocheres
(11) Mechanical rooms
A.5.1 Occupancy examples in the listings as shown in the
various hazard classifications are intended to represent the A.5.3.2 Ordinary hazard (Group 2) occupancies include oc-
norm for those occupancy types. Unusual or abnormal fuel cupancies having uses and conditions similar to the following:
loadings or combustible characteristics and susceptibility for (1)
Agricultural facilities
changes in these characteristics, for a particular occupancy, (2)
Barns and stables
are considerations that should be weighed in the selection and (3)
Cereal mills
classification. (4)
Chemical plants — ordinary
The light hazard classification is intended to encompass (5)
Confectionery products
residential occupancies; however, this is not intended to pre- (6)
Distilleries
clude the use of listed residential sprinklers in residential oc- (7)
Dry cleaners
cupancies or residential portions of other occupancies. (8)
Exterior loading docks (Note that exterior loading
docks only used for loading and unloading of ordinary
A.5.2 Light hazard occupancies include occupancies having
combustibles should be classified as OH2. For the han-
uses and conditions similar to the following:
dling of flammable and combustible liquids, hazardous
(1) Animal shelters materials, or where utilized for storage, exterior loading
(2) Churches docks and all interior loading docks should be protected
(3) Clubs based upon the actual occupancy and the materials
(4) Eaves and overhangs, if of combustible construction with handled on the dock, as if the materials were actually
no combustibles beneath stored in that configuration.)
(5) Educational (9) Feed mills
(6) Hospitals, including animal hospitals and veterinary fa- (10) Horse stables
cilities (11) Leather goods manufacturing
2016 Edition
13–382 INSTALLATION OF SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
segregate the tank so that adequate fire protection water is branes that can create a concealed combustible space that can
always present or if provisions are made to automatically cut qualify for omitting sprinkler protection. If the fire-rated as-
off the simultaneous use in the event of fire. sembly is the qualifying concealed space, an interior fire
would greatly reduce the assigned fire-rated duration.
A.11.1.5.3 Where pumps serve sprinklers only, they can be
sized to provide the flow required for the sprinkler system, A.11.2.3.1.5.2(4) Composite wood joists are not considered
ignoring any hose stream demands. Where pumps serve some solid wood joists for the purposes of this section. Their web
combination of sprinklers, inside hose stations, or outside members are too thin and easily penetrated to adequately
hose stations, the pump needs to be capable of providing the compartment a fire in an unsprinklered space. Application of
flow for the equipment that is fed from the pump, but the this item is not affected by the depth of the joist channel ex-
demands of equipment not connected to the pump can be cept in determining the volume. The concealed space above
ignored except for evaluating their impact on the available the insulation can be an attic, roof space, or floor space within
water supply to the pump. a floor assembly.
A.11.2.3.1.5.2(10) The gypsum board (or equivalent mate-
A.11.1.6.1(3) When a light hazard occupancy, such as a
rial) used as the firestopping will compartment the concealed
school, contains separate ordinary hazard rooms no more
space and restrict the ability for fire to spread beyond 160 ft3
than 400 ft2 (37 m2), the hose stream allowance and water
(4.5 m3) zones covering multiple joist channels.
supply duration would be that required for a light hazard oc-
cupancy. A.11.2.3.2.5 Where extended coverage sprinklers are used
and the design area (after appropriate increases) is satisfied by
A.11.1.6.2 When the hose demand is provided by a separate five sprinklers, no additional increase is required. With regard
water supply, the sprinkler calculation does not include the to preaction systems, the discharge criteria of Chapter 11 are
outside hose demand. written based upon the assumption that the release system will
A.11.1.6.4 For fully sprinklered buildings, if hose valves or activate before the sprinkler system. It is generally accepted
stations are provided on a combination sprinkler riser and that smoke detectors and rate-of-rise detectors are more sensi-
standpipe for fire department use in accordance with tive than sprinklers and that fixed-temperature release devices
NFPA 14, the hydraulic calculation for the sprinkler system is with RTIs lower than sprinklers will react faster than sprinklers
not required to include the standpipe allowance. at similar spacings and locations.
A.11.2.3.2.7 Example 1. A dry pipe sprinkler system (OH2) in a
A.11.1.7 A series of 10 full-scale fire tests and limited-scale
building with a ceiling slope exceeding 2 in 12 in. (50 in 300 mm)
testing were conducted to determine the impact of HVLS fan
(16.6 percent slope). The initial area must be increased 30 per-
operation on the performance of sprinkler systems. The
cent for the dry pipe system and the resulting area an additional
project, sponsored by the Property Insurance Research Group 30 percent for the roof slope. If the point 0.2 gpm/ft2 (8.1 mm/
(PIRG) and other industry groups, was coordinated by the min) over 1500 ft2 (139 m2) is chosen from Figure 11.2.3.1.1, the
Fire Protection Research Foundation (FPRF). The complete 1500 ft2 (139 m2) area is increased 450 ft2 (42 m2) to 1950 ft2
test report, High Volume/Low Speed Fan and Sprinkler Operation (181 m2), which is then further increased 585 ft2 (54 m2). The
— Ph. 2 Final Report (2011), is available from the FPRF. Both final discharge criterion is then 0.2 gpm/ft2 (8.1 mm/min) over
control mode density area and early suppression fast response 2535 ft2 (235 m2).
sprinklers were tested. Successful results were obtained when Example 2. A wet pipe sprinkler system (light hazard) in a
the HVLS fan was shut down upon the activation of the first building with a 16 ft 8 in. (5.1 m) ceiling and a slope exceed-
sprinkler followed by a 90-second delay. Other methods of fan ing 2 in 12 in. (50 in 300 mm) (16.6 percent slope) employs
shutdown were also tested including shutdown by activation of quick-response sprinklers qualifying for a 30 percent reduc-
air sampling–type detection and ionization-type smoke detection as permitted by 11.2.3.2.3. The initial area must be in-
tors. Earlier fan shutdown resulted in less commodity damage. creased 30 percent for the ceiling slope and the resulting area
decreased 30 percent for quick-response sprinklers. It does
A.11.2.1.1 This approach is based on a general occupancy clas-
not matter whether the reduction is applied first. If a dis-
sification applied to the building or a portion of the building.
charge density of 0.1 gpm/ft2 (4.1 mm/min) over 1500 ft2
A.11.2.2.6 The additional pressure that is needed at the level of (139 m2) is chosen from Figure 11.2.3.1.1, the 1500 ft2
the water supply to account for sprinkler elevation is 0.433 psi/ft (139 m2) is increased 450 ft2 (42 m2), resulting in 1950 ft2
(0.098 bar/m) of elevation above the water supply. (181 m2), which is then decreased 585 ft2 (54 m2). The final
design is 0.1 gpm/ft2 (4.1 mm/min) over 1365 ft2 (127 m2).
A.11.2.3.1.4(1) The area of sprinkler operation typically en-
compasses enough of the floor area to make-up the minimum A.11.2.3.3.1 This subsection allows for calculation of the
allowed size of the remote area up to the entire area of a single sprinklers in the largest room, so long as the calculation pro-
floor of the building. duces the greatest hydraulic demand among selection of
rooms and communicating spaces. For example, in a case
A.11.2.3.1.5.1 This section is included to compensate for pos- where the largest room has four sprinklers and a smaller room
sible delay in operation of sprinklers from fires in combustible has two sprinklers but communicates through unprotected
concealed spaces found in wood frame, brick veneer, and or- openings with three other rooms, each having two sprinklers,
dinary construction. the smaller room and group of communicating spaces should
In order for the minimum 3000 ft2 (279 m2) requirement also be calculated.
for the size of the remote area to not be extended to the adja- Corridors are rooms and should be considered as such.
cent area, the qualifying concealed space must be separated by Walls can terminate at a substantial suspended ceiling and
the entire fire-rated assembly. Such assemblies often have need not be extended to a rated floor slab above for this sec-
combustible structural members separating the exterior mem- tion to be applied.
2016 Edition
14-20 INSTALLATION OF STANDPIPE AND HOSE SYSTEMS
7.3.2.2* Hose connections shall be provided on each side of 7.3.2.11.3 The distance in 7.3.2.10 and 7.3.2.11 shall not apply
the wall adjacent to the exit openings of horizontal exits. to the roof if the roof is not intended for occupancy.
7.3.2.2.1* Where all floor areas are reachable from an exit 7.3.2.11.4 Where allowed by the AHJ, the hose connections
stairway hose connection on the same side of a horizontal exit required by 7.3.2.11 shall be permitted to be omitted.
within the distances required by 7.3.2.2.1.1 or 7.3.2.2.1.2as
applicable, the hose connection on the other side of the hori‐ 7.3.2.12 The distances in 7.3.2.10 and 7.3.2.11 shall be
zontal exit shall be permitted to be omitted. reduced to 130 ft (39.7 m) when manual dry standpipes are
installed in open parking garages.
7.3.2.2.1.1 The travel distance in 7.3.2.2.1 shall be 200 ft
(61 m) for sprinklered buildings. 7.3.3* Class II Systems.
7.3.2.2.1.2 The travel distance in 7.3.2.2.1 shall be 130 ft 7.3.3.1 Class II systems shall be provided with 11∕2 in. (40 mm)
(39.7 m) for nonsprinklered buildings. hose stations so that all portions of each floor level of the build‐
ing are within 130 ft (39.7 m) of a hose connection provided
7.3.2.3 Hose connections shall be provided in each exit passa‐ with 11∕2 in. (40 mm) hose or within 120 ft (36.6 m) of a hose
geway in other than covered mall buildings. connection provided with less than 11∕2 in. (40 mm) hose.
7.3.2.3.1 The hose connections required in 7.3.2.3 shall be 7.3.3.2 Distances shall be measured along a path of travel origi‐
located in the exit passageway at each entrance to the building. nating at the hose connection.
7.3.2.4 Nonrequired stairs connecting two adjacent floors shall 7.3.4 Class III Systems. Class III systems shall be provided with
not require hose connections. hose connections as required for both Class I and Class II
systems.
7.3.2.5* A single hose connection shall be permitted to be
installed in the open corridor or open breezeway between 7.3.4.1 Where a building is protected throughout by an
open stairs that are not greater than 75 ft (23 m) apart. approved automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
NFPA 13 or NFPA 13R, Class II hose stations for use by trained
7.3.2.6 Hose connections shall be provided in covered mall
personnel shall not be required provided that each Class I hose
buildings, at the entrance to each exit passageway or exit corri‐
dor, and at the interior side of public entrances from the exte‐ connection is 21∕2 in. (65 mm) and is equipped with a 21∕2 in. ×
rior to the mall. 11∕2 in. (65 mm × 40 mm) reducer and a cap attached with a
chain.
7.3.2.7* Hose connections shall be provided at the highest
landing of stairways with stairway access to a roof. 7.3.4.1.1 The travel distance limitation of 7.3.3.1 shall not
apply to Class III systems.
7.3.2.8* The hose connection required by 7.3.2.7 shall not be
required where hose connections are installed in accordance 7.3.4.1.2 For Class III systems installed without hose, the flow,
with 7.3.2.1.1. pressure, and duration requirements shall be as specified for
Class I systems in buildings protected throughout by an
7.3.2.9 In stairways that do not access the roof, a hose connec‐ approved automatic sprinkler system.
tion shall be provided on the roof.
7.4 Number of Standpipes. Separate standpipes shall be provi‐
7.3.2.9.1 The hose connection required by 7.3.2.9 shall not be ded in each required exit stairway.
required where the roof slope is 4 in 12 or greater.
7.5* Interconnection of Standpipes.
7.3.2.9.2 The hose connection required by 7.3.2.9 shall not be
required where at least one hose connection in accordance 7.5.1 Where two or more standpipes are installed in the same
with 7.3.2.7 is provided in the building. building or section of building, they shall be interconnected.
7.3.2.9.2.1 Where there are no hose connections as provided 7.5.2 Where standpipes are supplied by tanks located at the
by 7.3.2.9.2, a single hose connection shall be provided on the top of the building or zone, the standpipes shall be intercon‐
roof. nected at the top.
7.3.2.10* Additional hose connections shall be provided in 7.5.3 Where wet standpipes are interconnected at the top and
unsprinklered buildings where the distance from connections bottom, check valves shall be installed at the base of each stand‐
required by 7.3.2.1 through 7.3.2.3 to the most remote portion pipe to prevent circulation.
or story exceeds 150 ft (45.7 m). 7.5.4 Dry standpipes shall have only a single level of intercon‐
7.3.2.11* Additional hose connections shall be provided in nection.
buildings sprinklered in accordance with NFPA 13 or 7.6 Minimum Sizes for Standpipes and Branch Lines, Class I
NFPA 13R where the distance from connections required by and Class III Standpipes.
7.3.2.1 through 7.3.2.3 to the most remote portion or story
exceeds 200 ft (61 m). 7.6.1 Standpipes shall be at least 4 in. (100 mm) in size.
7.3.2.11.1 The distance in 7.3.2.10 and 7.3.2.11 shall be meas‐ 7.6.2 Standpipes that are part of a combined system in a build‐
ured from the hose connection. ing that is partially sprinklered shall be at least 6 in. (150 mm)
in size.
7.3.2.11.2 The location of additional hose connections shall be
approved by the AHJ. 7.6.2.1 Where the building is protected throughout by an
approved automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
NFPA 13 or NFPA 13R, the minimum standpipe size shall be
2016 Edition
DESIGN 14-21
4 in. (100 mm) for systems hydraulically designed in accord‐ 7.9.2.1 Standpipes from the lower zone shall be permitted to
ance with 7.8.1. be used to meet the requirements of 7.9.2.
7.6.3 Branch lines shall be sized based on the hydraulic criteria 7.9.3* For buildings with two or more zones in which any
established in Section 7.8 and Section 7.10 but not sized portion of the higher zones cannot be supplied by means of
smaller than 21∕2 in. (65 mm). fire department pumpers through a fire department connec‐
tion, an auxiliary means of supply in the form of high-level
7.7 System Design and Sizing of Pipe for Delivery of System water storage with additional pumping equipment or other
Demand. means acceptable to the AHJ shall be provided.
7.7.1 Class I and Class III standpipe systems shall be designed 7.10 Flow Rates.
so that the system demand can be supplied by each fire depart‐
ment connection, which is provided in accordance with 7.10.1 Class I and Class III Systems.
Section 7.12.
7.10.1.1* Flow Rate.
7.7.2* Where an automatic or semiautomatic water supply is
required for a Class I, II, or III standpipe system by Section 5.4, 7.10.1.1.1 For Class I and Class III systems, the minimum flow
the standpipe system shall be designed so that the system rate for the hydraulically most remote standpipe shall be
demand can be independently supplied by the attached water 500 gpm (1893 L/min), through the two most remote 21∕2 in.
supply and each fire department connection provided on the (65 mm) outlets, and the calculation procedure shall be in
system. accordance with 7.10.1.2.
7.7.3 Where a manual system is permitted by Section 5.4 and 7.10.1.1.2* Where a horizontal standpipe on a Class I or
an attached water supply is provided to supply an automatic Class III system supplies three or more hose connections on
sprinkler system or to maintain water in a wet system, the any floor, the minimum flow rate for the hydraulically most
attached water supply shall not be required to satisfy the stand‐ demanding horizontal standpipe shall be 750 gpm
pipe system demand. (2840 L/min), and the calculation procedure shall be in
accordance with 7.10.1.2.2.
7.7.4 When the system demand to be supplied by the fire
department at the fire department connection is being deter‐ 7.10.1.1.3 The minimum flow rate for additional standpipes
mined, the local fire department shall be consulted regarding shall be 250 gpm (946 L/min) per standpipe for buildings with
the water supply available from a fire department pumper. floor areas that do not exceed 80,000 ft2 (7432 m2) per floor.
7.8* Minimum and Maximum Pressure Limits. 7.10.1.1.3.1 For buildings that exceed 80,000 ft2 (7432 m 2) per
floor, the minimum flow rate for additional standpipes shall be
7.8.1 Minimum Design Pressure for Hydraulically Designed 500 gpm (1893 L/min) for the second standpipe and 250 gpm
Systems. Hydraulically designed standpipe systems shall be (946 L/min) for the third standpipe if the additional flow is
designed to provide the waterflow rate required by Section 7.10 required for an unsprinklered building.
at a minimum residual pressure of 100 psi (6.9 bar) at the
outlet of the hydraulically most remote 21∕2 in. (65 mm) hose 7.10.1.1.4 Flow rates for combined systems shall be in accord‐
connection and 65 psi (4.5 bar) at the outlet of the hydrauli‐ ance with 7.10.1.3.
cally most remote 11∕2 in. (40 mm) hose station. 7.10.1.1.5 The maximum flow rate shall be 1000 gpm
7.8.1.1 The pressure loss in the hose valve shall be calculated (3785 L/min) for buildings that are sprinklered throughout, in
using Table 8.3.1.3. accordance with NFPA 13, and 1250 gpm (4731 L/min) for
buildings that are not sprinklered throughout, in accordance
7.8.1.1.1 The valve manufacturer’s most up-to-date friction loss with NFPA 13.
data shall be used when published.
7.10.1.1.6* Where lateral piping serves a single outlet, the
7.8.1.2* Manual standpipe systems shall be designed to minimum flow rate for the system shall be determined as if the
provide 100 psi (6.9 bar) at the topmost outlet with the calcula‐ outlet is being served from a separate standpipe.
tions terminating at the fire department connection.
7.10.1.2* Hydraulic Calculation Requirements.
7.9* Standpipe System Zones.
7.10.1.2.1 Hydraulic calculations and pipe sizes for each stand‐
7.9.1 Except as permitted by 7.2.4, each standpipe system zone pipe shall be based on providing 250 gpm (946 L/min) at the
shall be provided with a separate pump or a separate discharge two hydraulically most remote hose connections on the stand‐
outlet from a multiple-stage, multiple-port fire pump. pipe and at the topmost outlet of each of the other standpipes
at the minimum residual pressure required by Section 7.8.
7.9.1.1 The use of pumps arranged in series to meet the
requirements of 7.9.1 shall be permitted. 7.10.1.2.1.1* Where a standpipe system has risers that termi‐
nate at different floor levels, separate hydraulic calculations
7.9.1.2 Pumps that are arranged in series shall be permitted to
shall be performed for the standpipes that exist on each level.
be, but are not required to be, located on the same level.
7.10.1.2.1.2 In each case, flow shall be added only for stand‐
7.9.2* Each zone above the low zone shall have two or more
pipes that exist on the floor level of the calculations.
separate and direct supply pipes sized to automatically and
independently supply the flow and pressure requirements of 7.10.1.2.2 Where a horizontal standpipe on a Class I and
Sections 7.8 and 7.10. Class III system supplies three or more hose connections on
any floor, hydraulic calculations and pipe sizes for each stand‐
pipe shall be based on providing 250 gpm (946 L/min) at the
2016 Edition
three hydraulically most remote hose connections on the stand‐ 7.11* Drains and Test Riser.
pipe and at the topmost outlet of each of the other standpipes
at the minimum residual pressure required by Section 7.8. 7.11.1 A permanently installed drain riser shall be provided
adjacent to each standpipe equipped with pressure-regulating
7.10.1.2.3* Common supply piping shall be calculated and devices to facilitate tests of each device. The drain shall be sized
sized to provide the required flow rate for all standpipes large enough to handle the full flow required from the largest
connected to such supply piping, with the total not to exceed pressure-regulating device but shall not be less than the follow‐
the maximum flow demand in 7.10.1.1.5. ing:
7.10.1.2.3.1 Common supply piping for separate standpipe (1) The size of the discharge outlet of the pressure-regulating
systems shall be calculated to provide flow for the most device for devices that are greater than 2½ in. (65 mm) in
demanding system. size
(2) 3 in. (80 mm) to facilitate testing of 2½ in. (65 mm)
7.10.1.2.4 Flows from additional standpipes as required by pressure-regulating devices
7.10.1.1 shall not be required to be balanced to the higher (3) 2 in. (50 mm) to facilitate testing of 1½ in. (40 mm)
pressure at the point of connection. pressure-regulating devices
7.10.1.3 Combined Systems. 7.11.1.1 The drain riser shall be equipped with connections
7.10.1.3.1 For a building protected throughout by an approved that are of the same size as the discharge outlets of the
automatic sprinkler system, the system demand established by pressure-regulating devices to be tested with internal threaded
Section 7.7 and 7.10.1 also shall be permitted to serve the swivel fittings having NHS threads, as specified in NFPA 1963,
sprinkler system. with plugs.
7.10.1.3.1.1 In a building protected in accordance with 7.11.1.1.1 The drain riser connections shall be located on at
NFPA 13 or NFPA 13R, the water supply for the combined least every other floor.
sprinkler and automatic standpipe system shall be based on the 7.11.1.2 Each drain riser shall terminate with a full-size elbow
sprinkler system demand (including any hose stream demand) to grade or receptor that will receive the full flow from the
or the standpipe demand, whichever is greater. drain riser.
7.10.1.3.1.2 A separate sprinkler demand shall not be 7.11.1.3 Where drain risers are interconnected and run to a
required. common discharge point, the common piping shall be sized for
7.10.1.3.2 For a combined system in a building equipped with the combined flow.
partial automatic sprinkler protection, the flow rate required 7.11.1.4 Where local fire department hose threads do not
by 7.10.1 shall be increased by an amount equal to the hydraul‐ conform to NFPA 1963, the fire department shall designate the
ically calculated sprinkler demand or 150 gpm (568 L/min) for hose threads to be used.
light hazard occupancies, or by 500 gpm (1893 L/min) for
ordinary hazard occupancies, whichever is less. 7.11.2 Drains. All standpipe systems shall be equipped with
drain connections in accordance with this section.
7.10.2 Class II Systems.
7.11.2.1 A main drain shall be provided on the standpipe
7.10.2.1 Minimum Flow Rate. system side of the system control valve in accordance with
7.10.2.1.1 For Class II systems, the minimum flow rate for the Figure 7.11.2.1.
hydraulically most remote hose connection shall be 100 gpm 7.11.2.2 Where acceptable to the AHJ, the lowest hose connec‐
(379 L/min). tion shall be permitted to be used as the main drain.
7.10.2.1.2 Additional flow shall not be required where more 7.11.2.3 The main drain connection shall be sized in accord‐
than one hose connection is provided. ance with Table 7.11.2.3.
7.10.2.2 Hydraulic Calculation Requirements. 7.11.2.4 The main drain connection shall discharge at a loca‐
7.10.2.2.1 Hydraulic calculations and pipe sizes for each stand‐ tion that permits the valve to be opened wide without causing
pipe shall be based on providing 100 gpm (379 L/min) at the water damage.
hydraulically most remote hose connection on the standpipe at 7.11.2.5 Portions of the standpipe system that are trapped such
the minimum residual pressure required by Section 7.8. that they cannot be drained through the main drain connec‐
7.10.2.2.2 Common supply piping serving multiple standpipes tion shall have an auxiliary method of draining in accordance
shall be calculated and sized to provide 100 gpm (379 L/min). with one of the following:
(1) An auxiliary drain in accordance with NFPA 13
7.10.3 Maximum Flow Rates for Individual Connections. (2) An auxiliary drain connection in accordance with Table
7.10.3.1 The maximum flow required from a 21∕2 in. (65 mm) 7.11.2.3
hose connection shall be 250 gpm (946 L/min). (3) A hose connection at a low point that has been approved
for use with a hose to drain water out of the trapped
7.10.3.2 The maximum flow required from a 11∕2 in. (40 mm) portion of the system to a location that will not cause
hose connection shall be 100 gpm (379 L/min). water damage
7.10.4 Sprinkler System Hose Demand. Sprinkler system hose
demand in fully sprinklered buildings shall not be required to
be added to standpipe calculations.
2016 Edition
(1) A public waterworks system where pressure and flow rate 11.3.1.1 The test shall consist of threading coupling samples,
are adequate caps, or plugs onto the installed devices.
(2) Automatic fire pumps connected to an approved water
source in accordance with NFPA 20 11.4 Hydrostatic Tests.
(3) Manually controlled fire pumps in combination with pres‐ 11.4.1* General. All new systems, including yard piping and
sure tanks fire department connection piping, shall be tested hydrostati‐
(4) Pressure tanks installed in accordance with NFPA 22 cally at not less than 200 psi (13.8 bar) or 50 psi (3.5 bar) in
(5) Manually controlled fire pumps operated by remote excess of the system working pressure, whichever is greater for
control devices at each hose station, supervised in accord‐ 2 hours.
ance with NFPA 72, at each hose station
(6) Gravity tanks installed in accordance with NFPA 22 11.4.2 The hydrostatic test pressure shall be measured at the
low elevation point of the individual system or zone being
9.2 Minimum Supply for Class I, Class II, and Class III tested.
Systems. The minimum water supply shall be capable of
providing the system demand established by Sections 7.8 and 11.4.3 The standpipe system piping shall show no leakage
7.10 for at least 30 minutes. other than as permitted by 11.4.4.
11.4.4 Underground pipe shall be tested in accordance with
Chapter 10 Water Supply Testing NFPA 24.
11.4.5 Where cold weather prevents testing with water, an
10.1* Water Supply Evaluation. The water flow rate and pres‐ interim air test shall be permitted to be conducted prior to the
sure of a public water supply shall be determined from water‐ standard hydrostatic test.
flow test data or other approved method.
11.4.5.1 An air pressure leakage test at 40 psi (2.8 bar) shall be
10.1.1 Daily and seasonal flow and pressure fluctuation data conducted for 24 hours.
shall be provided by the water purveyor, and the fire protection
design must account for both high and low variations. 11.4.5.2 Any leakage that results in a loss of pressure in excess
of 11∕2 psi (0.1 bar) during a continuous 24-hour period shall be
10.1.1.1 Where these data are not available, design shall be corrected.
based on the available water flow data.
11.4.6 Fire Department Connection. Piping between the fire
10.2* Procedure. Where a waterflow test is used for the purpo‐ department connection and the check valve in the inlet pipe
ses of system design, the test shall be conducted no more than shall be tested hydrostatically in the same manner as the
12 months prior to working plan submittal unless otherwise balance of the system.
approved by the authority having jurisdiction. [13:23.2.1.1]
11.4.7 Existing Systems.
Chapter 11 System Acceptance 11.4.7.1 Where an existing standpipe system, including yard
piping and fire department connection, is modified, the new
11.1* General. piping shall be independently tested in accordance with 11.4.1.
11.1.1 All new systems shall be tested prior to the occupancy of 11.4.7.2 Modifications that cannot be isolated, such as new
the building. valves or the point of connection for new piping, shall not
require testing in excess of system static pressure.
11.1.2 Existing standpipe systems that are to be utilized as
standpipes for a combination system in the retrofit of a new 11.4.8 Protection from Freezing. During testing, care shall be
sprinkler system shall be tested in accordance with taken to ensure that no portion of the piping is subject to freez‐
Section 11.4. ing during cold weather.
11.1.3 The installing contractor shall complete and sign the 11.4.9 Gauges. During the hydrostatic test, the pressure gauge
appropriate contractor's material and test certificate(s) as at the top of each standpipe shall be observed and the pressure
shown in Figure 11.1.3(a) and Figure 11.1.3(b). recorded.
11.2 Flushing of Piping. 11.4.10 The test pressure shall be read from a gauge located at
the low elevation point of the system or portion being tested.
11.2.1 Underground piping supplying the system shall be The pressures in piping at higher elevations shall be permitted
flushed in accordance with NFPA 24. to be less than the pressures required by 11.4.1 or 11.4.5.1
11.2.2 Piping between the fire department connection and the when accounting for elevation losses. Systems or portions of
check valve in the inlet pipe shall be flushed with a sufficient systems that can be isolated shall be permitted to be tested
volume of water in order to remove any construction debris separately.
and trash accumulated in the piping prior to the completion of 11.4.11 Water Additives. Additives, corrosive chemicals such as
the system and prior to the installation of the fire department sodium silicate or derivatives of sodium silicate, brine, or other
connection. chemicals shall not be used while hydrostatically testing systems
11.3 Hose Threads. or for stopping leaks.
11.3.1 All hose connection and fire department connection 11.5 Flow Tests.
threads shall be tested to verify their compatibility with threads 11.5.1* The standpipe system shall be tested to verify system
used by the local fire department. demand.
2016 Edition
ANNEX A 14-43
A.7.10.1.2 See Section 14.4 of NFPA 13. B, and C]. The second would need to prove that the system can
deliver 100 psi (6.9 bar) to the 10th floor with a total of
When performing a hydraulic design, the hydraulic charac‐ 1000 gpm (3785 L/min) flowing [250 gpm (946 L/min) each
teristics of each water supply need to be known. The procedure at points D, E, F, and G]. Note that since the building is sprin‐
for determining the hydraulic characteristics of permanent klered, there is no flow required from the fourth riser in this
water supplies, such as pumps, is fairly straightforward and is second calculation.
described in NFPA 20. The procedure for determining the
hydraulic characteristics of fire apparatus supplying a standpipe A.7.10.1.2.3 Flow is added at nodes in a standpipe system in
system are similar. Lacking better information about local fire 250 gpm (946 L/min) increments without requiring additional
apparatus, a conservative design would accommodate a flow, which might occur from higher pressures at that node
1000 gpm (3785 L/min) fire department pumper performing (balancing the system). The common supply piping should be
at the level of design specifications set forth in NFPA 1901. hydraulically calculated based on the required flow rate [500,
NFPA 1901 specifies that fire department pumpers must be 750, 1000, or 1250 gpm (1893, 2840, 3785, or 4732 L/min)] for
able to achieve three pressure/flow combinations. These are the standpipe system. The calculated pressure for the stand‐
100 percent of rated capacity at 150 psi (1034 kPa) net pump pipe system does not have to be balanced at the point of
pressure, 70 percent of rated capacity at 200 psi (1379 kPa) net connection to the common supply piping.
pump pressure, and 50 percent of rated capacity at 250 psi
(1724 kPa) net pump pressure. Therefore, a 1000 gpm A.7.11 During flow testing of pressure-reducing valves, care
(3785 L/min) pumper can be expected to deliver no less than should be taken in making connections to drain risers. An air
1000 gpm (3785 L/min) at 150 psi (1034 kPa), 700 gpm gap should be maintained in order to prevent cross-connection
(2650 L/min) at 200 psi (1379 kPa), and 500 gpm (1893 L/ to nonpotable water sources.
min) at 250 psi (1724 kPa). Residual supply pressure on the A.7.12 See NFPA 13E.
suction side of a pump from a municipal or other pressurized
water supply can also be added. The 150 psi (1034 kPa) sugges‐ The number of 21∕2 in. (65 mm) inlets to supply the required
ted pressure is also found in NFPA 13E. It also states that this is water volume and pressure at the fire department connection is
the pressure to be provided unless the sign at the fire depart‐ dependent on several variables, such as the performance of the
ment connection states otherwise. It is not the intent of this water supply at the source, the distance from the source to the
standard to limit the maximum pumper pressure at the fire location of the inlets, the diameter of the hose used, the size of
department connection inlet for manual or automatic stand‐ the fire department pumper, and the required water volume
pipes to 150 psi (1034 kPa). and pressure at the base of the standpipe riser(s).
To perform a hydraulic design, one should determine the A.8.1 Plans should indicate the type of fire department equip‐
minimum required pressure and flow at the hydraulically most ment that the system is designed to serve, including the hose
remote hose connection and calculate this demand back size, hose length, and hose nozzle. Such equipment is the basis
through system piping to each water supply, accumulating for the pressure selected in accordance with Section 7.8.
losses for friction and elevation changes and adding flows for A.8.1.4 Manufacturer’s material data sheets should be accepta‐
additional standpipes and sprinklers at each point where such ble for meeting this requirement.
standpipes or sprinklers connect to the hydraulic design path.
When considering fire apparatus as a water supply, flows are A.8.2.3 See Figure A.8.2.3(a), Figure A.8.2.3(b), Figure
calculated from system piping through the fire department A.8.2.3(c), and Figure A.8.2.3(d) for copies of typical forms.
connection and back through connecting hoses to the pump. If
the pressure available at each supply source exceeds a stand‐ A.9.1 The selection of water supplies for each installation
pipe system's pressure demand at the designated flow, the should be determined in cooperation with the AHJ.
design is acceptable. Otherwise, the piping design or the water A.10.1 Additional benefit is derived from waterflow tests by the
supply needs to be adjusted. indication of possible deficiencies, such as tuberculation of
The intent of the standard is to require that each vertical piping, closed valves, or other obstructions, which should be
standpipe serving two or more hose connections be capable of corrected to provide adequate waterflows.
individually flowing 500 gpm (1893 L/min) and 250 gpm A.10.2 Tests should be conducted in accordance with NFPA
(946 L/min) at each of the two hydraulically most demanding 291.
connections at the required residual pressure. Given the
requirement in 7.10.1.1.3 for the hydraulically most remote A.11.1 Where standpipe connections are built into the walls or
standpipe to supply this pressure and flow rate and given the partitions, the hydrostatic tests should be made before they are
minimum standpipe sizes in Section 7.6, the ability of stand‐ covered or permanently sealed.
pipes that are not hydraulically most remote to satisfy this
requirement is implicit and should not require additional
hydraulic calculations.
A.7.10.1.2.1.1 For example, consider the standpipe system
shown in Figure A.7.10.1.2.1.1 with two risers that terminate at
the 15th floor and two risers that terminate at the 10th floor of
this fully sprinklered high-rise building. In this case, two sepa‐
rate hydraulic calculations need to be performed. The first
would verify that the system can deliver 100 psi (6.9 bar) to the
top of the risers on the 15th floor with a total of 750 gpm
(2840 L/min) flowing [250 gpm (946 L/min) each at points A,
2016 Edition
20-24 INSTALLATION OF STATIONARY PUMPS FOR FIRE PROTECTION
Table 4.27(a) Summary of Centrifugal Fire Pump Data (U.S. Customary)
Minimum Pipe Sizes (Nominal) (in.)

Relief Valve Number and Size Hose Header
Pump Rating (gpm) Suctiona,b,c Dischargea Relief Valve Discharge Meter Device of Hose Valves Supply
25 1 1 3
∕4 1 11∕4 1 — 11∕2 1
50 1 ∕2
1
1 ∕4
1
1 ∕4
1
1 ∕2
1
2 1 — 11∕2 11∕2
100 2 2 11∕2 2 21∕2 1 — 21∕2 21∕2
150 21∕2 21∕2 2 21∕2 3 1 — 21∕2 21∕2
200 3 3 2 21∕2 3 1 — 21∕2 21∕2
250 31∕2 3 2 21∕2 31∕2 1 — 21∕2 3
300 4 4 21∕2 31∕2 31∕2 1 — 21∕2 3
400 4 4 3 5 4 2 — 21∕2 4
450 5 5 3 5 4 2 — 21∕2 4
500 5 5 3 5 5 2 — 21∕2 4
750 6 6 4 6 5 3 — 21∕2 6
1000 8 6 4 8 6 4 — 21∕2 6
1250 8 8 6 8 6 6 — 21∕2 8
1500 8 8 6 8 8 6 — 21∕2 8
2000 10 10 6 10 8 6 — 21∕2 8
2500 10 10 6 10 8 8 — 21∕2 10
3000 12 12 8 12 8 12 — 21∕2 10
3500 12 12 8 12 10 12 — 21∕2 12
4000 14 12 8 14 10 16 — 21∕2 12
4500 16 14 8 14 10 16 — 21∕2 12
5000 16 14 8 14 10 20 — 21∕2 12
Notes:
(1) The pressure relief valve is permitted to be sized in accordance with 4.19.2.1.
(2) The pressure relief valve discharge is permitted to be sized in accordance with 4.19.6.2.
(3) The flowmeter device is permitted to be sized in accordance with 4.21.2.3.
(4) The hose header supply is permitted to be sized in accordance with 4.21.3.4.
a
Actual diameter of pump flange is permitted to be different from pipe diameter.
b
Applies only to that portion of suction pipe specified in 4.15.3.3.
c
Suction pipe sizes in Table 4.27(a) are based on a maximum velocity at 150 percent rated capacity to 15 ft/sec (4.6 m/sec) in most cases.
4.29 Earthquake Protection. 4.29.3.4.1* Where seismically protecting smaller diameter trim
lines, restraint shall be sufficient.
4.29.1 General. Where water-based fire protection systems to
be protected against damage from earthquakes, 4.29.2 and 4.30 Packaged Fire Pump Assemblies.
4.29.3 shall apply.
4.30.1 A packaged fire pump assembly, with or without an
4.29.2* Seismic Loads. Horizontal seismic loads shall be deter‐ enclosure, shall meet all of the following requirements:
mined in accordance with NFPA 13; SEI/ASCE 7, Minimum (1) The components shall be assembled and affixed onto a
Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures; local, state, or steel framing structure.
international codes; or other sources acceptable to the author‐ (2) Welders shall be qualified in accordance with the
ity having jurisdiction. Section 9 of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code or with
4.29.3 Components. the American Welding Society AWS D1.1, Structural Weld‐
ing Code — Steel.
4.29.3.1 Pump Driver and Controller. The fire pump, driver, (3) The assembly shall be listed for fire pump service.
and fire pump controller shall be attached to their foundations (4) The total assembly shall be engineered and designed by a
with materials capable of resisting applicable seismic loads. system designer as referenced in 4.3.2.
4.29.3.2* High Center of Gravity. Pumps with high centers of (5) All plans and data sheets shall be submitted and reviewed
gravity, such as vertical in-line pumps, shall be mounted at their by the authority having jurisdiction, with copies of the
base and braced above their center of gravity. stamped approved submittals used in the assembly and
for record keeping.
4.29.3.3* Pipe and Fittings. Pipe and fittings shall be protec‐
ted in accordance with NFPA 13. 4.30.2 All electrical components, clearances, and wiring shall
meet the minimum requirements of the applicable NFPA 70
4.29.3.4 Appurtenances. Seismic protection of appurtenances, articles.
including trim pieces, shall be required where they are essen‐
tial for post-earthquake operation of the fire pump.
2016 Edition
88A–6 PARKING STRUCTURES
5.2.4 Offices or other similar spaces that are related to the Chapter 6 Building Service and Fire Protection
operation of the parking structure and are less than 300 m2
(3000 ft2) in area, other than cashier or attendant booths, 6.1 Lighting and Power.
shall be separated from parking areas by walls or partitions 6.1.1 Electric wiring for light, power, heat, and signal or con-
that resist the passage of smoke. trol circuits and for electrically operated tools, portable appli-
5.3 Floors. ances, and devices shall be in accordance with the provisions
of NFPA 70.
5.3.1 Floor surfaces shall be of noncombustible material.
6.1.2 Areas where flammable liquids are stored, handled, or
5.3.1.1 Where combustible construction is permitted, floor dispensed shall be delineated and classified for the installa-
surfaces shall be noncombustible and liquidtight. tion of electrical equipment in accordance with NFPA 30A.
5.3.1.2* Asphalt shall be permitted on grade. 6.2 Heating.
5.3.2 Floors shall be graded and equipped with drains. 6.2.1 Heating equipment shall conform to NFPA 90A,
NFPA 31, NFPA 54, NFPA 211, and Uniform Mechanical Code,
5.3.3 Floors in areas of parking structures where motor fuels as applicable.
are dispensed shall be designed in accordance with NFPA 30A. 6.2.2 Unless otherwise permitted by 6.2.3, all flames associ-
5.4 Openings in Fire Resistance–Rated Assemblies. ated with heating equipment shall be located a minimum of
500 mm (18 in.) below the floor–ceiling assembly or 500 mm
5.4.1 Doorways and other openings in fire walls and fire par- (18 in.) above the floor.
titions shall be protected with approved fire doors installed in
6.2.3 Heating equipment located so as to be protected by a
accordance with NFPA 80. partition not less than 500 mm (18 in.) above the floor shall
5.4.2 Where ducts pass through fire walls or fire partitions, not be required to meet the requirement of 6.2.2.
the openings shall be protected in accordance with NFPA 90A. 6.2.4 The use of improvised furnaces, construction heaters,
5.4.3 Unless otherwise provided in 5.4.5, 5.4.6, or 5.4.7, vertical and space heaters shall be prohibited.
openings through floors in enclosed parking structures four sto- 6.3 Ventilation.
ries or more in height shall be enclosed with walls or partitions
6.3.1* All enclosed parking structures shall be ventilated by
having a fire resistance rating of not less than 2 hours. a mechanical system capable of providing a minimum of
5.4.4 Unless otherwise provided in 5.4.5, 5.4.6, or 5.4.7, vertical 300 L/min per m2 of floor area (1 ft3/min per ft2 of floor
openings through floors in enclosed parking structures less than area) during hours of normal operation.
four stories in height shall be enclosed with walls or partitions 6.3.2 A mechanical ventilation system shall not be required in
having a fire resistance rating of not less than 1 hour. an open parking structure.
5.4.5 Ramps in enclosed parking structures shall not be re- 6.3.3 Mechanical ventilating systems shall be installed in ac-
quired to be enclosed in accordance with 5.4.3 or 5.4.4 where cordance with NFPA 90A. Ductwork shall be constructed of
the parking structure is protected throughout by an approved, noncombustible material.
automatic sprinkler system. 6.4 Fire Sprinkler Systems.
5.4.6 Ramps in enclosed parking structures shall not be re- 6.4.1 Automatic sprinkler systems shall conform to NFPA 13.
quired to be enclosed in accordance with 5.4.3 or 5.4.4 where
6.4.2 Automatic sprinkler systems shall be installed in por-
the parking structure is protected throughout by an approved,
tions of enclosed parking structures, the ceilings of which are
supervised, automatic fire detection system and a mechanical
less than 600 mm (24 in.) above grade, regardless of type of
ventilation system in accordance with 6.3.1. construction, and in enclosed parking structures of Type III or
5.4.7 Openings in the floor assembly between an enclosed Type IV construction over 15 m (50 ft) in height.
parking structure and an open parking structure, except exit 6.4.3 Automatic sprinkler systems shall be installed in en-
openings, shall not be required to be enclosed where the enclosed parking structures located at or above grade, or within
closed parking structure is protected in accordance with 5.4.5 or immediately below a building used for another occupancy.
or 5.4.6.
Exception: Enclosed parking structures described above, having an
5.4.8 Unprotected vertical openings through floors in open approved, supervised, automatic fire detection and alarm system in-
parking structures shall be permitted. stalled throughout the parking area in accordance with NFPA 72 and
a mechanical ventilation system in accordance with 5.3.2.
5.5 Opening Requirements for Open Parking Structures.
6.4.4 Automatic sprinkler systems shall not be required in
5.5.1 Each parking level shall have wall openings open to the open parking structures.
atmosphere, for an area of not less than 0.4 m2 for each linear
6.4.5 Maintenance. Fire sprinkler systems shall be regularly in-
meter (1.4 ft2 for each linear foot) of its exterior perimeter. spected, tested, and maintained in accordance with NFPA 25.
5.5.2 Such openings shall be distributed over 40 percent of 6.5 Standpipes.
the building perimeter or uniformly over two opposing sides.
6.5.1 Parking structures exceeding a height of 15 m (50 ft) or
5.5.3 Interior wall lines and column lines shall be at least 20 per- having parking levels below grade shall be provided with a
cent open, with openings distributed to provide ventilation. Class I standpipe system in accordance with NFPA 14.
2015 Edition
101–202 LIFE SAFETY CODE
18.3.3.2.1 Walls and ceilings shall be permitted to have Class 18.3.4.3.3.3 The provision of 9.6.7.4.5, which permits sprin-
A or Class B interior finish in individual rooms having a capac- kler system waterflow to be annunciated as a single building
ity not exceeding four persons. zone, shall be prohibited.
18.3.3.2.2 Corridor wall finish not exceeding 48 in. 18.3.4.4 Fire Safety Functions. Operation of any activating de-
(1220 mm) in height that is restricted to the lower half of the vice in the required fire alarm system shall be arranged to
wall shall be permitted to be Class A or Class B. accomplish automatically any control functions to be per-
formed by that device. (See 9.6.5.)
18.3.3.3 Interior Floor Finish.
18.3.4.5 Detection.
18.3.3.3.1 Interior floor finish shall comply with Section 10.2.
18.3.4.5.1 General. Detection systems, where required, shall
18.3.3.3.2 Interior floor finish in exit enclosures and exit ac-
be in accordance with Section 9.6.
cess corridors and spaces not separated from them by walls
complying with 18.3.6 shall be Class I or Class II. 18.3.4.5.2 Detection in Spaces Open to Corridors. See 18.3.6.1.
18.3.3.3.3 Interior floor finish shall comply with 10.2.7.1 or 18.3.4.5.3* Nursing Homes. An approved automatic smoke
10.2.7.2, as applicable. detection system shall be installed in corridors throughout
smoke compartments containing patient sleeping rooms and
18.3.4 Detection, Alarm, and Communications Systems.
in spaces open to corridors as permitted in nursing homes by
18.3.4.1 General. Health care occupancies shall be provided 18.3.6.1, unless otherwise permitted by one of the following:
with a fire alarm system in accordance with Section 9.6.
(1) Corridor systems shall not be required where each patient
18.3.4.2* Initiation. sleeping room is protected by an approved smoke detec-
tion system.
18.3.4.2.1 Initiation of the required fire alarm systems shall (2) Corridor systems shall not be required where patient
be by manual means in accordance with 9.6.2 and by means of room doors are equipped with automatic door-closing de-
any required sprinkler system waterflow alarms, detection devices with integral smoke detectors on the room side in-
vices, or detection systems, unless otherwise permitted by stalled in accordance with their listing, provided that the
18.3.4.2.2 and 18.3.4.2.3. integral detectors provide occupant notification.
18.3.4.2.2 Manual fire alarm boxes in patient sleeping areas 18.3.5 Extinguishment Requirements.
shall not be required at exits if located at all nurses’ control
stations or other continuously attended staff location, pro- 18.3.5.1* Buildings containing health care occupancies shall
vided that both of the following criteria are met: be protected throughout by an approved, supervised auto-
matic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 9.7, unless
(1) Such manual fire alarm boxes are visible and continu- otherwise permitted by 18.3.5.5.
ously accessible.
(2) Travel distances required by 9.6.2.5 are not exceeded. 18.3.5.2 Reserved.
18.3.4.2.3 The system smoke detector installed in accordance 18.3.5.3 Reserved.
with 18.3.2.5.3(13) shall not be required to initiate the fire
18.3.5.4 The sprinkler system required by 18.3.5.1 shall be
alarm system.
installed in accordance with 9.7.1.1(1).
18.3.4.3 Notification. Positive alarm sequence in accordance
18.3.5.5 In Type I and Type II construction, alternative pro-
with 9.6.3.4 shall be permitted.
tection measures shall be permitted to be substituted for sprin-
18.3.4.3.1 Occupant Notification. Occupant notification kler protection without causing a building to be classified as
shall be accomplished automatically in accordance with 9.6.3, nonsprinklered in specified areas where the authority having
unless otherwise modified by the following: jurisdiction has prohibited sprinklers.
(1) Paragraph 9.6.3.2.3 shall not be permitted to be used. 18.3.5.6* Listed quick-response or listed residential sprinklers
(2)*In lieu of audible alarm signals, visible alarm-indicating shall be used throughout smoke compartments containing pa-
appliances shall be permitted to be used in critical care tient sleeping rooms.
areas.
18.3.5.7 Reserved.
(3) The provision of 18.3.2.5.3(13)(c) shall be permitted to
be used. 18.3.5.8 Reserved.
18.3.4.3.2 Emergency Forces Notification. 18.3.5.9 Reserved.
18.3.4.3.2.1 Emergency forces notification shall be accom- 18.3.5.10* Sprinklers shall not be required in clothes closets of
plished in accordance with 9.6.4, except that the provision of patient sleeping rooms in hospitals where the area of the closet
18.3.2.5.3(13)(d) shall be permitted to be used. does not exceed 6 ft2 (0.55 m2), provided that the distance from
the sprinkler in the patient sleeping room to the back wall of the
18.3.4.3.2.2 Reserved.
closet does not exceed the maximum distance permitted by
18.3.4.3.3 Annunciation and Annunciation Zoning. NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems.
18.3.4.3.3.1 Annunciation and annunciation zoning shall be 18.3.5.11* Sprinklers in areas where cubicle curtains are in-
provided in accordance with 9.6.7, unless otherwise permitted stalled shall be in accordance with NFPA 13, Standard for the
by 18.3.4.3.3.2 or 18.3.4.3.3.3. Installation of Sprinkler Systems.
18.3.4.3.3.2 The alarm zone shall be permitted to coincide 18.3.5.12 Portable fire extinguishers shall be provided in all
with the permitted area for smoke compartments. health care occupancies in accordance with Section 9.9.
2015 Edition
(HWH‐01A/01B/01C) HOT WATER DEMAND CALCULATIONS ‐ (STORAGE TYPE WATER HEATERS FOR THE ENTIRE FACILITY)
FIXTURE UNIT COUNT (HOT WATER CONSUMING FIXTURES)
LAVATORY LAVATORY LAVATORY (SCRUB‐ IMMERSION BATH SINK ‐ SINK ‐ CENTRAL ARM BATH (HYDRO‐ LEG BATH (HYDRO‐ LAVATORY

FLOOR LEVEL DISHWASHERS KITCHEN SINK LAUNDRY PANTRY SINK SHOWERS
(PRIVATE) (PUBLIC) UP) (HYDRO‐THERAPY) LABORATORY SUPPLY THERAPY) THERAPY) (DENTAL)
LOWER GROUND FLOOR 8
GROUND FLOOR 66 1 2 11 2 2 1 1 1
FIRST FLOOR 61 2 2 6 2
SECOND FLOOR 64 2 4 4 2
THIRD FLOOR 54 3 4
FOURTH FLOOR 35 34 3 2 40 6
FIFTH FLOOR 63 3 51
SIXTH FLOOR 67 3 55
SEVENTH FLOOR 34 22 1 10 6 12
EIGHTH FLOOR 20 26 1 24
TOTALS 55 477 27 2 14 2 21 194 1 6 16 1 1 6
FACILITY'S HOT WATER DEMAND
DEMAND FACTOR (HOSPITAL) = 0.25
STORAGE CAPACITY FACTOR (HOSPITAL) = 0.60
FIXTURE'S HOT TOTAL FIXTURE
FIXTURE TYPE QUANTITY WATER DEMAND TYPE'S HOT WATER
(GAL/HR/FIXTURE) DEMAND (GAL/HR)
LAVATORY (PRIVATE) 55 2 110
LAVATORY (PUBLIC) 477 6 2,862
LAVATORY (SCRUB‐UP) 27 10 270
DISHWASHERS 2 100 200
KITCHEN SINK 14 20 280
LAUNDRY 2 28 56
PANTRY SINK 21 10 210
SHOWERS 194 75 14,550
IMMERSION BATH (HYDRO‐THERAPY) 1 450 450
SINK ‐ LABORATORY 6 5 30
SINK ‐ CENTRAL SUPPLY 16 15 240
ARM BATH (HYDRO‐THERAPY) 1 35 35
LEG BATH (HYDRO‐THERAPY) 1 100 100
LAVATORY (DENTAL) 6 8 48
TOTAL CONTINUOUS HOT WATER DEMAND (GAL/HR) 19,441
HEATING COIL CAPACITY
SAFETY FACTOR = 10 %
PROBABLE MAXIMUM DEMAND = 5,346 GAL/HR
COIL CAPACITY = 89.10 GPM
HOT WATER STORAGE CAPACITY
STORAGE TANK CAPACITY = 3,208 GALLONS
HUMAN COMFORT LEVEL (HOT WATER EXPOSURE)
WATER TEMPERATURE = 60 °C
TIME BEFORE IRREVERSIBLE FIRST DEGREE BURN OCCURS AT ABOVE
= 2.6 SECONDS
STATED HOT WATER TEMPERATURE
DESIRED OUTPUT WATER INTITAL FILL WATER TEMPERATURE

‐ =
TEMPERATURE (°C ) TEMPERATURE (°C ) DIFFERENCE (°C )
60 ‐ 10 = 50
STORAGE TYPE HOT WATER BOILER & GENERATOR SUMMARY SPECIFICS
NUMBER OF DUTY INSTANTANEOUS ELECTRIC WATER HEATER TO BE USED = 2
NUMBER OF STANDBY HOT WATER GENERATORS TO BE USED = 1
STORAGE CAPACITY REQUIRED = 1,604 GALLONS
COIL CAPACITY = 2,673 GAL/HR
HEATING POWER OUTPUT REQUIRED = 589 kW
Chapter 6 — Domestic Water Heating Systems Fundamentals 109
Table 6-1 Hot Water Demand per Fixture for Various Types of Buildings (Gallons[Liters] of Water per Hour per Fixture,
Calculated at a Final Temperature of 140°F [60°C])
Industrial Office Private
Fixture Apartment Club Gymnasium Hospital Hotel Plant Building Residence School YMCA
1 Basins, private lavatory 2(7.6) 2(7.6) 2(7.6) 2(7.6) 2(7.6) 2(7.6) 2(7.6) 2(7.6) 2(7.6) 2(7.6)
2 Basins, public lavatory 4(15) 6(23) 8(30) 6(23) 8(30) 12(45.5) 6(23) — 15(57) 8(30)
3 Bathtubs 20(76) 20(76) 30(114) 20(76) 20(76) — 20(76) — 30(114)
4 Dishwashersa 15(57) 50-150 — — 50-150 — 50-200 — 20-100 — 15(57) 20-100 — 20-100
(190-570) (190-570) (190-760) (76-380) (76-380) (76-380)
5 Foot basins 3(11) 3(11) 12(46) 3(11) 3(11) 12(46) — 3(11) 3(11) 12(46)
6 Kitchen sink 10(38) 20(76) — 20(76) 30(114) 20(76) 20(76) 10(38) 20(76) 20(76)
7 Laundry, stationary tubs 20(76) 28(106) — 28(106) 28(106) — 20(76) — 28(106)
8 Pantry sink 5(19) 10(38) — 10(38) 10(38) — 10(38) 5(19) 10(38) 10(38)
9 Showers 30(114) 150(568) 225(850) 75(284) 75(284) 225(850) 30(114) 30(114) 225(850) 225(850)
10 Service sink 20(76) 20(76) — 20(76) 30(114) 20(76) 20(76) 15(57) 20(76) 20(76)
11 Hydrotherapeutic showers 400(1520)
12 Hubbard baths 600(2270)
13 Leg baths 100(380)
14 Arm baths 35(130)
15 Sitz baths 30(114)
16 Continuous-flow baths 165(625)
17 Circular wash sinks 20(76) 20(76) 30(114) 20(76) 30(114)
18 Semicircular wash sinks 10(38) 10(38) 15(57) 10(38) 15(57)
19 Demand Factor 0.30 0.30 0.40 0.25 0.25 0.40 0.30 0.30 0.40 0.40
20 Storage capacity factorb 1.25 0.90 1.00 0.60 0.80 1.00 2.00 0.70 1.00 1.00
a Dishwasher requirements should be taken from this table or from manufacturers’ data for the model to be used, if this is known.
b Ratio of storage tank capacity to probable maximum demand per hour. Storage capacity may be reduced where an unlimited supply of steam is available from a central street steam system or large
boiler plant.
Reprinted from ASPE Data Book: Vol. 4. Service Hot Water Systems, American Society of Plumbing Engineers, 1989, Westlake, CA: Author. Copyright ©1989, American Society of Plumbing Engineers.
Figure 6-1 Occupant Demographic Classifications (see Figure 6-1 and Table 6-2) and tailors the calcula-
No occupants work tion process to the type of building. There is a separate
Public assistance and low income (mix) method of calculating the load for each building type,
Family and single-parent households (mix) High Demand based on its individual operating characteristics. Not
High number of children all types of facilities are addressed, but those that are
Low income can be accurately calculated using this method. It
Families can be used to establish the sizing for systems using
Public assistance a storage tank, instantaneous, or semi-instantaneous
Medium Demand heater. It also addresses additional concerns such as
Singles
Single-parent households high-usage or high-volume fixtures.
Couples
BASIC Formulae AND UNITS
High population density
The equations in this chapter are based on the princi-
Middle income
Low Demand ple of energy conservation. The fundamental formula
Seniors for this expresses a steady-state heat balance for the
one person works, 1 stays home heat input and output of the system:
All occupants work
Equation 6-1:
Reprinted from Domestic Hot Water Heating Design Manual (p. 24), American
Society of Plumbing
q = r w c ∆T
Engineers, 1998, Westlake, CA: Author. Copyright ©1998, American Society of where
Plumbing Engineers. q = Time rate of heat transfer, Btu/h (kJ/h)
r = Flow rate, gph (L/h)
• It can be applied only to the types of facilities w = Weight of heated water, lb (kg)
listed. c = Specific heat of water, Btu/lb/°F (kJ/kg/K)
∆T = Change in heated water temperature
• It is to be used only for the sizing of storage tank (temperature of leaving water minus
systems. temperature of incoming water, represented
• It does not consider the type of occupants. as Th – Tc, °F [K])
• It does not address high-use or high-volume fix- For purposes of this discussion, the specific heat of
tures. water is constant, c = 1 Btu/lb/°F (c = 4.19 kJ/kg/K),
and the weight of water is constant at 8.33 lb/gal
Method 2: The second method of calculating hot
(999.6 kg/m3).
water usage is outlined in Domestic Water Heating
Design Manual, which addresses specific occupancies
38 ASPE Data Book Volume 3
Table 2-2 Hospital Plumbing Fixtures

Fixture Units GPM (L/S) GPH (L/H)
Fixture Total Cold Hot Cold Hot Hot
Water Water Water Water Water Water
Aspirator, fluid suction 2 2 3 (.19)

Aspirator, laboratory 2 2 3 (.19)
Autopsy table, complete 4 3 2 8 (.50) 4½ (.28) 20 (75.7)
Autopsy table, aspirator 2 2 3 (.19)
Autopsy table, flushing hose 2 2 3 (.19)
Autopsy table, flushing rim 3 3 4½ (.28)
Autopsy table, sink and faucet 3 2½ 2½ 4½ (.28) 4½ (.28) 20 (75.7)
Autopsy table, waste disposal 1½ 1½ 4 (.25)
Bath, arm 4 2 3 3 (.19) 7 (.44) 35 (132.5)
Bath, emergency 4 2 3 3 (.19) 7 (.44) 15 (56.8)
Bath, immersion 20 7 15 15 (.95) 35 (2.21) 450 (1,703.3)
Bath, leg 10 4 7 8 (.50) 16 (1.01) 100 (378.5)
Bath, sitz 4 2 3 3 (.19) 7 (.44) 30 (113.6)
Bed pan, washer, steam 10 10 25 (1.58)
Cleaner, sonic 3 2½ 2½ 4½ (.28) 4½ (.28) 20 (75.7)
Cuspidor, dental and surgical 1 1 2 (.13)
Cuspidor, dental chair 1 1 2 (.13)
Drinking fountain 1 1 2 (.13)
Floor drain, flushing type 10 10 25 (1.58)
Hose, bed pan general 2 1½ 1½ 3 (.19) 3 (.19) 5 (18.9)
Hose, bed pan private 1 1 1 3 (.19) 3 (.19) 8 (30.3)
Laundry tub 3 2½ 2½ 4½ (.28) 4½ (.28) 30 (113.6)
Lavatory, barber 2 1½ 1½ 3 (.19) 3 (.19) 15 (56.8)
Lavatory, dental 1 1 1 3 (.19) 3 (.19) 8 (30.3)
Lavatory, general 2 1½ 1½ 3 (.19) 3 (.19) 8 (30.3)
Lavatory, private 1 1 1 3 (.19) 3 (.19) 4 (15.1)
Lavatory, nursery 2 1½ 1½ 3 (.19) 3 (.19) 8 (30.3)
Lavatory, scrub-up 2 1½ 1½ 3 (.19) 3 (.19) 10 (37.9)
Lavatory, treatment 1 1 1 3 (.19) 3 (.19) 4 (15.1)
Microscope, electron 1 1 0.2 (.01)
Sanistan 10 10 25 (1.58)
Sanitizer, boiling, instrument 2 2 3 (.19) 10 (37.9)
Sanitizer, boiling, utensil 2 2 3 (.19) 10 (37.9)
Shower, general 4 2 3 1½ (.09) 3½ (.22) 50 (189.3)
Shower, private 2 1 2 1½ (.09) 3½ (.22) 20 (75.7)
Shower, obstetrical 4 2 3 1½ (.09) 3½ (.22) 50 (189.3)
Shower, therapeutic 15 6 11 15 (.95) 35 (2.21) 400 (1,514)
Sink, barium 3 2½ 2½ 4½ (.28) 4½ (.28) 15 (56.8)
Sink, clean-up room 3 2½ 2½ 4½ (.28) 4½ (.28) 15 (56.8)
Sink, central supply 3 2½ 2½ 4½ (.28) 4½ (.28) 15 (56.8)
Sink, clinical 10 10 3 25 (1.58) 3 (.19) 10 (37.9)
Sink, clinical, bed pan hose 10 10 4 25 (1.58) 4½ (.28) 15 (56.8)
Sink, floor kitchen 4 3 3 4½ (.28) 4½ (.28) 20 (75.7)
Sink, formula room 4 3 3 4½ (.28) 4½ (.28) 20 (75.7)
Sink, cup 1 1 3 (.19)
Sink, laboratory 2 1½ 1½ 3 (.19) 3 (.19) 5 (18.9)
Sink, laboratory and trough 3 2½ 1½ 5 (.32) 3 (.19) 5 (18.9)
Sink, pharmacy 2 1½ 1½ 3 (.19) 3 (.19) 5 (18.9)
Sink, plaster 4 3 3 4½ (.28) 4½ (.28) 15 (56.8)
and at 120°F (49°C), it takes 8 min to produce a first- 10. Department of Health and Environmental Con-
degree burn. trol (DHEC).
The normal threshold of pain is approximately In addition, the federal government, agencies with
118°F (48°C). A person exposed to 120°F (49°C) wa- jurisdiction over public schools and public housing,
ter would immediately experience discomfort, so it’s and many other agencies have specific requirements
unlikely that the person would be exposed for the 8 that must be observed when designing projects and
min required to produce a first-degree burn. People selecting equipment for them.
in some occupancies (e. g., hospitals), as well as those
over the age of 65 and under the age of one, may References
not sense pain or move quickly enough to avoid a
burn once pain is sensed. If such a possibility exists, 1. ASPE Research Foundation. 1989. “Temperature
limits in service hot water systems.” Journal of
scalding protection should be considered. It often is
Environmental Health (June): 38-48.
required by code. (For more information on skin dam-
age caused by exposure to hot water, see Table 6-7.) 2. Moritz, A. R., and F. C. Henriques, Jr. 1947. “The rela-
tive importance of time and surface temperature in the
Table 6-7 Time/Water Temperature causation of cutaneous burns.” American Journal of
Combinations Producing Skin Damage Pathology 23: 695-720.
Water Temperature
°F °C Time(s)
Over 140 Over 60 Less than 1
140 60 2.6
135 58 5.5
130 54 15
125 52 50
120 49 290
Source: Tom Byrley. 1979. “130 degrees F or 140 degrees
F.” Contractor Magazine (September). First published in
American Journal of Pathology.
Note: The above data indicate conditions producing the
first evidence of skin damage in adult males.
CODES AND STANDARDS

The need to conform to various codes and standards
determines many aspects of the design of a domestic
hot water system as well as the selection of compo-
nents and equipment.
Some of the most often used codes and standards
follow:
1. Regional, state, and local plumbing codes.
2. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and
Air-Conditioning Engineers ASHRAE/IES 90.1.
3. American Society of Mechanical Engineers
(ASME) code for fired and unfired pressure ves-
sels.
4. ASME and American Gas Association (AGA) codes
for relief valves.
5. Underwriters’ Laboratories (UL) listing for elec-
trical components.
6. National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) listing.
7. AGA approval for gas-burning components.
8. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
standards.
9. National Electrical Code (NEC).
PROJECT NAME: PN HAFEEZ HOSPITAL
DATE: 27TH JANUARY, 2020
SUBJECT: PLUMBING SYSTEM METHODOLOGY
HOT WATER RECIRCULATION PUMP (HWRP‐01A/01B) CALCULATIONS
ONE GALLON OF WATER WEIGHS 8.3 LBS.
ONE BTU IS EQUAL TO THE HEAT NECESSARY TO RAISE 1 LB OF WATER BY 1°F.
HENCE, A CIRCULATION RATE OF 1 GPM WITH A 20°F (11°C) TEMPERATURE DIFFERENTIAL
WOULD BE REQUIRED TO OVERCOME 8 3 X 20 X 60 = 9960 BTU/HR OF HEAT LOSSES
GPM REQUIRED TO
HEAT LOSS RATE / LINEAL HOT WATER SUPPLY HEAT HOT WATER RETURN OVERCOME HEAT LOSSES
PIPE SIZE (INCHES) LENGTH (FEET)
LENGTH (BTU/HR/FT) LOSS (BTU/HR) HEAT LOSS (BTU/HR) WITH 11°C TEMP
DIFFERENCE (GPM)
1/2 0 15 0 0 0.00
3/4 0 17 0 0 0.00
1 0 19 0 0 0.00
1‐1/4 0 21 0 0 0.00
1‐1/2 0 25 0 0 0.00
2 0 28 0 0 0.00
2‐1/2 0 32 0 0 0.00
3 0 38 0 0 0.00
CRITICAL CIRCUIT (DISTANCE TO THE HYDRAULICALLY MOST REMOTEST FIXTURE) = 100 FEET

EQUIVALENT TOTAL DEVELOPED LENGTH (INCLUDING RETURN PIPING AND FITTINGS) = 220 FEET
UNIFORM HEAD LOSS RATE = 0.05 PSI / FEET
TOTAL HEAD REQUIRED = 11 PSI
NUMBER OF ACTIVE PUMPS = 1
NUMBER OF STANDBY PUMPS = 1
EACH PUMP WITH
FLOW = 0.0 GPM
HEAD = 11 PSI
POWER = 0.0 kW
Engineered Plumbing Design
necessary calculations have been set up in permanent chart form, it will be

found to be a simple, rapid method of sizing. It is the only way to be assured
of accurate, dependable, and economical results. Each step of the procedure
is now thoroughly discussed:
1. Calculate the heat loss rates of the hot water supply piping: Domestic
hot water is often
distributed at 140°F. Table 17-1 Piping Heat Loss
(Btu/hr. Per Lineal Ft. For 140°F. Water Temp and
The Btu losses per
70°F. Room Temp.)
hour per lineal
foot at 140°F water Bare Pipe
temperature and Nominal Insulated Pipe Sched. Brass, Type K
70°F room tempera- Pipe Size (½" Fiberglass) 40 Steel Copper, T.P. Copper
ture for various pipe ½" 15 35 26 19
materials (bare and ¾" 17 43 32 26
insulated) are given 1" 19 53 38 32
in Table 17-1. The 1¼" 21 65 46 39
values for insulated 1½" 25 73 53 46
pipe were derived by 2" 28 91 65 58
figuring the insula- 2½" 32 108 75 68
tion to be ½ in. thick
3" 38 129 90 81
fiberglass. Tables
4" 46 163 113 103
for other types
and thicknesses of 5" 55 199 138 127
insulation can be 6" 63 233 161 149
compiled. To obtain 8" 80 299 201 188
the heat loss rates of
the piping, multiply the length of piping by the appropriate values found
in the table.
2. Calculate the heat loss rates of the hot water circulating piping. At this
time, sizes for any part of the circulating system are not known. An as-
sumption must be made in order to use the values in Table 17-1. There
are two choices:
A. Assign sizes to the circulating mains equal to one-half the size of the
accompanying hot water main, and assign a ¾ in. size to all circulat-
ing risers.
B. Assume the heat losses of the circulating mains and risers to be
two-thirds the heat loss of the accompanying hot water mains and
risers when both supply and circulating piping are bare or both are
insulated. Assume one and one-third the heat loss of the supply pip-
ing when the supply is insulated and the circulating piping is bare.
The latter assumption is favored by the author and seems more
compatible with the procedure outlined. By utilizing this assump-
tion, the heat loss rates for the circulating piping can be established
for all parts of the system at the same time that the hot water supply
heat losses are established. The calculations are thus simplified and
expedited.
186
Chapter 17—Sizing the Hot Water Circulating System
3. Calculate the circulation rates for all parts of the circulating piping and
the total circulation rate required. To find the required circulation rate
in any part of the circulating piping, the heat loss rate for that part is
divided by 2,500 Btu/hr. This will give gallons per minute of flow re-
quired. The 2,500 Btu/hr figure is obtained in the following manner:
One gal of water weighs 8.3 lb.
One Btu is equal to the heat necessary to raise 1 lb of water 1°F.
It is good practice to design a pumped circulation system at a tempera-
ture differential of 5°F. Thus, for a circulation rate of 1 gpm:
8.3 lb/min × 5°F = 41.5 Btu/min and
41.5 Btu/min × 60 min = 2,490 Btu/hr
For ease of calculation, 2,500 Btu/hr can be used without introducing a
significant error in the results. If the total heat loss of all the piping is
300,000 Btu/hr, then the required circulation rate to overcome this heat
loss is 300,000 ÷ 2,500 = 120 gpm.
4. Determine the allowable uniform friction head loss and the total head
required to overcome friction losses when water is flowing at the re-
quired circulation rate. The uniform friction head loss can be established
in two ways:
A. Take the total circulation rate established in Step 3 and select an effi-
cient pump of that capacity from a manufacturer's catalog. From the
curves for the pump selected, note the total head. This will be the
total head available. Divide by the equivalent length of run of the
longest run of piping to obtain the uniform friction head loss. The
longest run of piping is taken from the furthest point of connection
to the hot water supply and thence back to the source of the hot wa-
ter supply. The length of run of the hot water piping is not included
because the pressure drop in the hot water piping is insignificant.
The size of the hot water piping has been established for extremely
high quantities of flow as compared to the circulating flow, so that
when only the circulating rate of flow is occurring in the hot water
piping the friction loss is extremely low and can be ignored.
The measured length of run is the developed length. To obtain the
equivalent length of run, the resistance of valves, fittings, etc., must
be converted to equivalent lengths of pipe. Since sizes are still not
known, a reasonable assumption is to add 10% of the developed
length to the measured developed length.
B. Establish the uniform friction head loss empirically. The uniform
friction head loss can be selected for a minimum of one foot per
hundred feet to a maximum of ten feet per hundred feet. This will
permit economical pipe sizes at reasonable velocities of flow and
still not create too great a head for the required circulation pump.
Select a circulation pump of the capacity established in Step 3 and
a head equal to the selected uniform friction head loss times the
equivalent length of run divided by 100.
187
5. Calculate the rates of flow for various pipe sizes that will give the uni-
form pressure drop selected in Step 4. This can be done from available
charts or calculated by means of the following formulas:
For brass or copper pipe (Equation 11-24):
q = 40.1d2½ ( hL )½
For galvanized iron or steel pipe (Equation 11-26):
q = 28.3d2½ ( hL )½
where q = gpm
d = actual internal diameter of pipe, in.
h = total head available for friction loss, ft
L = equivalent length of run, ft
6. Size the system in accordance with the values established in Step 5.
7. With sizes now established, the exact heat losses can be determined and
the exact equivalent length of run can be determined. The accuracy of
the entire procedure can thus be checked.
Example 17-1
Figure 17-7 shows the riser diagram of an installation for a 24-story build-
ing. The lengths of runs are shown as well as the sizes of the hot water piping.
The material of the entire system is brass. Both the hot water and circulating
piping are insulated with ½" thick fiberglass. The runouts from the mains to
the risers are all 10' in developed length. The hot water circulating system is
to be sized. (See Table 17-2).
Steps 1, 2 and 3 are done simultaneously by setting up the calculations in
tabular form for a grand total of 99,984 + 66,664 = 166,648 Btu per hour. The
total circulation rate required is then:
166,648 . 10,000 = 16.7 gallons per minute (using a 20°F temperature
difference)
Step 4: Select a uniform friction head loss of 2'/100'. The longest developed
length of run is from the 23rd floor ceiling at riser 11, down to the cellar and
back to the heater.
Developed length of run =
207' (riser) + 10' (runout) + 275' (main) = 492'
Equivalent length of run = 492 + (.10 x 492) = 541'
The total head required to overcome friction head losses is 2 x 541⁄100= 10.82'.
Select a circulation pump to deliver 17 gpm at a discharge head of 11'.
Step 5: Calculate the rates of flow for various pipe sizes which will give a
uniform pressure drop of 2'/100'.
q = 40 d2½ h/L = 40 d2½ .02 = 56.56 d2½
or values can be selected from tables of pressure drops.
½ in. = 1.8 gpm 2 in. = 34.6 gpm
¾ in. = 3.5 gpm 2½ in. = 56 gpm
1 in. = 6.6 gpm 3 in. = 93 gpm
1¼ in. = 12.4 gpm 4 in. = 181 gpm
1½ in. = 18.3 gpm
188
Figure 17-7 Riser Diagram for 24-Story Building
Step 6: From the tabulation of values for Steps 1, 2 and 3, the last column
shows that no riser has a circulation rate exceeding 1.8 gpm. All risers can
therefore be ½" in size. If galvanized steel piping is used, it is recommended
that a minimum size of ¾" be used to accommodate the decrease in pipe area
due to the accumulation of deposits with age. Starting at riser 11, add the
circulation rate of each riser as it is picked up by the circulating main plus the
189
Table 17–2 Heat Loss and Circulation Rate
Hot Water G.P.M. To Overcome Heat
Hot Water Piping B.T.U. Loss Circulating Piping Losses (20°F temperature
Per Hour B.T.U. Loss Per Hour difference)
From Heater to Riser 1 20 × 46 = 920 2⁄3 (920) = 613 1,533 ÷ 10,000 = 0.1533
From Riser 1 to 2 10 × 46 = 460 2⁄3 (460) = 307 767 ÷ 10,000 = 0.0767
From Riser 2 to 4 10 × 46 = 460 2⁄3 (460) = 307 767 ÷ 10,000 = 0.0767
From Riser 4 to 3 10 × 46 = 460 2⁄3 (460) = 307 767 ÷ 10,000 = 0.0767
From Riser 3 to 5 20 × 30 = 760 2⁄3 (760) = 507 1,267 ÷ 10,000 = 0.1267
From Riser 5 to 7 20 × 30 = 760 2⁄3 (760) = 507 1,267 ÷ 10,000 = 0.1267
From Riser 7 to 8 30 × 38 = 1140 2⁄3 (1140) = 760 1,900 ÷ 10,000 = 0.1900
From Riser 8 to 10 20 × 38 = 760 2⁄3 (760) = 507 1,267 ÷ 10,000 = 0.1267
From Riser 10 to 13 20 × 38 = 760 2⁄3 (760) = 507 1,267 ÷ 10,000 = 0.1267
From Riser 13 to 12 20 × 38 = 760 2⁄3 (760) = 507 1,267 ÷ 10,000 = 0.1267
From Riser 12 to 14 20 × 38 = 760 2⁄3 (760) = 507 1,267 ÷ 10,000 = 0.1267
From Riser 14 to 6 30 × 32 = 960 2⁄3 (960) = 640 1,600 ÷ 10,000 = 0.1600
From Riser 6 to 9 20 × 32 = 640 2⁄3 (640) = 427 1,067 ÷ 10,000 = 0.1067
From Riser 9 to 11 25 × 28 = 700 2⁄3 (700) = 467 1,167 ÷ 10,000 = 0.1167
10,300 6,870
Risers 1, 5, 7 (10 + 160) × 32 = 5440
27 × 28 = 756
18 × 25 = 450
6 × 21 = 126
2⁄3 (6772) = 4515
6772 11,287 ÷ 10,000 = 1.1287
3 × 6772 = 20,316 3 × 4515 = 13,545
Risers 2, 4, 14 (10 + 97) × 32 = 3424
63 × 28 = 1764
36 × 25 = 900
15 × 21 = 315
6403 2⁄3 (6403) = 4269 10,672 ÷ 10,000 = 1.0672
3 × 6403 = 19,209 3 × 4269 = 12,807
Riser 3 (10+ 61) × 38 = 2698
99 × 32 = 3168
27 × 28 = 756
18 × 25 = 450
6 × 21 = 126
7,198 2⁄3 × (7198) = 4,799 11,997 ÷ 10,000 = 1.1997
Riser 6 (10 + 97) × 25 = 2675
99 × 21 = 2079
15 × 19 = 285
5,039 2⁄3 (5039) = 3,359 8,398 ÷ 10,000 = 0.8398
Risers 8, 10, 12, 13 (10 + 133) × 32 = 4576
36 × 28 = 1008
27 × 25 = 673
15 × 21 = 315
6574 2⁄3 (6574) = 4383 10,957÷ 10,000 = 1.0957
4 × 6574 = 26,296 4 × 4383 = 17,532
Risers 9, 11 (10 + 124) × 28 = 2782
54 × 25 = 1350
27 × 21 = 567
6 × 19 = 114
5813 2⁄3 (5813) = 3876 9,689÷ 10,000 = 0.9689
2 × 5813 = 11,626 2 × 3876 = 7,752
99,984 66,684
190
circulation rate of that portion of the main. (Table 17-3). All values are obtained
directly from the tabulation set up for Steps 1, 2 and 3. Sizes are obtained from
tabulation set up for Step 5.
Step 7: With these sizes, Steps 1 through 6 can now be performed without
the necessity of any
assumptions and the Table 17-3 Sizing The Hot Water Circulating System
accuracy of the as- riser 11 + main (9-11) 0.97 + 0.12 = 1.09 ..........¾"
sumptions made can 1.09 + riser 9 + main (6-9) = 1.09 + 0.97 + 0.11 = 2.17 ..........¾"
be checked. 2.17 + riser 6 + main (14-6) = 2.17 + 1.20 + 0.16 = 3.53 ..........¾"
3.53 + riser 14 + main (12-14) = 3.53 + 1.07 + 0.13 = 4.73 ........... 1"
Rules of Thumb 4.73 + riser 12 + main (13-12) = 4.73 + 1.10 + 0.13 = 5.96 ........... 1"
As a guide to siz- 5.96 + riser 13 + main (10-13) = 5.96 + 1.10 + 0.13 = 7.19 ........1¼"
ing circulation pip- 7.19 + riser 10 + main (8-10) = 7.19 + 1.10 + 0.13 = 8.42 ........1¼"
8.42 + riser 8 + main (7-8) = 8.42 + 1.10 + 0.19 = 9.71 ........1¼"
ing and circulation 9.71 + riser 7 + main (5-7) = 9.71 + 1.13 + 0.13 = 10.97 ........1¼"
pumps, the follow- 10.97 + riser 5 + main (3-5) = 10.97 + 1.13 + 0.13 = 12.23 ........1¼"
ing empirical meth- 12.23 + riser 3 + main (4-3) = 12.23 + 1.20 + 0.08 = 13.51 ........1½"
ods are listed; but 13.51 + riser 4 + main (2-4) = 13.51 + 1.07 + 0.08 = 14.66 ........1½"
they are not recom- 14.66 + riser 2 + main (1-2) = 14.66 + 1.07 + 0.08 = 15.81 ........1½"
mended in lieu of 15.81 + riser 1 + main (heater-1) = 15.81 + 1.13 + 0.15 = 17.09 ........1½"
the more accurate
procedures just discussed.
1. An allowance of ½ gpm is assigned for each small hot water riser (¾ in.
to 1 in.), 1 gpm for each medium sized hot water riser (1¼ in. to 1½
in.), and 2 gpm for each large size hot water riser (2 in. and larger).
2. An allowance of 1 gpm is assigned for each group of 20 hot water sup-
plied fixtures.
191
(IWH‐01) HOT WATER DEMAND CALCULATIONS ‐ (INSTANTANEOUS TYPE WATER HEATERS FOR LOWER GROUND FLOOR'S CSSD SUPPLY AREA'S SERVICE SINK)
LAVATORY LAVATORY LAVATORY (SCRUB‐ IMMERSION BATH SINK ‐ SINK ‐ CENTRAL ARM BATH LEG BATH (HYDRO‐ LAVATORY

(PRIVATE) (PUBLIC) UP) (HYDRO‐THERAPY) LABORATORY SUPPLY (HYDRO‐THERAPY) THERAPY) (DENTAL)
LOWER GROUND FLOOR 1
GROUND FLOOR
FIRST FLOOR
SECOND FLOOR
THIRD FLOOR
FOURTH FLOOR
FIFTH FLOOR
SIXTH FLOOR
SEVENTH FLOOR
EIGHTH FLOOR
TOTALS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
TOTAL FIXTURE
WATER FIXTURE UNIT VALUE OF
FIXTURE TYPE QUANTITY
UNIT VALUE THE SPECIFIC
FIXTURE TYPE
LAVATORY (PRIVATE) 0 1.0 0.0

LAVATORY (PUBLIC) 0 1.5 0.0
LAVATORY (SCRUB‐UP) 0 1.5 0.0
DISHWASHERS 0 1.4 0.0
KITCHEN SINK 0 3.0 0.0
LAUNDRY 0 3.0 0.0
PANTRY SINK 0 3.0 0.0
SHOWERS 0 2.0 0.0
IMMERSION BATH (HYDRO‐THERAPY) 0 15.0 0.0
SINK ‐ LABORATORY 0 1.5 0.0
SINK ‐ CENTRAL SUPPLY 1 2.5 2.5
ARM BATH (HYDRO‐THERAPY) 0 3.0 0.0
LEG BATH (HYDRO‐THERAPY) 0 7.0 0.0
LAVATORY (DENTAL) 0 1.0 0.0
TOTAL FIXTURE UNIT VALUE ALL FIXTURES CONNECTED TO THE INSTANT HOT WATER 2.5
HOT WATER DEMAND RATE
TOTAL FIXTURE UNIT VALUE FOR ALL FIXTURES = 2.5 HWFU

PROBABLE MAXIMUM DEMAND = 6.5 GPM
TYPE OF FACILITY = HOSPITAL
USAGE FACOR = 0.5
= 3.58 GPM
PROBABLE MAXIMUM DEMAND
= 214.5 GALLONS / HOUR
TIME BEFORE IRREVERSIBLE FIRST DEGREE BURN
OCCURS AT ABOVE STATED HOT WATER = 290 SECONDS
TEMPERATURE
MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE DIFFERENTIAL RISE
INTITAL FILL
DESIRED OUTPUT WATER WATER
‐ = TEMPERATURE DIFFERENCE (°C )
TEMPERATURE (°C ) TEMPERATURE (°C
)
50 ‐ 10 = 40
INSTANTANEOUS ELECTRIC WATER HEATER SUMMARY SPECIFICS
NUMBER OF DUTY INSTANTANEOUS ELECTRIC WATER = 1
NUMBER OF STAND‐BY INSTANTANEOUS ELECTRIC WA = 1
HEATING POWER OUTPUT REQUIRED = 37.8 kW
(IWH‐02) HOT WATER DEMAND CALCULATIONS ‐ (INSTANTANEOUS TYPE WATER HEATERS FOR THIRD FLOOR'S LABORATORY SINKS)
LAVATORY LAVATORY LAVATORY (SCRUB‐ IMMERSION BATH SINK ‐ SINK ‐ CENTRAL ARM BATH LEG BATH (HYDRO‐ LAVATORY

(PRIVATE) (PUBLIC) UP) (HYDRO‐THERAPY) LABORATORY SUPPLY (HYDRO‐THERAPY) THERAPY) (DENTAL)
LOWER GROUND FLOOR
GROUND FLOOR
FIRST FLOOR
SECOND FLOOR
THIRD FLOOR 2
FOURTH FLOOR
FIFTH FLOOR
SIXTH FLOOR
SEVENTH FLOOR
EIGHTH FLOOR
TOTALS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0
TOTAL FIXTURE
WATER FIXTURE UNIT VALUE OF
UNIT VALUE THE SPECIFIC
FIXTURE TYPE

LAUNDRY 0 3.0 0.0
SHOWERS 0 2.0 0.0
TOTAL FIXTURE UNIT VALUE ALL FIXTURES CONNECTED TO THE INSTANT HOT WATER 3.0
HOT WATER DEMAND RATE
TOTAL FIXTURE UNIT VALUE FOR ALL FIXTURES = 3.0 HWFU

PROBABLE MAXIMUM DEMAND = 6.5 GPM
TYPE OF FACILITY = HOSPITAL
USAGE FACOR = 0.5
= 3.58 GPM
PROBABLE MAXIMUM DEMAND
= 214.5 GALLONS / HOUR
TIME BEFORE IRREVERSIBLE FIRST DEGREE BURN
OCCURS AT ABOVE STATED HOT WATER = 290 SECONDS
TEMPERATURE
MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE DIFFERENTIAL RISE
INTITAL FILL
DESIRED OUTPUT WATER WATER
‐ = TEMPERATURE DIFFERENCE (°C )
TEMPERATURE (°C ) TEMPERATURE (°C
)
50 ‐ 10 = 40
INSTANTANEOUS ELECTRIC WATER HEATER SUMMARY SPECIFICS
NUMBER OF DUTY INSTANTANEOUS ELECTRIC WATER = 1
NUMBER OF STAND‐BY INSTANTANEOUS ELECTRIC WA = 1
HEATING POWER OUTPUT REQUIRED = 37.8 kW
line size would be 6 in. and the control valve 4 in. compared to the 2½-in. line
and 1½-in. valve.
Although the storage heater is more costly to install and requires more
space, the cost and space requirements for 30 boiler HP compared with 150
boiler HP—plus the smaller steam supply pipe size, control system, condensate
return system, fittings, etc.—make the storage heater a far more economical
selection for this particular application.
A conventional storage water heater generally consists of a removable U-
tube, copper-tube bundle installed in the lower half of a horizontal or vertical
cylindrical tank. The water to be heated enters the tank below the tube bundle
and leaves at the top. The heating fluid—steam, high or medium-temperature
water, or other heat transfer fluid—flows through the tubes. The water is
heated almost completely by convection flow across the tubes. Temperature
control is accomplished by a thermostatic bulb or similar device located to
sense the temperature of the water and set to shut the control valve of the
heating medium when the selected temperature is reached. (See Figure 16-4
for proper location.)
Figure 16-4 Conventional Storage Water Heaters—
Note Temperature Regulator Location
Selection of the instantaneous heater is a relatively simple and straight-

forward procedure. The most acceptable method is probably the one based
upon the fixture unit method. This has already been covered in the design
procedures for sizing domestic water systems. (See Chapter 13.) It has been
found, however, by more than 15 years of field tests that peak demand for hot
water determined by this method is two to three times the actual demand.
It is therefore recommended that the following usage factors be applied to
select the most economically sized instantaneous water heater. Use 0.5 for
hospitals and hotels, 0.33 for residential, and 0.25 for office buildings. When
the peak demand has been determined, a heater is selected that will deliver
that demand.
Example 16-2
The fixture unit method indicates a peak demand for a hotel of 125 gpm.
Assume the water is to be distributed at 120°F with inlet water at 40°F. Then
166
Chapter 16—Hot Water System Design
the heater must deliver 125 × 0.5 or 62.5 gal of 120°F water per minute. The
Btu per hour required are calculated by multiplying GPM × 500 × (120 – 40)
× usage factor. Thus:
Btu/hr = 125 × 500 × 80 × 0.5 = 2,500,000
where 500 = 60 min × 8.3 lb/gal
Sizing Storage-Type Heaters
The selection of storage-type heaters is far more complex and, because of
the many proposed methods, can be extremely confusing. It would be an exer-
cise in futility to analyze all the proposed methods. The plumbing designer is
fortunate that the results of many years of research have been made available
The reports have been very well received by the engineering community, and
the older empirical procedures are rapidly being discarded.
In 1969, the Edison Electric Institute published the results of a research
project they sponsored to determine the hot water usage for apartments, office
buildings, nursing homes, motels, food service establishments, schools, and
dormitories. The American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) collected
similar data for cold water usage. The Edison report substantiated claims by
knowledgeable design professionals that hot water usage figures were grossly
inflated. As a result, a minor revolution was created in the design of hot water
systems.
Table 16-1 Hot Water Demands and Use for

Various Types of Buildings
Type of Building Maximum Hour Maximum Day Average Day
Men’s Dormitories 3.8 gal/student 22.0 gal/student 13.1 gal/student
Women’s Dormitories 5.0 gal/student 26.5 gal/student 12.3 gal/student
Motels: No. of unitsa
20 or less 6.0 gal/unit 35.0 gal/unit 20.0 gal/unit
60 5.0 gal/unit 25.0 gal/unit 14.0 gal/unit
100 or more 4.0 gal/unit 15.0 gal/unit 10.0 gal/unit
Nursing homes 4.5 gal/bed 30.0 gal/bed 18.4 gal/bed
Office buildings 0.4 gal/person 2.0 gal/person 1.0 gal/person
Food service establishments:
Type A—Full-meal restau- 1.5 gal/max 11.0 gal/max 2.4 gal/avg meals/
rants and cafeterias meals/hr meals/hr dayb
Type B—Drive-ins, grilles, 0.7 gal/max 6.0 gal/max 0.7 gal/avg meals/
luncheonettes, sandwich meals/hr meals/hr dayb
and snack shops
Apartment houses:
No. of apartments
20 or less 12.0 gal/apt. 80.0 gal/apt. 42.0 gal/apt.
50 10.0 gal/apt. 73.0 gal/apt. 40.0 gal/apt.
200 or more 5.0 gal/apt. 50.0 gal/apt. 35.0 gal/apt.
Elementary schools 0.6 gal/student 1.5 gal/student 0.6 gal/studentb
Junior and senior high schools 1.0 gal/student 3.6 gal/student 1.8 gal/studentb
a Interpolate for intermediate values.
b Per day of operation
167
Table 2-2 Hospital Plumbing Fixtures

Fixture Units GPM (L/S) GPH (L/H)
Fixture Total Cold Hot Cold Hot Hot
Water Water Water Water Water Water
Aspirator, fluid suction 2 2 3 (.19)

Aspirator, laboratory 2 2 3 (.19)
Autopsy table, complete 4 3 2 8 (.50) 4½ (.28) 20 (75.7)
Autopsy table, aspirator 2 2 3 (.19)
Autopsy table, flushing hose 2 2 3 (.19)
Autopsy table, flushing rim 3 3 4½ (.28)
Autopsy table, sink and faucet 3 2½ 2½ 4½ (.28) 4½ (.28) 20 (75.7)
Autopsy table, waste disposal 1½ 1½ 4 (.25)
Bath, arm 4 2 3 3 (.19) 7 (.44) 35 (132.5)
Bath, emergency 4 2 3 3 (.19) 7 (.44) 15 (56.8)
Bath, immersion 20 7 15 15 (.95) 35 (2.21) 450 (1,703.3)
Bath, leg 10 4 7 8 (.50) 16 (1.01) 100 (378.5)
Bath, sitz 4 2 3 3 (.19) 7 (.44) 30 (113.6)
Bed pan, washer, steam 10 10 25 (1.58)
Cleaner, sonic 3 2½ 2½ 4½ (.28) 4½ (.28) 20 (75.7)
Cuspidor, dental and surgical 1 1 2 (.13)
Cuspidor, dental chair 1 1 2 (.13)
Drinking fountain 1 1 2 (.13)
Floor drain, flushing type 10 10 25 (1.58)
Hose, bed pan general 2 1½ 1½ 3 (.19) 3 (.19) 5 (18.9)
Hose, bed pan private 1 1 1 3 (.19) 3 (.19) 8 (30.3)
Laundry tub 3 2½ 2½ 4½ (.28) 4½ (.28) 30 (113.6)
Lavatory, barber 2 1½ 1½ 3 (.19) 3 (.19) 15 (56.8)
Lavatory, dental 1 1 1 3 (.19) 3 (.19) 8 (30.3)
Lavatory, general 2 1½ 1½ 3 (.19) 3 (.19) 8 (30.3)
Lavatory, private 1 1 1 3 (.19) 3 (.19) 4 (15.1)
Lavatory, nursery 2 1½ 1½ 3 (.19) 3 (.19) 8 (30.3)
Lavatory, scrub-up 2 1½ 1½ 3 (.19) 3 (.19) 10 (37.9)
Lavatory, treatment 1 1 1 3 (.19) 3 (.19) 4 (15.1)
Microscope, electron 1 1 0.2 (.01)
Sanistan 10 10 25 (1.58)
Sanitizer, boiling, instrument 2 2 3 (.19) 10 (37.9)
Sanitizer, boiling, utensil 2 2 3 (.19) 10 (37.9)
Shower, general 4 2 3 1½ (.09) 3½ (.22) 50 (189.3)
Shower, private 2 1 2 1½ (.09) 3½ (.22) 20 (75.7)
Shower, obstetrical 4 2 3 1½ (.09) 3½ (.22) 50 (189.3)
Shower, therapeutic 15 6 11 15 (.95) 35 (2.21) 400 (1,514)
Sink, barium 3 2½ 2½ 4½ (.28) 4½ (.28) 15 (56.8)
Sink, clean-up room 3 2½ 2½ 4½ (.28) 4½ (.28) 15 (56.8)
Sink, central supply 3 2½ 2½ 4½ (.28) 4½ (.28) 15 (56.8)
Sink, clinical 10 10 3 25 (1.58) 3 (.19) 10 (37.9)
Sink, clinical, bed pan hose 10 10 4 25 (1.58) 4½ (.28) 15 (56.8)
Sink, floor kitchen 4 3 3 4½ (.28) 4½ (.28) 20 (75.7)
Sink, formula room 4 3 3 4½ (.28) 4½ (.28) 20 (75.7)
Sink, cup 1 1 3 (.19)
Sink, laboratory 2 1½ 1½ 3 (.19) 3 (.19) 5 (18.9)
Sink, laboratory and trough 3 2½ 1½ 5 (.32) 3 (.19) 5 (18.9)
Sink, pharmacy 2 1½ 1½ 3 (.19) 3 (.19) 5 (18.9)
Sink, plaster 4 3 3 4½ (.28) 4½ (.28) 15 (56.8)
(DWSP‐01A/01B) DEEP WELL SUBMERSIBLE PUMP CALCULATIONS
TANK SPECIFICS AND REQUIRED THROUGHPUT FLOW CALCULATIONS
TOTAL WATER HOLDING CAPACITY OF U.G.W.T (EXCLUDES 1 FEET
= 225,176 GALLONS
OF CLEAR BOARD HEIGHT)
TOTAL WATER DEMAND CAPACITY REQUIED FOR FIRE FIGHTING
= 60,000 GALLONS
SYSTEM (1000 GPM FOR A DURATION OF 30 MINUTES)
TOTAL WATER DEMAND CAPACITY FOR 1 DAY REQUIED FOR NON‐
= 165,176 GALLONS
POTABLE WATER SUPPLY TO THE BUILDING
TANK WATER LEVEL RELATIVE TO SITE'S GROUND LEVEL = ‐12.0 FEET
TOTAL WATER LEVEL HEIGHT IN THE TANK = 10.0 FEET

LOW NON‐POTABLE WATER SUPPLY SWITCH LEVEL (FROM THE
= 4.49 FEET
INTERNAL BOTTOM SURFACE OF THE U.G.W.T)
PUMPING LEVEL (DEPTH OF WATER LEVEL IN THE WELL BELOW
= 500 FEET
GRADE)
SUBMERGENCE LEVEL OF PUMP AND ITS PIPING (VERTICAL DEPTH
= 700 FEET
BELOW GRADE)
HORIZONTAL LENGTH OF PIPING RUN = 350 FEET
TOTAL TIME REQUIRED TO REPLENISH 1 COMPLETE DAYS NON‐
= 4 HOURS
POTABLE WATER SUPPLY FLOW DRAW
CYCLING TIME OF THE DEEP WELL SUBMERSIBLE PUMP = 20 MINUTES
STOP TIME OF THE DEEP WELL SUBMERSIBLE PUMP = 5 MINUTES
STARTS PER HOUR = 3
NET PUMP OPERATION TIME = 180 MINUTES / DAY
FLOW REQUIRED AT MAXIMUM PROBABLE DEMAND = 918 GPM
TRANSFER PUMP'S ‐ DISCHARGE PIPE SIZE (AS PER HAZEN WILLIAMS)
INPUT A DISCHARGE PIPE SIZE = 8.0 INCHES
DEVELOPED VELOCITY = 5.8 FEET / SECOND

VELOCITY CRITERION CHECK = PASS
DEVELOPED FRICTION HEAD LOSS = 0.6 PSI / 100 FEET

FRICTION HEAD LOSS CRITERION CHECK = FAIL
RECOMMENDED PIPE MATERIAL = uPVC CLASS‐E
PUMP TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD CALCULATIONS
STATIC POSITIVE HEAD AVAILABLE AT SUCTION PIPE LEVEL = ‐87 PSI

STATIC ELEVATION HEAD = 298 PSI
FRICTION HEAD LOSS = 9 PSI
TOTAL HEAD REQUIRED (WITH 10% SAFETY FACTOR) = 243 PSI
PUMP SPECIFICS
EACH PUMP WITH A
FLOW = 459 GPM
HEAD = 243 PSI
POWER = 74.5 kW
Chapter 9 — Private Water Systems 169
be expensive, but if the system serves fire hydrants or

fire protection equipment within a building without
the use of a storage tank, it may be essential. Pumps
for residential or light commercial applications may
be readily in stock at local supply companies in areas
where many private water wells are prevalent. On the
other hand, it is common to have large well drilling
companies keep and maintain a large-diameter sub-
mersible well pump for large applications within their
inventories for your emergency use at a cost.
A cross-section of a vertical turbine pump is illus-
trated in Figure 9-3. The designer should give more
attention to the pump base (or foundation) than is
shown in this figure. If the pump is in an unheated
building, the foundation must be below the frost
line to avoid any movement, and there must be suf-
ficient mass to eliminate any vibration. Also, extreme
care must be taken in setting the anchor bolts and
in aligning the pump and the shaft to prevent any
misalignment. Refer to ASPE Data Book, Volume 4:
Pumps for additional information.
The vertical turbine pump shown in Figure 9-3 is
very practical for large-capacity, relatively straight
and plumb, shallow wells. Where deep wells or
misaligned wells are encountered, it may be more
practical to use a submersible pump. These units can
be fitted with almost any number of stages (sections)
and, depending upon the size of the well, can exceed
the capacity and efficiency of the surface-mounted
vertical turbine pump.
Submersible Well Pumps
Well pumps produce flow by transforming mechanical
energy to hydraulic energy. Manufacturers produce a
wide variety of pumps. The selection of a particular
size and type of pump depends on several factors
including:
1. required pumping capacity,
2. well diameter and depth,
3. depth and variability of pumping level,
4. the straightness of the well,
5. sand pumping,
6. total pumping head,
7. duration of pumping,
8. the type of power available, and
9. costs.
The total pumping head, or total dynamic head, of
a pump represents the total vertical lift and pumped
distance of the water from the well. The total head
consists of three components:
1 the drawdown inside the well (including aquifer Figure 9-3 Typical Gravel Filter Well with a Vertical Turbine Pump
(Note the Concrete Seal Adjacent to the Outer Well Casing.)
and well losses),
2 static head, or the difference between the static foundation is extremely important. It is better to
groundwater level and the static discharge eleva- over-design than to have a portion of the foundation
tion, and settle and allow the storage tank to become warped
3 friction losses due to flow through the intake and or possibly leak.
discharge pipes. The total pumping head increases Prefabricated storage tanks are available in sec-
with the discharge rate. tions and constructed of steel with a glass lining. If
a steel tank is field-erected, after its construction it
For shallow wells where only small discharges are
must be coated on the inside with a FDA-approved
needed, submersible pumps, vertical turbine pumps
epoxy-base paint, and it is suggested that the same
(Figure 9-2), or gear pumps may be installed. Dis-
coating be applied on the outside for weather pro-
charges range up to approximately 18,000 ft3/day (510
tection. Underground tanks require coatings and
m3/day). Suction lifts should not exceed approximately
cathodic protection. There are several different sup-
23 ft (7 m) for efficient and continuous service. (Avail-
pliers of this type of material, finish, and protection.
able net positive suction head, or NPSH, for lift for the
It is recommended that the engineer consult an expert
selected pump is critical in this determination.)
before specifying the coating.
Where a large discharge is required from a shallow
In flatland areas where the terrain does not allow
well, a centrifugal pump commonly is employed. The
for a ground-mounted storage tank, it is necessary to
assembly may be mounted with a horizontal or verti-
install an elevated tank on legs or use a standpipe.
cal shaft. The horizontal design is efficient, easy to
The foundation in such installations is just as critical
install and maintain, and usually connected directly
as it is with ground-mounted tanks. The installation
to an electric motor. Because of the low suction head,
of ground-level or aboveground storage tanks raises
the pump often is placed a short distance above the
the question of ice forming in the storage tank itself.
water level in a large-diameter well. (The NPSH must
If the water level within the storage tank is allowed to
meet the design requirements.)
fluctuate over a broad range, the changes in the water
Storage Tanks level will break up the ice so that it is not necessary to
Storage tanks are useful as emergency sources and heat the unit. Control of the water level is discussed
to prevent overtaxing the water supply system in later in this chapter.
firefighting situations. Elevated storage tanks provide For a small residential system or light commer-
uniform pressures and reduce energy and pump costs. cial system (for instance, that for a remotely located
Storage tanks should be constructed of materials that school), the use of a hydropneumatic storage tank
are nontoxic and corrosion resistant. The detailed is recommended because it is relatively inexpensive
construction requirements for water storage tanks compared to an elevated storage tank. In sizing such
intended for firefighting purposes are outlined in Na- a unit, the designer should assume that only one-third
tional Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standard of the tank’s capacity will be available as usable water,
22: Water Tanks for Fire Protection. Storage tank excluding the capacity of the well pump. Also, a com-
supports usually are designed to resist seismic move- pressed air supply with air-to-water balance controls
ment. The tanks must have provisions for cleaning. to the top of the storage tank should be provided to
Rainwater cisterns also can be used for an emergency recharge the unit since the large water surface can
supply of drinking water if the water is appropriately gradually absorb the air and reduce the volume of
filtered and treated prior to use. the air cushion. Precharged hydropneumatic tanks
Storage tank capacity and the size of the pump sys- are available that eliminate the requirement for an
tem are related. Without storage, the pumps must be air compressor for recharging. Unfortunately, the
large enough to supply instantaneous demand. This available sizes preclude their use to residential and
is impractical since instantaneous water demands are light commercial applications. Generally, hydropneu-
unpredictable, thus causing short-cycling of pump matic tank systems do not provide sufficient storage
motors and reducing life expectancy. As the size of the for fire protection or for extended outages of the well
storage tanks increase, the fill rate of gravity tanks pump.
can decrease with the reduction, or elimination, of The minimum size of storage, regardless of the
peak loads to reduce costs and equipment size. This type of tank, may be determined graphically (see
also allows continuous operation of the pumps at Figure 9-4). The first diagram denotes the hourly
maximum efficiency. water demand throughout a typical peak day. Also
Ground-mounted storage tanks located on the side shown, as line A-B, is the average pumping rate, which
of a hill must be installed on a concrete foundation is exceeded during the morning period from 5:00 to
with the footing below the frost line and adequate 10:00 a.m. and again in the afternoon from 2:00 to
support under the entire bottom of the storage 3:00 p.m. During these periods, water is drawn from
tank. Taking soil bearing tests prior to designing the the storage tank. The second diagram denotes the
(WTP‐01A/01B) WATER TRANSFER PUMP CALCULATIONS
FLOW CALCULATIONS
REPLENISHMENT VOLUME OF O.H.W.T‐01 REQUIRED FOR ONE
= 50,524 GALLONS
COMPLETE DAY'S FLOW DRAW
TOTAL TIME REQUIRED TO REPLENISH O.H.W.T‐01 ONE
= 4 HOURS
COMPLETE DAYS FLOW DRAW
CYCLING TIME OF THE WATER TRANSFER PUMP = 20 MINUTES
STOP TIME OF THE WATER TRANSFER PUMP = 5 MINUTES
STARTS / HOUR = 3
INFLOW REQUIRED (FOR TOTAL TIME REQUIRED TO
= 281 GPM
REPLENISH O.H.W.T‐01'S ONE COMPLETE DAYS FLOW DRAW)


FRICTION HEAD LOSS CRITERION CHECK = PASS
RECOMMENDED PIPE MATERIAL = PPR
PUMP HEAD CALCULATIONS
STATIC HEAD AVAILABLE AT SUCTION = 0 PSI
EACH PUMP WITH
FLOW = 281 GPM
HEAD = 83 PSI
POWER = 15.6 kW
FLOW CALCULATIONS
= 50,204 GALLONS
= 4 HOURS
STARTS / HOUR = 3
= 279 GPM


EACH PUMP WITH
FLOW = 279 GPM
HEAD = 83 PSI
POWER = 15.5 kW
FLOW CALCULATIONS
= 25,582 GALLONS
= 4 HOURS
STARTS / HOUR = 3
= 142 GPM


EACH PUMP WITH
FLOW = 142 GPM
HEAD = 84 PSI
POWER = 8.0 kW
NON‐POTABLE COLD WATER FIXTURE UNIT COUNT
FIXTURE UNIT COUNT
LAVATORY LAVATORY (SCRUB‐ IMMERSION BATH SINK ‐ CENTRAL ARM BATH (HYDRO‐ LEG BATH (HYDRO‐ LAVATORY DRINKING TOTAL FIXTURE

BUILDING LAVATORY (PUBLIC) DISHWASHERS KITCHEN SINK LAUNDRY PANTRY SINK SHOWERS SINK ‐ LABORATORY WATER CLOSET MUSLIM SHOWER
(PRIVATE) UP) (HYDRO‐THERAPY) SUPPLY THERAPY) THERAPY) (DENTAL) FOUNTAINS UNIT LOAD OF EACH
FLOOR
FIXTURE UNIT VALUE 1.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 2.0 20.0 3.0 3.0 4.0 10.0 1.0 5.0 1.5 1.0
LOWER GROUND FLOOR 8 2 8 8 2 76
GROUND FLOOR 66 1 2 11 2 2 1 1 1 64 64 4 652
FIRST FLOOR 61 2 2 6 2 55 55 3 513
SECOND FLOOR 64 2 4 4 2 68 68 3 607
THIRD FLOOR 54 3 4 6 52 52 3 487
FOURTH FLOOR 35 34 3 2 40 6 62 62 3 615
FIFTH FLOOR 63 3 51 65 65 3 666
SIXTH FLOOR 67 3 55 63 63 4 670
SEVENTH FLOOR 34 22 1 10 6 12 35 35 4 422
EIGHTH FLOOR 20 26 1 24 46 46 2 425
TOTAL 55 477 27 2 14 2 21 194 1 12 18 1 1 6 518 518 31 5131
FIXTURE TOTAL NUMBER WFU TOTAL

LAUNDRY 2 4.0 8.0
SHOWERS 194 2.0 388.0
WATER CLOSET 518 5.0 2590.0
MUSLIM SHOWER 518 1.5 777.0
DRINKING FOUNTAINS 31 1.0 31.0
TOTAL 5131
TOTAL FIXTURE UNIT COUNT = 5131 WFU
MINIMUM WATER SUPPLY MAIN PIPE SIZE = Ø 6 INCHES
TOTAL FIXTURE UNIT COUNT (REQUIRING ASSISTED BOOSTED
= 5131 WFU
PRESSURE)
MAXIMUM PROBABLE FLOW DEMAND (REQUIRING ASSISTED
= 599 GPM
BOOSTED PRESSURE)
(WBP‐01A/01B/01C) BOOSTER PUMP CALCULATIONS
HEAD LOSS PARAMETERS
UNIFORM PRESSURE HEAD LOSS = 0.05 psi / feet

PRESSURE LOSS THROUGH PRV AT PUMP = 5 psi
MAXIMUM EXIT PRESSURE REQUIRED AT SANITARY FIXTURE (WATER CLOSET) = 15 psi
REMOTEST RISER FROM THE OVERHEAD WATER TANK IN THE LEFT ZONE
HYDRAULICALLY MOST DEMANDING REMOTEST FIXTURE (FROM OVERHEAD WATER TANK TO 8TH FLOOR)
= 332 ft (TOTAL DEVELOPED LENGTH)
MAXIMUM LENGTH FROM OVERHEAD WATER TANK TO 8TH FLOOR'S REMOTEST FIXTURE
= ‐12 ft (VERTICAL HEIGHT)
FRICTIONAL HEAD LOSS @ 5 PSI/100 FT
TOTAL HEAD REQUIRED AT THIS ROUTE TO PROVIDE EXIT PRESSURE AT THE REMOTEST SANITARY FIXTURE (WATER CLOSET) = 40 PSI
DOES THIS ROUTE REQUIRE BOOSTED PRESSURE ASSISTANCE? = YES
HYDRAULICALLY MOST DEMANDING REMOTEST FIXTURE (FROM OVERHEAD WATER TANK TO 3RD FLOOR)
MAXIMUM LENGTH FROM OVERHEAD WATER TANK TO 3RD FLOOR'S REMOTEST FIXTURE
HYDRAULICALLY MOST DEMANDING REMOTEST FIXTURE (FROM OVERHEAD WATER TANK TO 2ND FLOOR)
MAXIMUM LENGTH FROM OVERHEAD WATER TANK TO 2ND FLOOR'S REMOTEST FIXTURE
HYDRAULICALLY MOST DEMANDING REMOTEST FIXTURE (FROM OVERHEAD WATER TANK TO 1ST FLOOR)
MAXIMUM LENGTH FROM OVERHEAD WATER TANK TO 1ST FLOOR'S REMOTEST FIXTURE
HYDRAULICALLY MOST DEMANDING REMOTEST FIXTURE (FROM OVERHEAD WATER TANK TO GROUND FLOOR)
MAXIMUM LENGTH FROM OVERHEAD WATER TANK TO GROUND FLOOR'S REMOTEST FIXTURE
HYDRAULICALLY MOST DEMANDING REMOTEST FIXTURE (FROM OVERHEAD WATER TANK TO LOWER GROUND FLOOR)
MAXIMUM LENGTH FROM OVERHEAD WATER TANK TO LOWER GROUND FLOOR'S REMOTEST FIXTURE
REMOTEST RISER FROM THE OVERHEAD WATER TANK IN THE RIGHT ZONE
HYDRAULICALLY MOST DEMANDING REMOTEST FIXTURE (FROM OVERHEAD WATER TANK TO 3RD FLOOR)
MAXIMUM LENGTH FROM OVERHEAD WATER TANK TO 3RD FLOOR'S REMOTEST FIXTURE
HYDRAULICALLY MOST DEMANDING REMOTEST FIXTURE (FROM OVERHEAD WATER TANK TO 2ND FLOOR)
MAXIMUM LENGTH FROM OVERHEAD WATER TANK TO 2ND FLOOR'S REMOTEST FIXTURE
HYDRAULICALLY MOST DEMANDING REMOTEST FIXTURE (FROM OVERHEAD WATER TANK TO 1ST FLOOR)
MAXIMUM LENGTH FROM OVERHEAD WATER TANK TO 1ST FLOOR'S REMOTEST FIXTURE
HYDRAULICALLY MOST DEMANDING REMOTEST FIXTURE (FROM OVERHEAD WATER TANK TO GROUND FLOOR)
MAXIMUM LENGTH FROM OVERHEAD WATER TANK TO GROUND FLOOR'S REMOTEST FIXTURE
PUMP PARTICULARS
NUMBER OF OPERATIONAL PUMPS = 3
NUMBER OF STAND‐BY PUMPS = 1
EACH PUMP WITH A
FLOW = 200 GPM
HEAD = 44 PSI
POWER INPUT (ESTIMATED) = 5.9 kW
Chapter 5 — Cold Water Systems 91
Table 5-18 Load Values Assigned to Fixturesa Table 5-19 Estimating Demand
Load Values, in Supply Systems
Type Of Water Supply Fixture Supply Systems Predominantly for Flush
Supply Units (wsfu) Predominantly for Flush Tanks Valves
Fixture Occupancy Control Cold Hot Total Load Demand Load Demand
Bathroom group Private Flush tank 2.7 1.5 3.6 Water Water
Bathroom group Private Flush valve 6.0 3.0 8.0 supply Gallons supply Gallons
Fixutre per Cubic feet fixture per Cubic feet
Bathtub Private Faucet 1.0 1.0 1.4
units minute per minute units minute per minute
Bathtub Public Faucet 3.0 3.0 4.0 1 3.0 0.04104 — — —
Bidet Private Faucet 1.5 1.5 2.0 2 5.0 0.0684 — — —
Combination 3 6.5 0.86892 — — —
fixture Private Faucet 2.25 2.25 3.0 4 8.0 1.06944 — — —
Dishwashing 5 9.4 1.256592 5 15.0 2.0052
machine Private Automatic — 1.4 1.4 6 10.7 1.430376 6 17.4 2.326032
Drinking fountain Offices, etc. 3⁄8” valve 0.25 — 0.25 7 11.8 1.577424 7 19.8 2.646364
Kitchen sink Private Faucet 1.0 1.0 1.4 8 12.8 1.711104 8 22.2 2.967696
Hotel, 9 13.7 1.831416 9 24.6 3.288528
Kitchen sink restaurant Faucet 3.0 3.0 4.0 10 14.6 1.951728 10 27.0 3.60936
Laundry trays (1 11 15.4 2.058672 11 27.8 3.716304
to 3) Private Faucet 1.0 1.0 1.4 12 16.0 2.13888 12 28.6 3.823248
Lavatory Private Faucet 0.5 0.5 0.7 13 16.5 2.20572 13 29.4 3.930192
Lavatory Public Faucet 1.5 1.5 2.0 14 17.0 2.27256 14 30.2 4.037136
15 17.5 2.3394 15 31.0 4.14408
Service sink Offices, etc. Faucet 2.25 2.25 3.0
16 18.0 2.90624 16 31.8 4.241024
Shower head Public Mixing valve 3.0 3.0 4.0 17 18.4 2.459712 17 32.6 4.357968
Shower head Private Mixing valve 1.0 1.0 1.4 18 18.8 2.513184 18 33.4 4.464912
Urinal Public 1” flush valve 10.0 — 10.0 19 19.2 2.566656 19 34.2 4.571856
Urinal Public 3
⁄4” flush valve 5.0 — 5.0 20 19.6 2.620128 20 35.0 4.6788
Urinal Public Flush tank 3.0 — 3.0 25 21.5 2.87412 25 38.0 5.07984
Washing 30 23.3 3.114744 30 42.0 5.61356
machine (8 lb) Private Automatic 1.0 1.0 1.4 35 24.9 3.328632 35 44.0 5.88192
Washing 40 26.3 3.515784 40 46.0 6.14928
machine (8 lb) Public Automatic 2.25 2.25 3.0 45 27.7 3.702936 45 48.0 6.41664
Washing 50 29.1 3.890088 50 50.0 6.684
machine (15 lb) Public Automatic 3.0 3.0 4.0 60 32.0 4.27776 60 54.0 7.21872
Water closet Private Flush valve 6.0 — 6.0 70 35.0 4.6788 70 58.0 7.75344
80 38.0 5.07984 80 61.2 8.181216
Water closet Private Flush valve 2.2 — 2.2
90 41.0 5.48088 90 64.3 8.595624
Water closet Public Flush valve 10.0 — 10.0
100 43.5 5.81508 100 67.5 9.0234
Water closet Public Flush valve 5.0 — 5.0 120 48.0 6.41664 120 73.0 9.75864
Public or Flushometer 140 52.5 7.0182 140 77.0 10.29336
Water closet private tank 2.0 — 2.0 160 57.0 7.61976 160 81.0 10.82808
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound = 0.454 kg. 180 61.0 8.15448 180 85.5 11.42964
a. For fixtures not listed , loads should be assumed by comparing the fixture to one listed using
200 65.0 8.6892 200 90.0 12.0312
water in similar quantities and at similar rates. The assigned loads for fixtures with both hot
and cold water supplies are given for separate hot and cold water loads and for total load. 225 70.0 9.3576 225 95.5 12.76644
The separate hot and cold water loads being three-fourths of the total load for the fixture 250 75.0 10.026 250 101.0 13.50168
in each case. 275 80.0 10.6944 275 104.5 13.96956
300 85.0 11.3628 300 108.0 14.43744
400 105.0 14.0364 400 127.0 16.97736
500 124.0 16.57632 500 143.0 19.11624
750 170.0 22.7256 750 177.0 23.66136
1,000 208.0 27.80544 1,000 208.0 27.80544
1,250 239.0 31.94952 1,250 239.0 31.94952
1,500 269.0 35.95992 1,500 269.0 35.95992
1,750 297.0 39.70296 1,750 297.0 39.70296
2,000 325.0 43.446 2,000 325.0 43.446
2,500 380.0 50.7984 2,500 380.0 50.7984
3,000 433.0 57.88344 3,000 433.0 57.88344
4,000 535.0 70.182 4,000 525.0 70.182
Table 5-20 Minimum Sizes of Fixture Table 5-21 Water Distribution System
Water Supply Pipes Design Criteria Required Capacity At
Minimum
Fixture Supply Pipe Outlets
Pipe Size, Flow Flow
Fixture Inches Fixture Supply Outlet Ratea, Pressure,
Bathtubsa (60" × 32" and smaller) ½ Serving (Gpm) psi
Bathtubsa (larger than 60" × 32") ½ Bathtub 4 8
Bidet 3
⁄8 Bidet 2 4
Combination sink and tray ½ Combination fixture 4 8
Dishwasher, domestica ½ Dishwasher, residential 2.75 8
Drinking fountain 3
⁄8 Drinking fountain 0.75 8
Hose bibbs ½ Laundry tray 4 8
Kitchen sinka ½ Lavatory 2 8
Laundry, 1, 2 or 3 Shower 3 8
compartmentsa ½ Shower, temperature
Lavatory 3
⁄8 controlled 3 20
Shower, single heada ½ Sillcock, hose bibb 5 8
Sinks, flushing rim ¾ Sink, residential 2.5 8
Sinks, service ½ Sink, service 3 8
Urinal, flush tank ½ Urinal, valve 15 15
Urinal, flush valve ¾ Water closet, blow out,
flushometer valve 35 25
Wall hydrant ½
Water closet, flushometer
Water closet, flush tank 3
⁄8
tank 1.6 15
Water closet, flush valve 1
Water close;, siphonic,
Water closet, flushometer tank 3
⁄8 flushometer valve 25 15
Water closet, one piecea ½ Water closet, tank, close
coupled 3 8
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per
square inch = 6.895 kPa. Water closet, tank, one
a. Where the developed length of the distribution line is 60 piece 6 20
feet or less, and the available pressure at the meter is For SI: 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa, 1 gallon per
a minimum of 35 psi, the minimum size of an individual minute = 3.785 L/m.
distribution line supplied from a manifold and installed as a. For additional requirements for flow rates and quantities, see
part of a parallel water distribution system shall be one Section 604.4.
nominal tube size smaller than the sizes indicated.
Figure 5-16 Form to Track WSFUs and Other Data

Chapter 5 — Cold Water Systems 97
7. Calculate the pressure drop allowed for the piping

(item 4—item 5—item 6).
The designer must now determine the equivalent
length (sometimes called developed length) of
pipe to which the available pressure drop will be
applied and the allowable pressure drop per 100
ft of equivalent length.
8. Measure the actual length of the critical circuit
(ft). To get the equivalent length, multiply the
actual length by some factor. Some codes suggest
1.25, others 1.5. If the critical circuit has a lot of
fittings, use the higher number.
9. Determine the available flow pressure drop
per 100 ft for the critical circuit ([item 7/item
8] × 100).
Figure 5-19 Establishing the Governing Fixture or Appliance 10. Using gpm totals, starting from the farthest con-
nection back to the meter, and allowable pressure
Review of Previous Comments and drop per 100 ft, go to the pipe graphs (Figures
Calculations 5-11 to 5-14) and select the pipe sizes for the
A review and summary of what the designer needs hydraulically remote point. Don’t go above your
to do is as follows: maximum desired velocity. When you get to the
1. Determine the lowest effective pressure available maximum velocity line, follow it (the maximum
at the city water main connection. This is known flow rate) to the left.
as the residual pressure of the main. The designer must now determine how to size all
2. Select a water service pipe size and type (to the the other piping.
meter) and calculate its pressure drop (do you The designer has several choices as to methods:
want the drop to be high or low?). Also determine
any pressure drop or increase due to elevation - Uniform pressure loss method—Use the same
change (water main to water meter) including pressure drop for all piping, including the
the service losses through the service pipe, which critical circuit. This is the most commonly used
includes the curb valve. An allowance shall be method.
made for future development of the area where - Branch length method—Use the uniform pressure
the project is located, generally 5 psi. loss for the critical circuit piping. Then calculate
3. Select (or given by the city) the water meter type a new equivalent length for each branch and size
and size and determine its pressure drop (do you the branches (not the critical circuit) based on the
want the drop to be high or low?). new equivalent length pressure drop per 100 ft
([item 7/new equivalent length] × 100).
4. Determine the outlet pressure at the meter (item
1—item 2—item 3). - Constant velocity method—Designer bases size
on velocity only, then adds the pressure drops
The designer must now determine the most not to exceed that total allowable (used for short
hydraulically remote point (the piping main and lengths and /or few connections).
branch) using the greatest amount of needed end - Total pressure loss method—Every circuit uses
pressure and total pressure drops of the appli- all the available pressure from the meter to the
ances and devices in the circuit piping to the end end user. This is very difficult to do by hand, but
fixture or appliance when flowing. Several circuits some computer programs can do this. However,
may need to be analyzed. Hand valves and fittings the pipe sizes for the branches become very small
are omitted at this step. and the velocity too high at the branches near the
5. Add the flow pressure drops of all appliances and meter (available pressure too high).
devices in the critical circuit. Examples include Examples of Methods of Pipe Sizing
softener or other water treatment, water heater,
PRV, control valve or solenoid, and reduced-pres- Example 5-3
sure backflow preventer. Figure 5-20 illustrates how to determine the pressure
6. Determine the pressure needed at final fixture or available for friction.
appliance, as well as the static pressure drop or In the system shown (with a main line running
increase due to elevations. from the meter, point A, to the governing fixture or
and horsepower requirements must be higher. The designer is therefore faced

with a comparison of initial savings in piping and insulation versus increased
initial costs for pumps as well as increased operating costs. A design criterion
of approximately 5 psi per 100 ft uniform friction head loss generally results
in an economically designed system. There are, however, many specific instal-
lations where it is far more advantageous to design for much lower or higher
pressure drops. Each system must be analyzed and the parameters set in ac-
cordance with that analysis.
The following example illustrates the procedure for sizing a system with
booster pumps as the source of pressure:
Example 14-3
Assume there is a 16-story building where the street pressure is reported
as 45 psi. The highest fixture outlet is 180 ft above the level of the pumps
and the pumps are at the same level as the street main. The building has flush
valve water closets and the pressure required at the highest fixture is 20 psi..
The total combined cold and hot water fixture count for the building is 4,840
FU. The length of run from the pumps to the furthest and highest fixture is
350 ft. Material for the water service into the building will be type K copper
tubing and the water distribution system within the building will be type L
copper tubing. Fixture unit load for each riser is shown in Tables 14-14 and
14-15 and Figure 14-1.
The procedure for calculation is as follows:
1. Static pressure for highest outlet = 180 × .433 = 77.94 psi
2. Friction head loss (it is decided to size at a
uniform friction head loss of 10 psi/100ft)
= 1.5 × 350 = 525 ft ELR (10⁄100) × 525 = 52.50
3. Required outlet pressure = 20.00
4. Head loss through PRV at pump = 5.00
Total required initial pressure = 155.44 psi
5. Total FU load = 4,840 FU. Interpolating in Table 13-4: 4,840 FU = 582
gpm. The pump capacity and head can now be selected.
6. Head on pump = 155.44 psi.
7. Suction pressure: Since street pressure is 45 psi, by allowing for lower
pressure during heavy demand, we can use 35 psi. Then 155.44 – 35 =
120.44 psi head.
8. Select pump for 582 gpm at a head of 120 psi.
Table 14-14 Cold Water
Riser 5: 1376 FU = 259 gpm = 4" (6.95 fps, 2.1 psi/100’)
3: 430 FU = 131 gpm = 2½" (8.73 fps, 5.6 psi/100’)
4: 688 FU = 169 gpm = 3" (7.99 fps, 3.9 psi/100’)
3+4: 1118 FU = 223 gpm = 4" (5.89 fps, 1.6 psi/100’)
3+4+5: 2494 FU = 375 gpm = 5" (6.5 fps, 1.7 psi/100’)
2: 860 FU = 191 gpm = 3" (8.93 fps, 4.8 psi/100’)
3+4+5+2: 3354 FU = 465 gpm = 5" (8.0 fps, 2.2 psi/100’)
1: 1376 FU = 259 gpm = 4" (6.95 fps, 2.1 psi/100’)
3+4+5+2+1: 4730 FU = 575 gpm = 6" (6.87 fps, 1.3 psi/100’)
148
PURE WATER CONSUMPTION DEMAND CALCULATIONS
CONSUMPTION DEMAND
DIVERSIFIED PURE WATER SYSTEM RATE OF CONSUMPTION (GALLONS / NUMBER OF AVERAGE DAILY WATER USAGE BY THE

RATE OF CONSUMPTION (GALLONS / DURATION (MINUTES OF PERIOD OF OPERATION
FIXTURE TYPE FIXTURE UNIT VALUE DEMAND FLOW AS PER HUNTERS CURVE MINUTE OR GALLONS / CYCLE FOR QUANTITY OF EQUIPMENT PROCEDURES / DAY / USAGE FACTOR SPECIFIC FIXTURE TYPE
HOUR) USAGE / HOUR) (HOURS)
(GPM) AUTOCLAVES) OPERATING ROOM (GALLONS)
SINK ‐ LABORATORY 2 3.0 N/A 6 N/A 2.0 0.10 24 86

SINK ‐ CENTRAL SUPPLY 3 4.5 N/A 2 N/A 2.0 0.90 24 389
11.8
FLASH AUTOCLAVE (OPERATING ROOM) 2 1.1 N/A 16 5 N/A N/A 18 89
AUTOCLAVE (CSSD) 2 N/A 10 2 N/A N/A 0.90 14 252
TOTAL DAILY WATER DEMAND (GALLONS) 816
NOTE:
1) USAGE FACTORS ARE EXTRACTED FROM CHAPTER 6: TABLE 6.2 OF ASPE ‐ DOMESTIC WATER HEATING DESIGN MANUAL (2ND EDITION)
2) DURATION USAGE / HOUR IS THE ESTIMATED USE OF THE FIXTURE IN 1 H AND HAVE BEEN EXTRACTED FROM CHAPTER 6 OF ASPE ‐ DOMESTIC WATER HEATING DESIGN MANUAL (2ND EDITION)
3) THE VALUE OF NUMBER OF PROCEDURES PERFORMED / DAY / OPERATING ROOM HAS BEEN EXTRACTED FROM PRIMARY HEALTH CARE CENTRES & FIRST REFERRAL LEVEL HOSPITALS ‐ PLANNING GUIDE (AUGUST 2005 EDITION): 3.3.1.5 (21)
Hospitals 79
Worksheet 6.A—User Group

Temperature at Outleta (°F)
A B C (GPM = A × B GPH = A × B × C)
105°
Min ___________ 110°
___________ 140°
___________ Other
___________
Fixture Qty. GPM Use/H GPM GPH GPM GPH GPM GPH GPM GPH
Bathroom group — —
Tub/shower & lavatory 2.5 10
Public lavatory 0.5 10
Private lavatory 2 4
Single bowl sink 2.5 1
Double bowl sink 2.5 1
Bathtub 7 10
Shower 2.5 10
Flushing rim sink 4.5 1
Floor receptor 4.5 1
Scrub sink, per faucet 2.5 10
Small hydro-tub
(less than 100 gal) 15 —
Large hydro-tub
(more than 100 gal) 15 —
Laundry tub 4.5 1
Residential washing
machine 4.5 6
Residential dishwasher 4.5 3
Commercial dishwasher 7 —
Triple compartment sink,
per faucet, 9 —
Commercial kitchen,
single sink 9 —
Commercial kitchen,
double sink 9 —
Commercial kitchen,
prerinse 2.5 —
Hose station or
cart/can wash 9 10
Sonic cleaner 4.5 —
Washer/disenfector 9 —
TOTALS:
Usage Factors (UF) (Refer to Table 6.2):
User Group Totals (UF x Totals); Transfer to Worksheet 6.B:
aTemperatures are at faucet outlet NOT system temperature.
88 Domestic Water Heating Design Manual, Second Edition
Water
Table 6.2— Usage Factors for User Groups

This table provides the recommended usage factors for use with
Worksheet 6.A. The following discussion gives the background of
how these numbers were determined. (They represent a consen-
sus of opinion of experienced designers; however, designers should
use their best judgment when working with these figures):
General
The “gpm (L/sec)” figure is based on the possibility that every hot
water using fixture will be operated in any 1 min (sec). The “gph
(L/h)” figure is based on the possibility that every hot water us-
ing fixture will be operated during a 1-h period. These figures are
based on a peak usage hour with a 3-h peak period.
Table 6.2 Usage Factors for User Groups

User Groups
Dietary & Central
Patient Nurses’ Hydro- Food Surgical Sterile Obstetrics/ Misc.
Area Station therapy Service Suite Supply Nursery Areas
GPM (L/Sec) 0.10 0.05 0.25 0.40 0.50 0.20 0.10 0.05
GPH (L/H) 0.40 0.50 0.90 0.90 0.50 0.90 0.40 0.10
Note: Based on a peak usage hour with a 3-h peak period.
Patient area
This user group is split into two areas, surgical and medical pa-
tient areas. Many patients in these areas are not ambulatory and
require assistance from the staff to use the toilet or the bathing
facilities. Many surgical patients are not allowed to use the shower
or bathing facilities until approximately the second day after sur-
gery. Medical patients are often not allowed to use the facilities
until after their conditions improve. Because of this, many are
sponge bathed. The lavatory is a fixture that is heavily used by
the staff.
The 0.10 (10%) usage factor for the gpm (L/sec) is based on
only the shower being in use (i.e., the lavatory is not in use dur-
ing the same minute). Also, it is assumed that not all the patients
are using the fixtures during the same minute.
The 0.40 (40%) usage factor for the gph (L/h) is based on
either the shower or the lavatory being used in an hour during
Chapter 2 Plumbing Design for Health-Care Facilities 47
sistant drain is required. High-flow water is General pure-water piping requirements in-
required for backwash during the regen- clude:
eration.
1. Inert materialsmust not leach contamina-
3. Reverse osmosis (RO) produces a high-purity tion into water.
water that does not have the high resistiv-
2. Clean joining methodsavoid solvents, lubri-
ity of demineralized water and is not
cants, and crevices.
bio-pure. Under certain conditions an RO
process can offer economic advantages over 3. No material erosionmust not flake off par-
demineralized water. In areas that have high ticles.
mineral contents, an RO process can be 4. Material should not enhance microorganism
used as a pre-treatment for a demineralizer growth.
or still.
5. Material should be smooth, crack and crev-
There are several types of reverse osmosis ice-free, and nonporous.
units currently available. Units consist of a
semipermeable membrane, in either a roll 6. Avoid dead legssystem should have con-
form or a tube containing numerous hollow tinuous flow through piping.
fibers. The water is then forced through the 7. Provide chemical cleaning connections.
semipermeable membrane under high pres-
sure. A drain is required with these systems. 8. Install (slope) with future cleaning and
disinfection in mind.
Note: Chlorine must be removed from the
water, otherwise it will destroy the RO mem- A wide variety of piping materials are avail-
brane. able on the market today. Their properties and
cost cover a wide range.
4. Filtration Various types of filter are currently
available to remove the particulate matters Common pure-water materials
from the water as a pre-treatment. Depend-
ing upon the type of filter, a drain may be 1. Stainless steelvarious grades (304L &
316L).
required. Bacteria may be eliminated through
ultraviolet sterilization. 2. Aluminum.
5. Recirculation High-purity systems should be 3. Tin-lined copper.
provided with a circulation loop. Dead-end
4. Glass or glass-lined pipe.
legs should be avoided whenever possible or
limited to 50 in. (1.52 m). System design ve- 5. PVC/CPVCPolyvinyl chloride/chlorinated
locity should be between 4 and 7 fps (1.22 polyvinyl chloride.
and 2.13 m/s) so as to discourage bacteria 6. Polypropylene.
accumulation and provide transport back to
an ultraviolet sterilizer and filtration for 7. Polyethylene.
removal. 8. ABSAcrylonitrile butadiene styrene.
Pure-water piping system materials Water- 9. PVDFPolyvinylidene fluoride.
treatment system components are selected to
remove various impurities from the influent wa- Metal pipe Aluminum, tin-lined copper, and
ter. Connecting various system components stainless-steel pipe have all been used in pure-
together involves the use of interconnecting pip- water treatment systems. Tin-lined pipe was once
ing. The use of this piping should not contribute the material of choice in ultra-pure water sys-
to adding any such impurity back into the treated tems. However, it does leach tin and eventually
water. copper into the process fluid. Methods of join-
ing tin-lined pipe can also leave non-smooth
Selection of piping-system materials is de- joints with crevices.
termined by the application intended, the
availability of the material, and the cost of the Aluminum pipe has also been used in pure-
material. Pure-water applications, such as exist water systems. Pure water creates an oxide layer
in the health-care industry, can be very sensi- inside the pipe that continually erodes, produc-
tive to the piping methods selected. ing particles and aluminum in the water.
(PDWTP‐01A/01B) PURE & DRINKING WATER TRANSFER PUMP CALCULATIONS
FLOW CALCULATIONS
REPLENISHMENT VOLUME OF OVERHEAD FRP PURE & DRINKING WATER STORAGE
= 932 GALLONS
TANK REQUIRED FOR ONE COMPLETE DAY'S FLOW DRAW
TOTAL TIME REQUIRED TO REPLENISH OVERHEAD FRP PURE & DRINKING WATER
= 1.0 HOURS
STORAGE TANK ONE COMPLETE DAYS FLOW DRAW
STARTS / HOUR = 3
INFLOW REQUIRED (FOR TOTAL TIME REQUIRED TO REPLENISH OVERHEAD FRP
= 21 GPM
PURE & DRINKING WATER STORAGE TANK'S ONE COMPLETE DAYS FLOW DRAW)


FRICTION HEAD LOSS CRITERION CHECK = FAIL
EACH PUMP WITH
FLOW = 21 GPM
HEAD = 60 PSI
POWER = 0.8 kW
PURE WATER RECIRCULATION PUMP (PWRP‐01A/01B) CALCULATIONS
LENGTH OF THE CRITICAL CIRCUIT
DISTANCE TO THE HYDRAULICALLY MOST REMOTEST DRINKING WATER FOUNTAIN = 100 FEET
RETURN PATH DISTANCE FROM THE HYDRAULICALLY MOST REMOTEST DRINKING WATER = 100 FEET
EQUIVALENT TOTAL DEVELOPED LENGTH (INCLUDING FITTINGS) = 300 FEET
NET ELEVATION HEAD = 6 FEET
UNIFORM HEAD LOSS RATE = 0.05 PSI / FEET
TOTAL HEAD REQUIRED = 17.6 PSI
EACH PUMP WITH
FLOW = 11.8 GPM
HEAD = 17.6 PSI
POWER = 0.1 kW
(IR‐01A/01B) IRRIGATION PUMP CALCULATIONS
FLOW CALCULATIONS
TOTAL AREA OF ALL ZONES = 15,982 FT2
TOTAL ZONES = 1
AREA OF SINGLE ZONE BEING IRRIGATED (IF ENTIRE LANDSCAPE AREA IS DISTRIBUTED
= 15,982 FT2
UNIFORMLY)
TOTAL GALLONS OF IRRIGATION WATER REQUIRED = 3,736 GALLONS
DAILY FREQUENCY OF IRRIGATION WATER SUPPLY = 2 TIMES / DAY
MAXIMUM OPERATION TIME TO IRRIGATE A SINGLE ZONE = 60 MINUTES
TOTAL PUMP OPERATION TIME FOR THE ENTIRE DAY = 2 HOURS
OUTFLOW REQUIRED TO PROVIDE IRRIGATION WATER SUPPLY FOR THE SINGLE ZONE
= 31 GPM
(IF ENTIRE LANDSCAPE AREA IS DISTRIBUTED UNIFORMLY)
STATIC HEAD AVAILABLE AT SUCTION = ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE
EXIT PRESSURE REQUIRED AT NODE = 8 PSI
EACH PUMP WITH
FLOW = 31 GPM
HEAD = 56 PSI
POWER = 1.2 kW
TURF IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
7.10 CHAPTER SEVEN
for scheduling the system. Obtain sensor spacing and location criteria from the individual
sensor manufacturer. It has been found that when using moisture sensors, more frequent
and shorter watering periods work better.
Another way to determine the overall watering requirement is to compare the average
rainfall data for the area where the project is located with the PET. The difference is the
amount the irrigation system must provide. The Toro Company has a tabular compilation
for the United States and Canada (form number 490.1358). If such a document is not avail-
able, the National Oceanographic and Atmospheric Administration has the rainfall data
for specific areas, and the Soil Conservation Service can provide the PET rate. Shrubs and
areas with plants other than grass should use 50 to 75 percent of the grass figure for the
amount of water, depending on the plants.
Many of the figures given are in inches of precipitation or water application. To convert
gpm into inches of precipitation knowing the model number of the sprinkler head, use the
following formula:
96.3 × gpm
Inches per hour = (7.1)
ft 2 area of head
The Piping System
After the heads have been selected, the spacing of the heads established, and the zones (and
zone valves) defined, the next step is to select the piping materials and calculate the water
supply requirements for the individual zones in order to size the piping system.
Plastic pipe, because of its cost, ease of installation, and imperviousness, is the most popu-
lar pipe material. Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) is generally used for mains under constant pres-
sure and polypropylene or polyethylene for the branches beyond the zone control valves.
The following general rules for sizing the piping system are suggested.
1. In any one zone, keep the friction loss difference to 10 percent between the last head and
the first head of the zone. For the system as a whole, use a figure of 20 percent from the
last head to the supply source. This is done by selecting pipe sizes that give the required
pressure losses.
2. Keep the application rate below the rate where runoff would occur. Table 7.3 lists the
maximum precipitation rate based on slope.
3. Use pipe sizing to adjust friction loss between the various branches to meet the 10 per-
cent allowable variation in pressure.
Table 7.4 can be used as a checklist for any additional basic information that will aid in
the preparation of the drawings and the irrigation system as a whole.
TABLE 7.3 Maximum Precipitation Based on Slope
Soil texture 0–5% slope 5–8% slope 8–12% slope 12%+ slope
Coarse sandy soils 2.00 2.00 1.50 1.00

Coarse sandy soils over compact subsoils 1.75 1.25 1.00 0.75
Light sandy loams uniform 1.75 1.25 1.00 0.75
Light sandy loams over compact subsoils 1.25 1.00 0.75 0.50
Uniform silt loams 1.00 0.80 0.60 0.40
Silt loams over compact subsoil 0.60 0.50 0.40 0.30
Heavy clay or clay loam 0.20 0.15 0.12 0.10
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGraw-Hill (www.accessengineeringlibrary.com)

Copyright © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
CENTRAL CHILLED DRNKNG WATER SYSTEM
NETWORK PARTICULARS
TOTAL OCCUPIABLE AREA OF ALL FLOOR LEVELS = 416,226 SQUARE FEET
OCCUPANT DENSITY = 150 SQUARE FEET / PERSON
DRINKING FOUNTAIN UNIT (DFU) DENSITY = 100 PERSONS / DFU
DRINKING WATER REQUIREMENT (HOSPITALS) = 12 PERSONS SERVED / GALLON / HOUR
NUMBER OF VERTICAL RISERS EMPLOYED = 2
LEAST NUMBER OF DRINKING
DRINKING FOUNTAIN UNITS OCCUPANTS SERVED / DFU ESTIMATED USAGE OF EACH
FLOOR LEVEL COVERED AREA OCCUPANTS FOUNTAINS SERVED BY EACH
(DFU) REQUIRED FOR EACH FLOOR LEVEL DFU (GALLONS / HOUR)
RISER ON THE SPECIFIC FLOOR
8TH FLOOR 26,767 178 2 89 7 1
7TH FLOOR 47,757 318 4 80 7 2
6TH FLOOR 45,379 303 4 76 6 2
5TH FLOOR 42,991 287 3 96 8 1
4TH FLOOR 40,544 270 3 90 8 1
3RD FLOOR 43,639 291 3 97 8 1
2ND FLOOR 42,159 281 3 94 8 1
1ST FLOOR 42,159 281 3 94 8 1
GROUND FLOOR 59,943 400 4 100 8 2
LOWER GROUND FLOOR 24,888 166 2 83 7 1
TOTAL MAKE‐UP WATER REQUIRED (GALLONS / HOUR) 231.2
MAKE‐UP WATER'S REFRIGERATION LOAD
INLET WATER TEMPERATURE = 85 DEGREE FAHRENHEIT
OUTLET WATER TEMPERATURE = 45 DEGREE FAHRENHEIT
= 77,079 BTU / HOUR
REFRIGERATION LOAD TO COOL MAKE‐UP WATER
= 22.58 KILOWATT
NETWORK PIPING HEAT LOSSES
ROOM TEMPERATURE (SERVICE CORRIDORS) = 90 DEGREE FAHRENHEIT
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CIRCULATING WATER'S TEMPERATURE RISE = 5 DEGREE FAHRENHEIT
LENGTH OF PIPE EMPLOYED IN HEAT LOSS FOR ALL PIPES IN
PIPE SIZE (INCHES) THERMAL HEAT LOSS RATE (BTU/HOUR/FEET/°F) (1) THE DISTRIBUTION NETWORK THE ENTIRE NETWORK
(FEET) (BTU/HOUR)
1/2 0.110 0
3/4 0.119 2780 14,887
1 0.139 2172 13,586
1‐1/4 0.155 0
1‐1/2 0.174 0
2 0.200 0
2‐1/2 0.228 0
3 0.269 0
NOTE:
1) FIBERGLASS INSULATION WITH A VAPOR BARRIER AND A RECOMMENDED THICKNESS OF 1 INCH SHALL ENCAPSULATE ALL PIPING NETWORK.
= 28,473 BTU / HOUR
PIPE HEAT LOSSES TO AMBIENT
= 8.34 KILOWATT
HEAT GAINS FROM THE CIRCULATING PUMPS
PUMP HEAD CALCULATIONS FOR DRINKING WATER RECIRCULATION PUMP (DWRP‐01A/01B)
LENGTH OF THE CRITICAL CIRCUIT
DISTANCE TO THE HYDRAULICALLY MOST REMOTEST DRINKING WATER FOUNTAIN = 470 FEET
RETURN PATH DISTANCE FROM THE HYDRAULICALLY MOST REMOTEST DRINKING WATER FOUNTAIN = 470 FEET
EQUIVALENT TOTAL DEVELOPED LENGTH (INCLUDING FITTINGS) = 1410 FEET
STATIC HEAD AVAILABLE AT SUCTION = 0 FEET
STATIC ELEVATION HEAD (NOT APPLICABLE FOR A RE‐CIRCULATION LOOP) = 0 FEET
UNIFORM FRICTION HEAD LOSS RATE = 0.02 PSI / FEET
FRICTION HEAD LOSS = 42 FEET
EXIT PRESSURE REQUIRED AT DFU (ASPE‐PLUMBING ENGINEERING DESIGN HANDBOOK VOLUME 2: TABLE 5‐21) = 18 FEET
TOTAL HEAD REQUIRED (WITH 10% SAFETY FACTOR) = 67 FEET
EACH PUMP WITH
FLOW (TO ALLOW A MAXIMUM OF 5°F OF TEMPERATURE RISE) = 11 GPM
HEAD = 29 PSI
POWER = 0.21 kW
CIRCULATING PUMP'S HEAT GAIN
PUMP EFFICIENCY = 70 %
HEAT DISSIPATION TO CIRCULATING CHILLED WATER = 0.06 kW
STORAGE TANK HEAT LOSSES
116 GALLONS
REQUIRED SIZE OF THE STORAGE TANK =
15 CUBIC FEET
DIMENSIONS OF THE STORAGE TANK
LENGTH = 4 FEET
WIDTH = 4 FEET
HEIGHT = 6 FEET
STORAGE VOLUME = 96 CUBIC FEET
ROOM TEMPERATURE (SERVICE CORRIDORS) = 120 DEGREE FAHRENHEIT
OVERALL HEAT TRANSFER COEFFICIENT = 0.11 BTU / (HOUR*DEGREE FAHRENHEIT*SQUARE FEET)
SURFACE AREA = 128 SQUARE FEET
= 1,103 BTU / HOUR
STORAGE TANK HEAT LOSSES TO AMBIENT
= 0.32 KILOWATT
CHILLER'S REFRIGERATION LOAD
MAKE‐UP WATER'S REFRIGERATION LOAD = 22.58 kW
NETWORK PIPING HEAT LOSSES = 8.34 kW
HEAT GAINS FROM THE CIRCULATING PUMPS = 0.06 kW
STORAGE TANK HEAT LOSSES = 0.32 kW
TOTAL CHILLER'S REFRIGERATION LOAD = 31.3 kW
Chapter 12 — Potable Water Coolers and Central Water Systems 243
• Bottled water, which should be purchased from a • An adequately sized storage tank to
reliable source accommodate the fluctuating demands of a
• Lead-absorbent filters, for installation on the multiple-outlet system. Without a tank or with
incoming water to the cooler a tank that is too small, the fluctuations will
cause overloading or short-cycling, causing
• Reverse osmosis (RO) systems, which can be excessive wear on the equipment. The tank must
built into the water cooler be of nonferrous construction. The evaporator
mounted in the tank should be of the same
Ratings construction as the tank to reduce galvanic
Water coolers are rated on the basis of their continu- action.
ous flow capacity under specified water temperature • Circulating pumps, normally of the bronze-
and ambient conditions. Air-conditioning and Re- fitted, close-coupled, single-stage type with
frigeration Institute (ARI) 1010: Self-contained, mechanical seals. For systems designed for 24-
Mechanically Refrigerated Drinking Water Coolers hour operation, duplex pumps are installed, with
provides the generally accepted rating conditions and each pump being used 12 hours per day.
references test methods as prescribed in American So- • Controls consisting of high- and low-pressure
ciety of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-conditioning cutouts, freeze protection, and thermostatic
Engineers (ASHRAE) 18: Methods of Testing for control to limit the temperature of the water
Rating Drinking Water Coolers with Self-contained leaving the chiller. A flow switch or differential
Mechanical Refrigeration. pressure control also should be provided to stop
the compressor when there is no flow through
Central systems
A central, chilled drinking water system typically is AIR BALANCING
designed to provide water at 50°F (10°C) to the drink- VENT VALVE
ing fountains. Water is cooled to 45°F (7.2°C) at the

central plant, thus allowing for a 5°F (2.8°C) increase
in the distribution system. System working pressures
generally are limited to 125 pounds per square inch
gauge (psig) (861 kilopascals [kPa]). (The designer 10TH
MECHANIC
PENTHOU
should check the local code for the maximum pressure FLOOR
allowed.) A central, chilled drinking water system

10TH
should be considered in any building, such as a mul- 9TH FLOOR FLOOR
tistory office building, where eight or more drinking

fountains are stacked one above the other. 8TH FLOOR 9TH FLOO
A central, chilled drinking water system consists

of the chilling unit, distribution piping, drinking 8TH FLOO
7TH FLOOR
fountains, and controls.
Chillers 6TH FLOOR 7TH FLOO
The chiller may be a built-up or factory-assembled CIRCULATING
unit, but most installations use factory-assembled WATER
RETURN
units. In either case, the chiller consists of the fol- 5TH FLOOR
DRINKING
6TH FLOO
lowing: FOUNTAIN
(TYPICAL)
• A semi-hermetic, direct-driven compressor using 4TH FLOOR 5TH FLOO
HFC-134a
• A condenser of the shell-and-tube or shell-and- 3RD FLOOR 4TH FLOO
coil type. It may be water or air cooled.

• A direct-expansion water cooler of the shell- 2ND FLOOR 3RD FLOO
and-tube type, with a separate field-connected RISER

SHUT-OFF
RECIRCULATING
PUMP
storage tank or an immersion-type coil installed 1ST FLOOR
VALVE
2ND FLOO
in the storage tank. If a separate tank is used, a DOMESTIC ISOLATION CHILLED

WATER
VALVE
circulating pump normally is needed to circulate WATER
SUPPLY
SUPPLY
1ST FLOOR
the water between the evaporator and the tank.
Evaporator temperatures of 30°F to 34°F (-1.1°C WATER
CHILLER
to 1.1°C) are used.
FILTER
STORAGE TANK BASEMEN
BASEMENT (OPTIONAL)
Figure 12-15 - Upfeed System

Figure 12-15
( Storage Upfeed
Tank and Central
Pump Located System
at Bottom
of System)

WATER DOMESTIC
CHILLED FILTER WATER
WATER (OPTIONAL) SUPPLY
SUPPLY
AIR
VENT
RECIRCULATING
PUMP
CHILLER
MECHANICAL STORAGE TANK
PENTHOUSE
10TH
FLOOR
9TH FLOOR
DRINKING
FOUNTAIN
(TYPICAL) Figure 12-17 Drinking Fountain
8TH FLOOR Source: Halsey Taylor
7TH FLOOR
6TH FLOOR
DRINKING
FOUNTAIN
(TYPICAL)
5TH FLOOR
4TH FLOOR
3RD FLOOR
2ND FLOOR
CHILLED
WATER BALANCING
SUPPLY VALVE
1ST FLOOR
CIRCULATING
Figure 12-18 Drinking Fountain
WATER Source: Haws Corp.
RETURN
BASEMENT
glass fiber insulation—such as that normally used
Figure( Storage
12-16 Downfeed Central System
Figure 12-16 - Downfed System
Tank and Pump Located at Top of on chilled-water piping, with a conductivity (k) of
System) 0.22 (32) at a 50°F (10°C) mean temperature and a
the cooler. Another desirable item is a time vapor barrier jacket—or equal. All valves and piping,
switch that can be used to operate the plant
including the branch to the fixture, should be insu-
during periods of building occupancy.
lated. The waste piping from the drinking fountain,
Distribution Piping System including the trap, should be insulated. This insula-
The distribution piping delivers chilled water to the tion is the same as is recommended for use on cold
drinking fountains. Systems can be upfeed as shown water lines.
in Figure 12-15 or downfeed as shown in Figure 12- Drinking Fountains
16. The piping can be galvanized steel, copper, or Any standard drinking fountain can be used on a
brass designed for a working pressure of 125 psig central drinking water system. Drinking fountains
(861 kPa). typically are made of vitreous china or stainless steel.
Drinking Water Coolers and Central However, the automatic volume or stream regulator
Systems provided with the fountain must be capable of provid-
The makeup cold water lines are made of the same ing a constant stream height from the bubbler with
material as the distribution piping. When the water inlet pressures up to 125 psig (861 kPa). (See Figures
supply has objectionable characteristics, such as high 12-17 and 12-18.)
iron or calcium content, or contains odoriferous gases
System Design
in solution, a filter should be installed in the makeup
water line. Refrigeration
Insulation is necessary on all the distribution pip- For an office building, a usage load of 5 gph (19 L/h)
ing and the storage tanks. The insulation should be per fountain for an average corridor and office is

normal. The water consumption Table 12-2 Drinking-water Requirements

for other occupancies is given in Bubbler Service: Persons Cup Service: Persons
Table 12-2. Table 12-3 is used to Served Per Gallon (Liter) of Served Per Gallon (Liter) of
convert the usage load in gph (L/h) Location Standard Rating Capacity Base Rate Capacity
to the refrigeration load in Brit- Offices 12 (3) 30 (8)
Hospitals 12 (3) —
ish thermal units per hour (Btuh)
Schools 12 (3) —
(watts [W]). The heat gain from
Light manufacturing 7 (2) —
the distribution piping system Heavy manufacturing 5 (2) —
is based on a circulating water Hot heavy manufacturing 4 (1) —
temperature of 45°F (7.2°C). Table Restaurants 10 (3)
12-4 lists the heat gains for various Cafeterias 12 (3)
ambient temperatures. The length Hotels (corridors) —
of all lines must be included when
Required Rated Capacity per Bubbler, gph (L/h)
calculating the heat gain in the One Bubbler Two or More Bubblers
distribution piping. Table 12-5 Retail stores, hotel lobbies,
tabulates the heat input from 12 (3) 5 (20) 5 (20)
office building lobbies
variously sized circulating pump Public assembly halls, 20–25
100 (26) 15 (60)
motors. amusement parks, fairs, etc. (80–100)
The total cooling load con- Theaters 19 (5) 10 (40) 7.5 (30)
sists of the heat removed from Source: Reprinted from ARI Standard 1010, by permission.
the makeup water, heat Note: Based on standard rating conditions, with delivered water at 50°F (10°C).
gains from the piping, Table 12-3 Refrigeration Load

heat gains from the stor- Btu/Gal (W/L) Cooled to 45°F (7.2°C)
age tank, and heat input Water inlet temp., °F (° C) 65(18.3) 70(21.1) 75(23.9) 80(26.7) 85(29.4) 90(32.2)
from the pumps. A safety Btu/gal 167(13) 208(17) 250(20) 291(23) 333(27) 374(30)
factor of 10 percent to 20 Multiply load for 1 gal (L) by total gph (L/h).
percent is added before
selecting a condensing Table 12-4 Circulating System Line Loss
unit. The size of the safety factor is governed Btu/h per 100 Ft (W per 100 m)
Btu/h per Ft [45°F (7.2°C) Circulating Water]
by usage. For example, in a building with week-
Pipe Size, in. Per °F Room Temperature, °F (°C)
end shutdowns, the higher safety factor allows
(mm) (W/°C/m) 70 (21.1) 80 (26.7) 90 (32.2)
pickup when reopening the building on Monday ½ (13) 0.110 (0.190) 280 (269) 390 (374) 500 (480)
morning when the total volume of water in the ¾ (19) 0.119 (0.206) 300 (288) 420 (403) 540 (518)
system would need to be cooled to the operating 1 (25) 0.139 (0.240) 350 (336) 490 (470) 630 (605)
temperature. Since the water to the chiller is a 1¼ (32) 0.155 (0.268) 390 (374) 550 (528) 700 (672)
mixture of makeup and return water, the chiller 1½ (38) 0.174 (0.301) 440 (422) 610 (586) 790 (758)
selection should be based on the resultant mixed 2 (51) 0.200 (0.346) 500 (480) 700 (672) 900 (864)
water temperature. 2½ (64) 0.228 (0.394) 570 (547) 800 (768) 1030 (989)
3 (76) 0.269 (0.465) 680 (653) 940 (902) 1210 (1162)
Circulating Pump
The circulating pump is sized to Table 12-5 Circulating Pump Heat Input
circulate a minimum of 3 gpm (0.2 ¼ (0.19) ⁄3 (0.25) ½ (0.37) ¾ (0.56) 1 (0.75)
Motor, Hp (kW) 1
L/s) per branch or the gpm (L/s) Btu/h (W) 636 (186) 850 (249) 1272 (373) 1908 (559) 2545 (746)
necessary to limit the tempera-
ture rise of the circulatory water Table 12-6 Circulating Pump Capacity
to 5°F (2.8°C), whichever is greater. Table 12-6 lists Pipe Size, Room Temperature, °F (°C)
the circulating pump capacity needed to limit the in. (mm) 70 (21.1) 80 (26.7) 90 (32.2)
temperature rise of the circulated water to 5°F (2.8°C). ½ (13) 8.0 (99) 11.1 (138) 14.3 (177)
If a separate pump is used to circulate water between ¾ (19) 8.4 (104) 11.8 (146) 15.2 (188)
the evaporator and the storage tank, the energy input 1 (25) 9.1 (113) 12.8 (159) 16.5 (205)
to this pump must be included in the heat gain. 1¼ (32) 10.4 (129) 14.6 (181) 18.7 (232)
1½ (38) 11.2 (139) 15.7 (195) 20.2 (250)
Storage Tank Notes
The storage tank’s capacity should be at least 50 1. Capacities are in gph per 100 ft (L/h per 100 m) of pipe including all branch
percent of the hourly usage. The hourly usage may lines necessary to circulate to limit temperature rise to 5°F (2.8°C) [water at
45°F (7.2°C)].
be selected from Table 12-2. 2. Add 20% for a safety factor. For pump head, figure longest branch only. Install
pump on the return line to discharge into the cooling unit. Makeup connection
should be between the pump and the cooling unit.

Distribution Piping 5. Provide a pressure relief valve and air vents at

high points in the chilled water loop.
Sizing
General criteria for sizing distribution piping for The following example illustrates the calculations
a central, chilled drinking water system are as fol- required to design a central chilled drinking water
lows: system.
1. Limit the maximum velocity of the water in the Example 12-1
circulating piping to 3 feet per second (fps) (0.9 Design a central drinking water system for the build-
meters per second [m/s]) to prevent the water ing in Figure 12-15. The net floor area is 14,600 square
from having a milky appearance. feet (1,356 square meters) per floor, and occupancy
is assumed to be 100 square feet (9.3 m2) per person.
2. Avoid excessive friction head losses. The energy
necessary to circulate the water enters the Domestic water is available at the top of the building,
water as heat and requires additional capacity with 15-psig (103-kPa) pressure. Applicable codes
in the water chiller. Accepted practice limits the are the Uniform Plumbing Code and the Uniform
maximum friction loss to 10 feet (3 meters) of Building Code.
head per 100 feet (30 m) of pipe. Solution
3. Dead-end piping, such as that from the main
1. Number of drinking fountains required:
riser to the fountain, should be kept as short as
Occupancy = 14,600/100 = 146 people per floor
possible, and in no event should it exceed 25 feet
(1,356/9.3 = 146 people per floor). The Uniform
(7.6 m) in length. The maximum diameter of
Building Code requires one fountain on each
such dead-end piping should not exceed 3⁄8-inch
floor for every 75 people. So, 146/74 = 1.94
(9.5-mm) iron pipe size (IPS), except on very
fountains per floor. Therefore, use two fountains
short runs.
per floor, or a total of 20 fountains.
4. Size piping on the total number of gallons
2. Estimated fountain usage: From Table 12-2,
circulated. This includes gallons consumed plus
(146 × 0.083)/2 = 6 gph (22.7 L/h) per fountain
gallons necessary for heat leakage.
3. Total anticipated makeup water: 6 gph × 10
Design Layout fountains = 60 gph per riser, or 120 gph for
General criteria for the design layout of piping for two risers (see Figure 12-15) (22.7 L/h × 10
a central chilled drinking water system are as fol- fountains = 227 L/h per riser, or 454 L/h for two
lows: risers)
1. Keep pipe runs as straight as possible with a 4. Refrigeration load to cool makeup water: From
minimum number of offsets. Table 12-3, assuming 70°F (21.1°C) water
inlet temperature, 120 gph × 208 Btuh per
2. Use long sweep fittings wherever possible to gallon = 25,000 Btuh (454 L/h × 16 W/L = 7,300
reduce friction loss. W)
3. In general, limit maximum pressure developed 5. Refrigeration load due to piping heat gain:
in any portion of the system to 80 psi (552 Determination of heat gain in piping requires
kPa). If the height of a building should cause pipe sizes, but these sizes cannot be accurately
pressures in excess of 80 psi (552 kPa), divide known until the heat gains from the makeup
the building into two or more systems. water, piping, storage tank, and pumps are
4. If more than one branch line is used, install known. Therefore, assume 1-inch (25-mm)
balancing cocks on each branch. diameter chilled water risers, circulation line,
Table 12-7 Friction of Water in Pipes

½-in. (13-mm) Pipe ¾-in. (19-mm) Pipe 1-in. (25-mm) Pipe 1¼-in. (32-mm) Pipe 1½-in. (38-mm) Pipe
Velocity, Head, ft Velocity, Head, ft Velocity, Head, ft Velocity, Head, ft Velocity, Head, ft
gpm (L/h) ft/s (m/s) (m) ft/s (m/s) (m) ft/s (m/s) (m) ft/s (m/s) (m) ft/s (m/s) (m)
1 (227) 1.05 (0.32) 2.1 (0.64) — — — — — — — —
2 (454) 2.10 (0.64) 7.4 (2.26) 1.20 (0.37) 1.90 (0.58) — — — — — —
3 (681) 3.16 (0.96) 15.8 (4.82) 1.80 (0.55) 4.1 (1.25) 1.12 (0.34) 1.26 (0.38) — — — —
4 (912) — — 2.41 (0.73) 7.0 (2.13) 1.49 (0.65) 2.14 (0.65) 0.86 (0.26) 0.57 (0.17) — —
5 (1,135) — — 3.01 (0.92) 10.5 (3.20) 1.86 (0.57) 3.25 (0.99) 1.07 (0.33) 0.84 (0.26) 0.79 (0.24) 0.40 (0.12)
10 (2,270) — — — — 3.72 (1.13) 11.7 (3.57) 2.14 (0.65) 3.05 (0.93) 1.57 (0.48) 1.43 (0.44)
15 (3,405) — — — — — — 3.20 (0.98) 6.50 (1.98) 2.36 (0.72) 3.0 (0.91)
20 (4,540) — — — — — — — — 3.15 (0.96) 5.2 (1.58)
Note: Table gives loss of head in feet (meters) due to friction per 100 ft (30 m) of smooth straight pipe.

Table 12-8 Pressure Drop Calculations for Example 12-1

Pipe Length, ft (m) Pressure Drop, ft (m) Cumulative
Water Flow, Selected gpm Pressure Drop,
Froma Actual Equivalentb gpm (L/h) Size, in. 100 ft Actual ft ft (m)
A to B 30(9) 45(14) 6(23) 1 5.0(1.5) 2.25 (0.7) 2.25(0.7)
B to D 180(55) 270(82) 3(11.5) 1 1.3(0.4) 3.5 (1.1) 5.75(1.8)
D to A 270(82) 406(124) 6(23) 1 5.0(I.5) 20.02 (6.1) 25.77(7.9)
a
Refer to Figure 12-15.
b
Increase 50% to allow for fittings. If an unusually large number of fittings is used, each should be considered for its actual contribution to pressure drop.
and distribution piping to the risers. Then, the Standards, codes, and
heat gains in the piping system are (from Table regulations
12-4): Whether a self-contained (unitary) cooler or a central
Risers: (120 feet) (490 Btu/100 feet) (2 risers) = 1,189 Btuh (349 W) chilled water system, most mechanical installations
Distribution mains: (90 feet) (490 Btu/100 feet) = 440 Btuh (129 W) are subject to regulation by local codes. They must
Return riser: (330 feet) (490 Btu/100 feet) = 1,620 Btuh (475 W) comply with one or more plumbing, refrigeration,
Total piping heat gain = 3,249 Btuh (953 W)
electrical, and accessibility codes. The majority of
The water that must be cooled and circulated is such local codes is based on guide codes prepared by
at a minimum of 3 gpm (11.4 L/h) per riser, or a associations of nationally recognized experts.
total of 6 gpm (22.7 L/h). Municipalities choose one of these model codes and
6. Refrigeration load due to circulating pump modify it to suit local conditions. For this reason, it
input: The pump head can be determined from is important to refer to the code used in the locality
data given in Table 12-7 and Figure 12-15. The and the authority having jurisdiction.
results of the calculations are given in Table Local refrigeration codes vary considerably. The
12-8, with the indicated pumping requirements Uniform Building Code sets up guide regulations
being 6 gpm (22.7 L/h) at a 25.77-foot (7.85-m) pertaining to the installation of refrigeration equip-
head. Data from one manufacturer indicates ment. It is similar in most requirements to ANSI/
that a ¾-hp (0.56-kW) motor is needed. From ASHRAE 15: Safety Standard for Refrigeration
Table 12-5, the heat input of the pump motor is Systems, with some notable exceptions. Therefore, it
1,908 Btuh (559 W). is important to carefully apply the local codes in the
7. Refrigeration load due to storage tank heat design of the refrigeration portion of chilled drinking
gain: The tank is normally sized for 50 percent water systems. Other local codes that merit a careful
of the total hourly demand. Thus, for 100 gph review are the electrical regulations as they apply to
(379 L/h), a 50-gallon (190-L) tank would be controls, disconnection switches, power wiring, and
used. This is approximately the capacity of a American Society of Mechanical Engineer (ASME)
standard 16-inch (406-mm) diameter, 60-inch requirements for tanks and piping.
(1,524-mm) long tank. Assume 1½-inch (38-mm) In addition to ARI 1010 and ASHRAE 18: Methods
insulation, 45°F (7.2°C) water, with the tank of Testing for Rating Drinking Water Coolers with
in a 90°F (32.2°C) room. Assume an insulation Self-contained Mechanical Refrigeration, UL 399
conductivity of 0.13 Btuh per square foot (0.4 covers safety and sanitation requirements. Federal
W/m2). The surface area of the tank is about 24
Specification WW-P-541: Plumbing Fixtures, among
square feet (2.2 m2). Thus, the heat gain is (24)
others, usually is prescribed by government purchas-
(0.13)(90 – 45) = 140 Btuh (41 W).
ers.
Thus, the load summary is as follows:
ANSI/NSF 61 is intended to cover specific materi-
Item Heat Gain, Btuh (W)
als or products that come into contact with drinking
Makeup water 25,000 (7,325)
water, drinking water treatment chemicals, or both.
Piping 3,240 (949)
Pump heat input 1,908 (559)
The focus of the standard is the evaluation of contami-
Storage tank 140 (41) nants or impurities imparted indirectly to drinking
Subtotal 30, 288 (8,874) water.
20 percent safety factor 6,050 (1,773) Many local plumbing codes apply directly to water
Required chiller capacity 36,338 (10,647) coolers. Primarily, these codes are directed toward
Installation eliminating any possibility of cross-connection be-
tween the potable water system and the wastewater
A supply stop should be used so that the unit may be
(or refrigerant) system. Therefore, most coolers are
serviced or replaced without having to shut down the
made with double-wall construction to eliminate the
water system. Also, the designer should consult local,
possibility of conflict with any code.
state, and federal codes for proper mounting height.

Chapter 1 — Plumbing Fixtures 19
Water Closets (Urinals Drinking

See Section 419.2) Lavatories Bathtubs/ Fountain (See
No. Classification Occupancy Description Male Female Male Female Showers Section 410.1) Other
3 Educational E Educational facilities 1 per 50 1 per 50 — 1 per 100 1 service sink
4 Factory and Structures in which
industrial occupants are en‑
gaged in work fabri‑ (see Section
F-1 and F-2 1 per 100 1 per 100 1 per 400 1 service sink
cating, assembly or 411)
processing of prod‑
ucts or materials
5 Institutional I-1 Residential care 1 per 10 1 per 10 1 per 8 1 per 100 1 service sink
Hospitals ambula‑
1 service sink per
tory nursing home 1 per roomc 1 per roomc 1 per 15 1 per 100
floor
patientsb
I-2 Employees, other
b 1 per 25 1 per 35 — 1 per 100 —
than residential care
Visitors, other than
1 per 75 1 per 100 — 1 per 500 —
residential care
I-3 Prisonsb 1 per cell 1 per cell 1 per 15 1 per 100 1 service sink
Reformitories
detention centers,
I-3 1 per 15 1 per 15 1 per 15 1 per 100 1 service sink
and correctional
centersb
Adult day care and
I-4 1 per 15 1 per 15 — 1 per 100 1 service sink
child care
6 Mercantile Retail stores, service
(see Sections stations, shops,
403.2, 403.4, M salesrooms, mar‑ 1 per 500 1 per 750 — 1 per 1,000 1 service sink
403.4.1 and kets and shopping
403.4.2) centers
7 Residential Hotels, motels,
1 per sleep‑
R-1 boarding houses 1 per sleeping unit 1 per sleeping unit — 1 service sink
ing unit
(transient)
Dormitories, fraterni‑
ties, sororities and
R-2 1 per 10 1 per 10 1 per 8 1 per 100 1 service sink
boarding houses
(not transient)
1 kitchen sink per
dwelling unit; 1
1 per dwell‑ automatic clothes
R-2 Apartment house 1 per dwelling unit 1 per dwelling unit —
ing unit washer connec‑
tion per 20 dwell‑
ing units
1 kitchen sink per
dwelling unit; 1
One- and two-family 1 per dwell‑ automatic clothes
R-3 1 per dwelling unit 1 per dwelling unit —
dwellings ing unit washer connec‑
tion per dwelling
unit
Residential care/as‑
R-4 1 per 10 1 per 10 1 per 8 1 per 100 1 service sink
sisted living facilities
8 Storage (see Structures for the
Sections 403.2, storage of goods,
403.4 and warehouses, store‑
S-2 1 per 100 1 per 100 Section 411 1 per 1,000 1 sink
403.4.1) house and freight
depots. Low and
Moderate Hazard
Source: 2006 International Plumbing Code, Copyright 2006, Washington, DC: International Code Council. Reproduced with permission. All rights reserved. www.iccsafe.org
a. The fixtures shown are based on one fixture being the minimum required for the number of persons indicated or any fraction of the number of persons indicated. The number of
occupants shall be determined by the International Building Code.
b. Toilet facilities for employees shall be separate from facilities for inmates or patients.
c. A single-occupant toilet room with one water closet and one lavatory serving not more than two adjacent patient sleeping units shall be permitted where such room is provided with
direct access from each patient room and with provisions for privacy.
d. The occupant load for seasonal outdoor seating and entertainment areas shall be included when determining the minimum number of facilities required.
2008 PEDH Data Book Vol 4.indd 19 10/16/2008 11:58:48 AM

RECOVERED CONDENSATE SUPPLY PUMP (RCSP‐01A/01B) CALCULATIONS
FLOW CALCULATIONS
MAXIMUM CAPACITY REQUIRED BY THE CONDENSATE OVERFLOW PUMP TO
= 13.8 GPM
COUNTER THE MAXIMUM INFLOW CONDENSATE RATE


EACH PUMP WITH
FLOW = 14 GPM
HEAD = 24 PSI
POWER = 0.2 kW
COOLING TOWER MAKE‐UP WATER PUMP (CTMP‐01A/01B) CALCULATIONS
FLOW CALCULATIONS
MAXIMUM INFLOW REQUIRED BY THE COOLING TOWER WATER BASIN = 67.9 GPM


EACH PUMP WITH
FLOW = 68 GPM
HEAD = 32 PSI
POWER = 1.5 kW
DAILY SEWAGE DISCHARGE RATE CALCULATION FOR THE ENTIRE FACILITY
SEWAGE (GREYWATER & BLACKWATER) DISCHARGE RATE
A 159,017 GALLONS / DAY
TOTAL DAILY SEWAGE WATER DISCHARGE RATE
=
(THIS INCLUDES A 10% FACTOR OF SAFETY)
21,259 CUBIC FEET / DAY
GRAY WATER ONLY DISCHARGE RATE
B TOTAL DAILY GRAY WATER WATER DISCHARGE 44,385 GALLONS / DAY
RATE WITH GRAY WATER REUSE (THIS INCLUDES A =
10% FACTOR OF SAFETY) 5,934 CUBIC FEET / DAY
BLACKWATER ONLY DISCHARGE RATE
C TOTAL DAILY BLACKWATER WATER DISCHARGE 114,632 GALLONS / DAY
RATE WITH GRAY WATER REUSE (THIS INCLUDES A =
10% FACTOR OF SAFETY) 15,325 CUBIC FEET / DAY
GRAY WATER FIXTURE UNIT COUNT
FIXTURE UNIT COUNT
LAVATORY LAVATORY IMMERSION BATH ARM BATH (HYDRO‐ LEG BATH (HYDRO‐ DRINKING TOTAL FIXTURE

BUILDING KITCHEN SINK PANTRY SINK SHOWERS
(PRIVATE) (PUBLIC) (HYDRO‐THERAPY) THERAPY) THERAPY) FOUNTAINS UNIT LOAD OF
EACH FLOOR
FIXTURE UNIT VALUE 1.0 2.0 4.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 0.5
LOWER GROUND FLOOR 8 2 17
GROUND FLOOR 66 11 2 1 1 1 4 188
FIRST FLOOR 61 2 6 3 140
SECOND FLOOR 64 4 4 3 146
THIRD FLOOR 54 3 4 3 124
FOURTH FLOOR 35 34 3 2 40 3 201
FIFTH FLOOR 63 3 51 3 236
SIXTH FLOOR 67 3 55 4 252
SEVENTH FLOOR 34 1 10 4 92
EIGHTH FLOOR 20 26 1 24 2 123
TOTAL 55 477 14 21 194 1 1 1 31 1517
FIXTURE TOTAL NUMBER DFU TOTAL

SHOWERS 194 2.0 388.0
DRINKING FOUNTAINS 31 0.5 15.5
TOTAL 1517
TOTAL FIXTURE UNIT COUNT = 1517 DFU
MINIMUM GRAY WATER MAIN DRAINAGE PIPE SIZE = 8 INCHES
BLACK WATER FIXTURE UNIT COUNT
FIXTURE UNIT COUNT
LAVATORY (SCRUB‐ SINK ‐ SINK ‐ CENTRAL LAVATORY TOTAL FIXTURE

BUILDING DISHWASHERS LAUNDRY WATER CLOSET
UP) LABORATORY SUPPLY (DENTAL) UNIT LOAD OF
EACH FLOOR
FIXTURE UNIT VALUE 2.0 2.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 1.0 4.0
LOWER GROUND FLOOR 2 8 38
GROUND FLOOR 1 2 2 64 268
FIRST FLOOR 2 2 55 230
SECOND FLOOR 2 2 68 282
THIRD FLOOR 6 52 226
FOURTH FLOOR 6 62 254
FIFTH FLOOR 65 260
SIXTH FLOOR 63 252
SEVENTH FLOOR 22 6 12 35 238
EIGHTH FLOOR 46 184
TOTAL 27 2 2 12 18 6 518 2232
FIXTURE TOTAL NUMBER WFU TOTAL

LAUNDRY 2 3.0 6.0
WATER CLOSET 518 4.0 2072.0
TOTAL 2232
TOTAL FIXTURE UNIT COUNT = 2232 DFU
MINIMUM GRAY WATER MAIN DRAINAGE PIPE SIZE = 10 INCHES
PLUMBING SYSTEMS
9.4 CHAPTER NINE
TABLE 9.1 Typical Plumbing Fixture Schedule*
Drainage Water
Size Size
Flow,
Fixture type DFU Trap Vent WFU Cold Hot gpmt†
Automatic clothes washer 3 2 1 1/2 2 1/2 1/2 5

Bathroom group (WC, LAV, SH/BT) FV 8 8
Bathroom group (WC, LAV, SH/BT) tank 6 6
Bathtub (BT), with or without SH 2 1 1/2 1 1/2 2 1/2 1/2 5
Bidet 1 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/2 2
Clinic sink 6 3 1 1/2 2 1/2 1/2 3
Dishwasher, domestic 2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1/2 3
Dental lavatory, cuspidor and unit 1 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1/2 1
Drinking fountain 1/2 1 1/4 1 1/4 1/2 1/2 1 1/2
Floor drain 5 3 1 1/2
Kit. sink & tray, with food grinder 4 2 1 1/2 2 1/2 1/2 3
Kit. sink & tray, single 1 1/2 trap 2 1 1/2 1 1/2 2 1/2 1/2 3
Kit. sink & tray, multiple 1 1/4 traps 3 1 1/2 1 1/2 2 1/2 1/2 3
Lavatory, private 1 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 3/8 3/8 2
Lavatory, public 2 1 1/4 1 1/4 2 3/8 3/8 2
Laundry tray, 1 or 2 compartments 2 1 1/2 1 1/2 2 1/2 1/2 5
Shower (SH) per head or stall 2 2 1 1/2 2 1/2 1/2 3
Service sink (SS), trap standard 3 3 1 1/2 3 3/4 3/4 4
Service sink, P trap 2 1 1/2 1 1/2 2 1/2 1/2 4
Sink, pot & scullery 2 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 1/2 4 1/2
Sink, bar 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1/2 2
Sink, flushing rim 6 3 1 1/2 5 1 15–30
Sink, surgeon’s 3 2 1 1/2 2 1/2 1/2 2 1/2
Sink, wash fountain, per faucet 2 1 1/2 1 1/2 2 1/2 1/2 2 1/2
Urinal pedestal, blowout 6 3 1 1/2 10 1 15–40
Urinal washout 4 2 1 1/2 5 3/4 10–20
Water closet private flush valve 6 3 1 1/2 10 1 15–40
Water closet private tank type 4 3 1 1/2 5 1/2 3–5
Water closet private pressure tank 4 3 1 1/2 4 1/2 3–5
Water closet public flush valve 6 3 1 1/2 10 1 15–40
Water closet public tank type 4 3 1 1/2 5 1/2 3–5
Water closet public pressure tank 4 3 1 1/2 4 1/2 3–5
Fixture not listed 1 1 1/4 1 1/4
Fixture not listed 2 1 1/2 1 1/2
Fixture not listed 3 2 1 1/2
Fixture not listed 5 3 1 1/2
Fixture not listed 6 4 2
Hose bibb or sill cock, public 5 3/4 5
Hose bibb or sill cock, private 3 1/2 3
Water supply not listed 1 3/8
Water supply not listed 10 1
∗
Refer to Table 2.9 for conversion of NPS to DN pipe sizes.
†
GPM = 3.8 I/M or 0.63 I/S.

ASPE Plumbing Engineering Design Handbook — Volume 2
Table 1-2 Capacities of Stacks stack to allow the flow from the branch to enter the
Pipe Size, Flow, gpm (L/s) stack.
in. (mm) r = 1⁄4 r = 7⁄24 r = 1⁄3 The magnitude of the maximum hydrostatic
2 (50) 17.5 (1.1) 23.0 (1.45) 28 (1.77) pressure that should be permitted in the branch as a
3 (80) 52 (3.28) 70 (4.41) 85 (5.36)
4 (100) 112 (7.07) 145 (9.14) 180 (11.35)
result of the backing up of the spent water is based
5 (125) 205 (12.93) 261 (16.5) 324 (20.44) on the consideration that this backup should not be
6 (150) 330 (20.82) 424 (26.8) 530 (33.43) sufficiently great to cause the water to back up into
8 (200) 710 (44.8) 913 (57.6) 1,140 (72) a shower stall or to cause sluggish flow. It is half the
10 (250) 1,300 (82.0) 1,655 (104.4) 2,068 (130.5) diameter of the horizontal branch at its connection
12 (300) 2,082 (131.4) 2,692 (170) 3,365 (212.3)
to the stack. That is, it is the head measured at the
shown to hold for the lower part of the range of stack axis of the pipe that will cause the branch to flow full
diameters, it should be valid for the larger diameters. near the exit.
It should be remembered that both F.M. Dawson and When a long-turn tee-wye is used to connect the
Dr. Hunter, in entirely independent investigations, branch to the stack, the water has a greater vertical
came to the conclusion that slugs of water, with their velocity when it enters the stack than it does when
accompanying violent pressure fluctuations, did not a sanitary tee is used, and the back pressures should
occur until the stack flowed ¼ to 1⁄3 full. Most model be smaller in this case for the same flows down the
codes have based their stack loading tables on a value stack and in the branch.
of r = ¼ or 7⁄24. Table 1-3 shows the maximum permissible fu
The recommended maximum permissible flow in loads for sanitary stacks. The procedure for sizing a
a stack is 7⁄24 of the total cross-sectional area of the multistory stack (greater than three floors) is to first
stack. By substituting r = 7⁄24 into Equation 1-2, the size the horizontal branches connected to the stack.
corresponding maximum permissible flow for the vari- This is done by totaling the fixture units connected to
ous sizes of pipe in gpm (L/s) can be determined. Table each branch and size in accordance with column 2 in
1‑3 lists the maximum permissible fixture units (fu) Table 1-3. Next, total all the fixture units connected to
to be conveyed by stacks of various sizes. The table the stack and determine the size from the same table,
was created by taking into account the probability of under column 4. Immediately check the next column,
simultaneous use of fixtures. For example, the 500 fu “Total at One Branch Interval,” and determine if this
is the maximum loading for a 4-in. (100-mm) stack, maximum is exceeded by any of the branches. If it is
thus 147 gpm (9.3 L/s) is equivalent to 500 fu. This exceeded, the size of the stack as originally determined
is the total load from all branches. must be increased at least one size, or the loading
It should be noted that there is a restriction of the of the branches must be redesigned so maximum
amount of flow permitted to enter a stack from any conditions are satisfied. Take, for example, a 4-in.
branch when the stack is more than three branch (100-mm) stack more than three stories in height.
intervals. If an attempt is made to introduce too large The maximum loading for a 4-in. (100-mm) branch is
a flow into the stack at any one level, the inflow will 160 fu, as shown in column 2 of Table 1-3. This load
fill the stack at that level and will even back up the
water above the elevation of inflow, which will cause Table 1-3 Horizontal Fixture Branches and Stacks
violent pressure fluctuations in the stack—resulting Maximum Number of Drainage Fixture Units (dfu)
in the siphoning of trap seals—and may also cause that May Be Connected
sluggish flow in the horizontal branch. This problem Stacks with More than
was solved in a study of stack capacities made by Wyly Any 1 Stack of 3 Branch Intervals
Diameter Horizontal 3 or Fewer Total at
and Eaton at the National Bureau of Standards for of pipe, in. Fixture Branch Total for 1 Branch
the Housing and Home Finance Agency in 1950. (mm) Brancha Intervals Stack Interval
The water flowing out of the branch can enter the 1½ (40) 3 4 8 2
stack only by mixing with the stream flowing down 2 (50) 6 10 24 6
2½ (65) 12 20 42 9
the stack or by deflecting it. Such a deflection of the 3 (80) 20b 48b 72b 20b
high-velocity stream coming down the stack can be ac- 4 (100) 160 240 500 90
complished only if there is a large enough hydrostatic 5 (125) 360 540 1,100 200
pressure in the branch, since a force of some kind is 6 (150) 620 960 1,900 350
8 (200) 1,400 2,200 3,600 600
required to deflect the downward flowing stream and
10 (250) 2,500 3,800 5,600 1,000
therefore change its momentum. This hydrostatic 12 (300) 3,900 6,000 8,400 1,500
pressure is built up by the backing up of the water 15 (380) 7,000
in the branch until the head thus created suffices to a Does not include branches of the building drain.
change the momentum of the stream already in the b No more than two water closets or bathroom groups within each
branch interval or more than six water closets or bathroom groups
on the stack.
Chapter 1 — Sanitary Drainage Systems
is limited by column 5 of the

same table, which permits
only 90 fu to be introduced
into a 4-in. (100-mm) stack
in any one-branch interval.
The stack would have to be
increased in size to accom-
modate any branch load
exceeding 90 fu.
To illustrate clearly the
requirements of a stack with
an offset of more than 45°
from the vertical, Figure 1-1
shows the sizing of a stack
in a 12-story building where
there is one offset between
the fifth and sixth floors
and another offset below the
street floor.
Sizing is computed as
follows:
Step 1. Compute the fixture
units connected to the
stack. In this case, as-
sume 1,200 fixture units
are connected to the
stack from the street
floor through the top
floor.
Step 2. Size the portion of the
stack above the fifth-floor
offset. There are 400 fix-
ture units from the top
floor down through the
sixth floor. According to
Table 1-3, column 4, 400
fixture units require a 4-
in. (100-mm) stack.
Step 3. Size the offset on the
fifth floor. An offset is Figure 1-1 Procedure for Sizing an Offset Stack
sized and sloped like a
building drain. is not possible either, run the fixture drain down to
the fifth or fourth floor and connect to the stack at
Step 4. Size the lower portion of the stack from the that point.
fifth floor down through the street floor. The lower
portion of the stack must be large enough to serve CAPACITIES OF SLOPING DRAINS
all fixture units connected to it, from the top floor The characteristics of sewage are the same as plain
down (in this case 1,200 fixture units). According water. Capacities of horizontal or sloping drains are
to Table 1-3, 1,200 fixture units require a 6-in.
complicated by surging flow.
(150-mm) stack.
The determination of drain size is based on highly
Step 5. Size and slope the offset below the street floor fluctuating or surging flow conditions in the horizon-
the same as a building drain. tal branches carrying the discharge of fixtures to the
The fixture on the sixth floor should be connected soil or waste stack. After falling down the vertical
to the stack at least 2 ft (0.6 m) above the offset. If stack, the water is assumed to enter the building
this is not possible, then connect them separately to drain with peaks of the surges leveled off somewhat
the stack at least 2 ft (0.6 m) below the offset. If this but still in a surging condition.
Chapter 1 — Sanitary Drainage Systems
a
Table 1-5 Approximate Discharge Rates and Velocities in Sloping Drains, n = 0.015
Actual Inside Actual Inside Half-full Flow Discharge Rate and Velocity
Diameter of 1
⁄16 in./ft (1.6 mm/m) Slope 1
⁄8 in./ft (3.2 mm/m) Slope 1
⁄4 in./ft (6.4 mm/m) Slope ⁄2 in./ft (12.7 mm/m) Slope
1
Pipe, Disch., Velocity, fps Disch., Velocity, fps Disch., Velocity, fps Disch., Velocity, fps
in. (mm) gpm (L/s) (mm/s) gpm (L/s) (mm/s) gpm (L/s) (mm/s) gpm (L/s) (mm/s)
1¼ (31.8) 3.40 (0.21) 1.78 (45.5)
13⁄8 (34.9) 3.13 (0.20) 1.34 (0.41) 4.44 (0.28) 1.90 (48.3)
1½ (38.9) 3.91 (0.247) 1.42 (0.43) 5.53 (0.35) 2.01 (51.1)
15⁄8 (41.28) 4.81 (0.30) 1.50 (0.46) 6.80 (0.38) 2.12 (53.9)
2 (50.8) 8.42 (0.53) 1.72 (0.52) 11.9 (0.75) 2.43 (61.8)
2½ (63.5) 10.8 (0.68) 1.41 (0.43) 15.3 (0.97) 1.99 (0.61) 21.6 (1.36) 2.82 (71.7)
3 (76.3) 17.6 (1.11) 1.59 (0.49) 24.8 (1.56) 2.25 (0.69) 35.1 (2.21) 3.19 (81.1)
4 (101.6) 26.70 (1.68) 1.36 (34.6) 37.8 (2.38) 1.93 (0.59) 53.4 (3.37) 2.73 (0.83) 75.5 (4.76) 3.86 (98.2)
5 (127) 48.3 (3.05) 1.58 (40.2) 68.3 (4.30) 2.23 (0.68) 96.6 (6.10) 3.16 (0.96) 137 (8.64) 4.47 (113.7)
6 (152.4) 78.5 (4.83) 1.78 (45.3) 111 (7.00) 2.52 (0.77) 157 (10) 3.57 (1.09) 222 (14.0) 5.04 (128.2)
8 (203.2) 170 (10.73) 2.17 (55.2) 240 (15.14) 3.07 (0.94) 340 (21.5) 4.34 (1.32) 480 (30.3) 6.13 (155.9)
10 (256) 308 (19.43) 2.52 (64.1) 436 (27.50) 3.56 (1.09) 616 (38.9) 5.04 (1.54) 872 (55.0) 7.12 (181.0)
12 (304.8) 500 (31.55) 2.83 (72.0) 707 (44.60) 4.01 (1.22) 999 (63.0) 5.67 (1.73) 1413 (89.15) 8.02 (204.0)
a
n = Manning coefficient, which varies with the roughness of the pipe.
For full flow: Multiply discharge by 2.00.
For full flow: Multiply velocity by 1.00.
For smoother pipe: Multiply discharge and velocity by 0.015 and divide by n of another pipe.
Table 1-6 Slopes Of Cast Iron Soil Pipe Sanitary Sewers Required To Obtain Self-cleansing
Velocities Of 2.0 And 2.5 Ft./sec. (Rased On Mannings Formula With N = .012)
Pipe 1/4 Full 1/2 Full 3/4 Full Full
Size Velocity Slope Flow Slope Flow Slope Flow Slope Flow
(in.) (ft./sec.) (ft./ft.) (Gal./min.) (ft./ft.) (Gal./min.) (ft./ft.) (Gal./min.) (ft./ft.) (Gal./min.)
2.0 2.0 0.0313 4.67 0.0186 9.34 0.0148 14.09 0.0186 18.76
2.5 0.0489 5.04 0.0291 11.67 0.0231 17.62 0.0291 23.45
3.0 2.0 0.0178 10.71 0.0107 21.46 0.0085 32.23 0,0107 42.91
2.5 0.0278 13.47 0.0167 26.62 0.0133 40.29 0.0167 53.64
4.0 2.0 0.0122 19.03 0.0073 38.06 0.0058 57.01 0.0073 76.04
2.5 0.0191 23.79 0.0114 47.58 0.0091 71.26 0.0114 95.05
5.0 2.0 0.0090 29.89 0.0054 59.79 0.0043 89.59 0.0054 119.49
2.5 0.0141 37.37 0.0085 74.74 0.0067 111.99 0.0085 149.36
6.0 2.0 0.0071 43.18 0.0042 86.36 0.0034 129.54 0.0042 172.72
2.5 0.0111 53.98 0.0066 101.95 0.0053 161.93 0.0066 215.90
8.0 2.0 0.0048 77.20 0.0029 154.32 0.0023 231.52 0.0029 308.64
2.5 0.0075 96.50 0.0045 192.90 0.0036 289.40 0.0045 385.79
10.0 2.0 0.0036 120.92 0.0021 241.85 0.0017 362.77 0.0021 483.69
2.5 0.0056 151.15 0.0033 302.31 0.0026 453.46 0.0033 604.61
12.0 2.0 0.0028 174.52 0.0017 349.03 0.0013 523.55 0.0017 678.07
2.5 0.0044 218.15 0.0026 436.29 0.0021 654.44 0.0026 612.58
15.0 2.0 0.0021 275.42 0.0012 550.84 0.0010 826.26 0.0012 1101.68
2.5 0.0032 344.28 0.0019 688.55 0.0015 1032.83 0.0019 1377.10
and might be less under unusual conditions. The Table 1-7 Building Drains and Sewersa
signer must confirm required slopes with the local Maximum Permissible Fixture Units for
code authority. These minimum slopes are required Sanitary Building Drains and Runouts
to maintain a velocity of flow greater than 2 fps for Diameter From Stacks
scouring action. Table 1-5 gives the approximate of Pipe, in. Slope, in./ft (mm/m)
(mm) 1
⁄16 (1.6) 1⁄8 (3.2) 1⁄4 (6.4) 1⁄2 (12.7)
velocities for given flow, slopes, and diameters of 2 (50) 21 26
horizontal drains based on the Manning formula for 2½ (65) 24 31
half-full pipe and n = 0.015. 3 (80) 20 42b 50b
A flow velocity of 2 fps will prevent the solids 4 (100) 180 216 250
5 (125) 390 480 575
within a pipe from settling out and forming a system 6 (150) 700 840 1,000
stoppage. Table 1-6 has been prepared to give the size 8 (200) 1400 1600 1,920 2,300
of a pipe in conjunction with flow rate to maintain a 10 (250) 2500 2900 3,500 4,200
self-cleansing velocity of 2 fps. 12 (300) 2900 4600 5,600 6,700
15 (380) 7000 8300 10,000 12,000
Load or Drainage Piping a
On-site sewers that serve more than one building may be sized according to the current
The recommended loads for building drains and b
standards and specifications of the administrative authority for public sewers.
No more than two water closets or two bathroom groups, except in single-family
sewers are tabulated in Table 1-7. This table shows dwellings, where no more than three water closets or three bathroom groups may be
the maximum number of fixture units that may be installed. Check the local codes in the area served for exact requirements or restrictions.
SEPTIC TANK
A‐ OCCUPANCY LOAD
1) IN‐PATIENT ACCOMMODATION
TOTAL BEDS = 507 BEDS
2) FULL TIME EMPLOYEES INCLUDING CONSULTANTS (AS PER AMERICAN HOSPITAL ASSOCIATION "HOSPITAL STATISTICS" REPORT, 2018 EDITION)
TOTAL FULL TIME EMPLOYEES = 5,225 EMPLOYEES
TOTAL PART TIME EMPLOYEES (OPD CONSULTANTS) = 186 EMPLOYEES
TOTAL EMPLOYEES = 5,411 EMPLOYEES
B‐ SEWAGE WATER DISCHARGE RATE
1) TOTAL DISCHARGE RATE (IN‐PATIENT BEDS)
DISCHARGE RATE / IN‐PATIENT BED = 172 GALLONS / DAY / IN‐PATIENT BED
2) TOTAL DISCHARGE RATE (EMPLOYEE)
DISCHARGE RATE / AUDITORIUM OR BANQUET ATTENDEE = 10.6 GALLONS / DAY / EMPLOYEE
C‐ FACTOR OF SAFETY (ONLY FOR HUMAN WATER CONSUMPTION ‐ POTABLE & NON POTABLE)
159,017 GALLONS / DAY
D‐ TOTAL DAILY SEWAGE WATER DISCHARGE RATE =
Chapter 8 — Private Onsite Wastewater Treatment Systems (POWTS) 159
Table 8-8 Typical Waste-Water Flows from Institutional Sources use of garbage disposal units or
Waste-Water Flow, gpd/unit (L/d/unit) disposals for occupancies served
Source Unit Range Typical by onsite disposal sytems, such
Bed 132.0–251.0 (500–950) 172.0 (650) disposers are still used. For such
Hospital, medical occupancies where disposers are
Employee 5.3–15.9 (20–60) 10.6 (40)
used, and for food processing and
Bed 79.3–172.0 (300–650) 106.0 (400)
Hospital, mental poultry or animal slaughtering
Employee 5.3–15.9 (20–60) 10.6 (40)
establishments and other units
Inmate 79.3–159.0 (300–600) 119.0 (450)
Prison producing special types of liquid
Employee 5.3–15.9 (20–60) 10.6 (40)
waste, separate interceptors and
Resident 52.8–119.0 (200–450) 92.5 (350) pretreatment should be designed
Rest home
Employee 5.3–15.9 (20–60) 10.6 (40) to meet the particular require-
School, day ments of the establishment.
With cafeteria, gym, showers Student 15.9–30.4 (60–115) 21.1 (80) Some authorities favor placing
With cafeteria only Student 10.6–21.1 (40–80) 15.9 (60) limits on the size and capacity of
Without cafeteria, gym, showers Student 5.3–17.2 (20–65) 10.6 (40) septic tank-type disposal systems.
School, boarding Student 52.8–106.0 (200–400) 74.0 (280) Under such circumstances, it
may be desirable to provide sepa-
Table 8-9 Typical Waste-Water Flows from Recreational Sources rate systems for groups of a limited number of
Waste-Water Flow, gpd/unit (L/d/unit) dwellings, apartments, mobile homes, or other
Source Unit Range Typical occupancies. Some favor limits approaching
Apartment,
(not to exceed) 10 apartments per system. This
Person 52.8–74.0 (200–280) 58.1 (220) has the advantage of limiting the number of
resort
Cabin, resort Person 34.3–50.2 (130–190) 42.3 (160) units affected by temporary system malfunc-
Customer 1.1–2.6 (4–10) 1.6 (6) tioning as by overloading due to plumbing
Cafeteria fixture malfunctioning (constantly running
Employee 7.9–13.2 (30–50) 10.6 (40)
water closets, for instance).
Campground
Person 21.1–39.6 (80–150) 31.7 (120) Separate systems also may be used for com-
(developed)
Cocktail lounge Seat 13.2–26.4 (50–100) 19.8 (75) munity bathhouses. When this is done, the total
Customer 4.0–7.9 (15–30) 5.3 (20)
per capita flow must be broken down into its
Coffee shop component parts, and some allowance should be
Employee 7.9–13.2 (30–50) 10.6 (40)
made for the amount of sewage tributary from
Member present 66.0–132.0 (250–500) 106.0 (400)
Country club the different disposal systems. Table 8-11 illus-
Employee 10.6–15.9 (40–60) 13.2 (50)
trates how this may be done where there are no
Day camp
Person 10.6–15.9 (40–60) 13.2 (50) definite data regarding exact distribution flow.
(no meals)
For a certain number of new establish-
Dining hall Meal served 4.0–13.2 (15–50) 7.9 (30)
ments, the design engineer may be unable to
Dormitory,
bunkhouse
Person 19.8–46.2 (75–175) 39.6 (150) obtain from the client accurate estimates of the
Hotel, resort Person 39.6–63.4 (150–240) 52.8 (200)
number of patrons to be served by the disposal
system. This is particularly true in the case of
Laundromat Machine 476.0–687.0 (1800–2600) 581.0 (2200)
restaurants and recreational facilities, such
Customer 1.3–5.3 (5–20) 2.6 (10)
Store resort as picnic areas, country clubs, and the like.
Employee 7.9–13.2 (30–50) 10.6 (40)
In such cases, the following data should be
Customer 5.3–13.2 (20–50) 10.6 (40) considered. For restaurants, seating capacity,
Swimming pool
Employee 7.9–13.2 (30–50) 10.6 (40) type of menu, hours to be open per day and all
Theater Seat 2.6–4.0 (10–15) 2.6 (10) available data can be considered in calculating
Visitor center Visitor 4.0–7.9 (15–30) 5.3 (20) wastewater quantities and characteristics. For
recreational facilities like picnic areas, country
the buildings contributing to the waste. For example, clubs, and similar occupancies, a review of all
at large camps and some resorts, the kitchen and proposed buildings, campsites, and methods of opera-
central dining facilities may be located at appreciable tion can provide valuable data. Computations and
distances from the living quarters, cottages, and estimates can be made from the number and types of
cabins. Under such circumstances, the kitchens may fixture installed, together with data from experience
be provided with separate disposal systems designed with similar facilities elsewhere.
especially for kitchen waste. A major factor is grease Estimates of sewage quantities from golf clubs
interception. Also, while many authorities discourage should be checked and calculations based on the
BLACK WATER SUPPLY RATE FOR SANITARY FIXTURES (DERIVATION METHODOLOGY)
OCCUPANCY LOAD
A IN‐PATIENT BEDS TOTAL BEDS = 507
TOTAL FULL TIME EMPLOYEES = 5,225
EMPLOYEES
TOTAL PART TIME EMPLOYEES = 186
OUT PATIENT VISITS TOTAL OPD PATIENT VISITS / DAY = 181
OPERATING ROOMS TOTAL OT'S IN THE HOSPITAL = 16
GRAY WATER DISCHARGE RATE ‐ SPECIFICS
B TOTAL DAILY GRAY WATER SUPPLY RATE (GALLONS / DAY) = 44,385
TOTAL MONTHLY GRAY WATER SUPPLY RATE (GALLONS / MONTH) = 1,331,544
BLACKWATER DISCHARGE RATE ‐ SPECIFICS
C TOTAL DAILY BLACK WATER SUPPLY RATE (GALLONS / DAY) = 114,632
TOTAL MONTHLY BLACK WATER SUPPLY RATE (GALLONS / MONTH) = 3,438,955
(GI‐01) GREASE INTERCEPTOR CALCULATIONS
GROUND FLOOR KITCHEN
INPUT PARAMETERS
3 COMPARTMENT DISHWASHING SINK ‐ COMPARTMENT DIMENSIONS
LENGTH 18 INCHES
WIDTH 18 INCHES
HEIGHT 12 INCHES
TECHNICAL PARTICULARS
QUANTITY OF DISHWASHING SINKS (INCLUSIVE OF ALL COMPARTMENTS) 1
NUMBER OF COMPARTMENTS 3
WATER DISPACEMENT PROPORTION OF DISHES, POTS OR PANS 25 PERCENT
DRAIN TIME 1 MINUTES
RETENTION TIME 30 MINUTES
OUTPUT PARAMETERS REQUIRED TO SELECT THE GREASE INTERCEPTOR
THROUGHPUT FLOW 37.9 GPM
RETENTION CAPACITY 1,137 GALLONS
TYPE GRAVITY INTERCEPTOR
INPUT PARAMETERS
LENGTH 18 INCHES
WIDTH 18 INCHES
HEIGHT 12 INCHES
RETENTION CAPACITY 1,515 GALLONS
INPUT PARAMETERS
LENGTH 18 INCHES
WIDTH 18 INCHES
HEIGHT 12 INCHES
RETENTION CAPACITY 379 GALLONS
Chapter 8 — Grease Interceptors 163
Flow Control 1. Determine the sink volume.

Flow control devices are best located at the outlet of Cubic contents of one sink
3
the fixtures they serve. However, a few precautions compartment = 18 × 24 × 12 = 5,184 in.
are necessary for the proper application of flow control Cubic contents of the three sink
devices. The engineer should be sure that enough compartments = 3 × 5,184 = 15,552 in.3
vertical space is available if the flow control device is
Contents expressed in gallons = 15,552
an angle pattern with a horizontal inlet and a vertical
in.3 / 231 = 67.3 gallons
outlet. A common difficulty encountered is the lack
of available height for an above-slab grease intercep- [Contents expressed in
tor adjacent to the fixture served when the vertical liters = 457.2 × 609.6 × 304.8 = 84.95 × 106
height needed for the drain outlet elbow, pipe slope mm3 = 8.49 × 104 mL
on the waste arm from the fixture, vertical outlet flow 3 × 8.49 × 104 = 25.44 × 104 mL = 254.4 L]
control fitting, and height from the grease interceptor
inlet to the floor are all compensated. 2. Add the total potable water supply that could be
The air intake (vent) for the flow control fitting discharged independent of a fixture calculated
may terminate under the sink as high as possible to above, including manufacturer-rated appliances
such as water wash exhaust hoods and disposers
prevent overflow or terminate in a return bend at the
(if allowed to discharge to the interceptor).
same height on the outside of the building. When the
fixture is individually trapped and back-vented, air 3. Determine the fixture load. A sink (or fixture)
intake may intersect the vent stack. All installation seldom is filled to the brim, and dishes, pots, or
recommendations are subject to the approval of the pans displace approximately 25 percent of the
code authority. The air intake allows air to be drawn water. Therefore, 75 percent of the actual fixture
into the flow control downstream of the orifice baffle, capacity should be used to establish the drainage
thereby promoting air-entrained flow at the intercep- load.
tor’s rated capacity. The air entrained through the 0.75 × 67.3 gal = 50.8 gal
flow control also may aid the flotation process by [0.75 × 254.4 = 190.8 L]
providing a lifting effect for the rising grease. Flow
control fittings are not common for floor drains or for 4. Calculate the flow rate based on drain time,
fixtures that would flood if their waste discharge was typically one minute or two minutes. The
restricted (such as a grease-extracting hood during its flow rates are calculated using the following
flushing cycle). It is particularly important to install equation:
the grease interceptor near the grease-discharging Drainage load, in gallons (L)
Drainage load, in minutes (s)
fixture when flow control devices are used because of
the lower flow in the waste line downstream of the Therefore, the flow rate for this example would
flow control device. Such flow may not be enough to be as follows: 50 gpm (3.15 L/s) for one-minute
ensure self-cleaning velocities of 3 feet per second drainage or 25 gpm (1.58 L/s) for two-minute
(fps) (0.9 meters per second [m/s]). drainage.
5. Select the interceptor. Choose between a
Guidelines for Sizing hydromechanical interceptor with a rated
The following recommended sizing procedure for capacity of 50 gpm (3.15 L/s) for one-minute
grease interceptors may be used by the engineer as a flow or 25 gpm (1.58 L/s) for two-minute flow,
general guideline for the selection of these units. The or a gravity interceptor with a capacity of 1,500
engineer should always consult the local administra- gallons (50-gpm flow rate × 30-minute detention
tive authorities regarding variations in the allowable time).
drain-down times acceptable under the approved
Local administrative authorities having juris-
codes. Calculation details and explanations of the
diction should be consulted as they may dictate a
decision-making processes have been included in full
specific formula or sizing criteria that would ulti-
in the examples as an aid to the engineer using these
mately determine the specific flow parameters for
guidelines in specific situations.
which the interceptor could be selected. It is extremely
Example 8-1 important that the plumbing engineer determine
Assume an HGI or a GRD for a single-fixture installa- not only the governing model code requirements
tion with no flow control. Size the grease interceptor regarding specific interceptor criteria, but also local
for a three-compartment pot (scullery) sink, with each jurisdictional requirements promulgated by the pre-
compartment 18 × 24 × 12 inches (457.2 mm × 609.6 treatment authority since they sometimes contradict
mm × 304.8 mm) each other, especially where local jurisdictions adopt

certain amendments and regulations that may super- having jurisdiction have likely established their own
sede any model code requirements. set of guidelines and requirements for an intercep-
Grease extraction water-washed hood equipment tor on a specific project and, therefore, also should
may be used. It should be noted that while these be consulted at the start of the design. It is up to the
systems are used in some cases, grease hoods that plumbing engineer to pull together the various agency
incorporate troughs that entrap grease, which are requirements in an effort to design a code-compliant
sloped to drip cups at the ends of the hood, are used system, while incorporating any additional governing
quite prevalently. These cup drains are removed by requirements and regulations.
hand, and the FOG material contained is disposed The following model plumbing codes should be
of in a proper manner and never discharges to the viewed for provisions regarding interceptors:
interceptor. It is important that the plumbing engi- • Uniform Plumbing Code
neer verify which types of systems will be used with
respect to grease hood equipment prior to the selec- • International Plumbing Code
tion of the interceptor so that the proper capacity can • National Standard Plumbing Code
be determined. Following are itemized lists incorporating the ma-
It also should be noted that the phrase “sizing an jor provisions of the model plumbing codes reviewed
interceptor” is used throughout the industry quite and are included herein as an abbreviated design
loosely. However, grease interceptors are not sized. guide for the engineer when specifying sizing. It is
They are selected based on specific flow parameters important to review the applicable code in effect in
and requirements as determined by the plumbing the area for any variation from this generalized list.
engineer during the design process for each individual
facility. Furthermore, the design flow rates and pipe Summary of Uniform Plumbing Code
sizing criteria for food preparation facilities should Requirements for Interceptors
not be determined by using the fixture unit method 1. Grease interceptors are not required in
typically used for other types of facilities due to the individual dwelling units or residential
fact that the probability of simultaneous use factors dwellings.
associated with fixture unit values do not apply in
2. Water closets, urinals, and other plumbing
food preparation facilities where increased and con- fixtures conveying human waste shall not drain
tinuous flow rates are encountered. Also, the facility into or through any interceptor.
determines the peak flows used to select the proper
interceptor for the intended application, not the other 3. Each fixture discharging into an interceptor
way around (i.e., a single facility does not discharge shall be individually trapped and vented in an
at a multitude of different flow rates dependant on approved manner.
which particular type of interceptor is being consid- 4. Grease waste lines leading from floor drains,
ered for installation.) floor sinks, and other fixtures or equipment in
Lastly, in certain projects the plumbing engineer serving establishments such as restaurants,
may be called on to select an interceptor in which the cafes, lunch counters, cafeterias, bars, clubs,
flow rates for a facility are not readily quantifiable hotels, hospitals, sanitariums, factory or school
at the time of design, such as for a future expansion, kitchens, or other establishments where grease
restaurant, or food court area within a new develop- may be introduced into the drainage or sewage
ment. In this case, tables or formulas can be used in system shall be connected through an approved
an effort to help quantify the maximum flow rate that interceptor.
will be encountered for a specific pipe size at a given 5. Unless specifically required or permitted by the
slope and velocity that ultimately discharges to the authority having jurisdiction, no food waste
interceptor. This information can be used to select disposal unit or dishwasher shall be connected
the proper interceptor capacity for the intended flow to or discharge into any grease interceptor.
rates anticipated. Commercial food waste disposers shall be
permitted to discharge directly into the building
Code Requirements drainage system.
The necessity for the plumbing engineer to verify all 6. The waste discharge from a dishwasher may be
state and local jurisdictional requirements prior to drained into the sanitary waste system through
the start of any food service facility design cannot a gravity grease interceptor when approved by
be emphasized enough. Although state and model the authority having jurisdiction.
plumbing codes provide information with respect 7. Flow control devices are required at the
to interceptor requirements and regulations, local drain outlet of each grease-producing fixture
health departments and administrative authorities connected to a hydromechanical grease

STORMWATER DRAINAGE SYSTEM ‐ CALCULATION METHODOLOGY
A MAIN HOSPITAL BUILDING'S PROJECTED ROOF AREA = 52,048 FT2
THE ROOF SHALL HAVE ITS SURFACE CONTOUR DEVELOPED TO AID STORMWATER RUNOFF TOWARDS A FOCAL POINT
RAINFALL INTENSITY = 4.9 INCHES / HOUR
VERTICAL DISCHARGE CAPACITY OF THE VERTICAL STORMWATER LEADER
6 INCH DIAMETER OF VERTICAL LEADER CAN DRAIN = 10,800 FT2
NUMBER OF VERTICAL LEADERS EMPLOYED = 6
52,048
=
DRAINAGE LOAD PER 6 INCH VERTICAL LEADER IS LESS THAN MAXIMUM 6
ALLOWABLE PROJECTED ROOF AREA RUNOFF LOAD
= 8,675 FT2
HORIZONTAL DISCHARGE CAPACITY OF THE BURIED STORMWATER PIPE (MANNINGS COEFFICIENT OF 0.0145)
IMPERVIOUSNESS FACTOR = 1.0
CATCHMENT RUNOFF = 2,646 GPM
GRADIENT OR SLOPE OF SUB‐MAIN HORIZONTAL PIPE (1:300) = 0.003 FEET / FEET
MINIMUM REQUIRED DIAMETER OF SUB‐MAIN HORIZONTAL PIPE = 18.6 INCHES
B CENTRAL UTILITY BUILDING'S PROJECTED ROOF AREA = 7,880 FT2
7,880
=
= 1,970 FT2
CATCHMENT RUNOFF = 401 GPM
C LAUNDRY & KITCHEN BUILDING'S PROJECTED ROOF AREA = 6,817 FT2
6,817
=
= 1,704 FT2
D SUB‐MAIN SEGMENT SIZING OF HORIZONTAL PIPE
PROJECTED ROOF AREA'S OF "SEGMENT A" & "SEGMENT B" = 59,928 FT2

PROJECTED ROOF AREA'S OF "SEGMENT C" = 6,817 FT2

E MAIN SEGMENT SIZING OF HORIZONTAL PIPE
PROJECTED ROOF AREA'S OF "SEGMENT A", "SEGMENT B" & "SEGMENT C" = 66,745 FT2

1
FORMULAE COMMONLY USED IN
PLUMBING ENGINEERING
Formulas,
Symbols and
Terminology
For the convenience of ASPE members, the Society

R = Hydraulic radius, ft (m)
S = Hydraulic slope of surface of flow, ft/ft (m/
m)
has gathered some of the basic formulae commonly The hydraulic radius (R) can be calculated using
referred to and utilized in plumbing engineering Equation 1-3. The roughness coefficient (n) and
and design. It is extremely important to convert to several values for the hydraulic radii are given in
values of the proper units whenever using these Baumeister and Marks’s “Standard Handbook for
equations. Mechanical Engineers.”
Take note that gravitational acceleration and Equation 1-2, Rate of flow Used for deter-
gravitational constant have the same numerical mining the amount of water passing through a pipe.
value, but the units are not the same. This term This quantity of water, for a given time, depends on
is frequently left out of equations with no effect to the cross-sectional area of the pipe and the velocity
the numerical value. However, the units will not be of the water.
dimensionally correct and do not cancel out. Due to Equation 1-2
the English system of measurement utilizing pounds Q = AV
to indicate mass and force, pounds-mass (lbm) and
pounds-force (lbf) are used to distinguish between where
Q = Flow rate of water, ft3/s (m3/s)
the two.
A = Cross-sectional area of pipe, ft2 (m2)
This is not an issue for The International System V = Flow velocity of water, ft/s (m/s)
of Units (SI). Equations listed in parenthesis () are
used to represent equations that are unit-system (a) Therefore, substituting Equation 1-2 in Equation
specific to SI units and differ when using English 1-1, the Manning Formula can be represented as
units. follows:
Equation 1-1, the Manning Formula Used Equation 1-2a
for determining the velocity (V) of uniform flow (de-
Q = 1.486 n
AR ⁄ S½
2
3
fined as the flow that is achieved in open channels of

constant shape and size and uniform slope) in sloping
Equation 1-3, Hydraulic radius (R) Usually
drains. Note that the slope of the water surface is
referred to as the hydraulic mean depth of flow, the
equal to the slope of the channel, and that the flows
ratio of the cross-sectional area of flow to the wetted
in such open channels do not depend on the pressure
perimeter of pipe surface.
applied to the water but on the gravitational force
induced by the slope of the drain and the height of Equation 1-3
the water in that drain. R = Area of flow/Wetted perimeter
Equation 1-1 For half-full (HF) and full-flow (FF) conditions, the
hydraulic radii can be represented as:
V = 1.486nR S
⁄ ½2
3
Equation 1-3a
where D
V = Velocity of flow, ft/s (m/s) RHF = RFF = 4
n = Coefficient representing roughness of where
pipe surface, degree of fouling, and pipe D = Diameter of pipe, ft (m)
diameter RHF = Hydraulic radius, half-full condition, ft (m)
SUMP PIT ‐ A
A‐ SANITARY FIXTURES ‐ PEAK EFFLUENT DISCHARGE RATE
FIXTURE UNIT VALUE OR QUANTITY OR TONNAGE OF
FIXTURE TYPE INFLOW (GPM)
GPM PER TON REFRIGERATION
HVAC TERMINAL UNITS CONDENSATE DISCHARGE 0.08 0 0.0
LAVATORY (PRIVATE) 1.0 0 0
LAVATORY (PUBLIC) 2.0 0 0
LAVATORY (SCRUB‐UP) 2.0 0 0
DISHWASHERS 2.0 0 0
KITCHEN SINK 4.0 0 0
LAUNDRY 4.0 0 0
PANTRY SINK 4.0 0 0
SHOWERS 2.0 0 0
IMMERSION BATH (HYDRO‐THERAPY) 20.0 0 0
SINK ‐ LABORATORY 3.0 0 0
SINK ‐ CENTRAL SUPPLY 3.0 2 3
ARM BATH (HYDRO‐THERAPY) 4.0 0 0
LEG BATH (HYDRO‐THERAPY) 10.0 0 0
LAVATORY (DENTAL) 1.0 0 0
WATER CLOSET 5.0 0 0
DRINKING FOUNTAINS 1.0 0 0
NOTE: ALL FIXTURE UNIT VALUES ARE FOR WATER SUPPLY LOADS
B‐ RUNOFF FLOWRATE (INTO THE BASEMENT)
RUNOFF COEFFECIENT = 0.95
RAINFALL INTENSITY = 4.94 INCH / HOUR
TOTAL IMPERVIOUS ROOF AREA = 0 SQUARE FEET
QUANTITY OF RAINWATER RUNOFF = 0 GPM
C‐ FACTOR OF SAFETY
D‐ TOTAL SEWAGE EFFLUENT DISCHARGE RATE & STORM
= 3.3 GPM
WATER RUNOFF
E‐ SEWAGE DISPOSAL PUMP (EJECTOR PUMP) SDP‐01A/01B
1 DUTY
OPERATIONAL SEQUENCE =
1 STANDBY
DISCHARGE PIPE SIZE = 1.0 INCHES

VELOCITY = 1.3 FEET / SECOND
FLOW RATE = 3 GPM
HEAD = 9.1 PSI
ESTIMATED INPUT POWER = 0.03 kW
F‐ SUMP PIT VOLUME
RETENTION VOLUME REQUIRED FOR 5 MINUTES OF PUMP = 17 GALLONS
CYCLING = 2 CUBIC FEET
G‐ SUMP PIT DIMENSIONS
LENGTH = 3 FEET
WIDTH = 3 FEET INCLUDES A FREE BOARD
DEPTH = 4 FEET DEPTH OF 12 INCHES
VOLUME AVAILABLE = 27 CUBIC FEET
SUMP PIT ‐ B
A‐ SANITARY FIXTURES ‐ PEAK EFFLUENT DISCHARGE RATE
FIXTURE UNIT VALUE OR QUANTITY OR TONNAGE OF
FIXTURE TYPE INFLOW (GPM)
GPM PER TON REFRIGERATION
HVAC TERMINAL UNITS CONDENSATE DISCHARGE 0.08 0 0.0
LAVATORY (PRIVATE) 1.0 0 0
LAVATORY (PUBLIC) 2.0 8 8
LAVATORY (SCRUB‐UP) 2.0 0 0
DISHWASHERS 2.0 0 0
KITCHEN SINK 4.0 0 0
LAUNDRY 4.0 0 0
PANTRY SINK 4.0 0 0
SHOWERS 2.0 0 0
IMMERSION BATH (HYDRO‐THERAPY) 20.0 0 0
SINK ‐ LABORATORY 3.0 0 0
SINK ‐ CENTRAL SUPPLY 3.0 0 0
ARM BATH (HYDRO‐THERAPY) 4.0 0 0
LEG BATH (HYDRO‐THERAPY) 10.0 0 0
LAVATORY (DENTAL) 1.0 0 0
WATER CLOSET 5.0 9 22.5
DRINKING FOUNTAINS 1.0 0 0
NOTE: ALL FIXTURE UNIT VALUES ARE FOR WATER SUPPLY LOADS
B‐ RUNOFF FLOWRATE (INTO THE BASEMENT)
RAINFALL INTENSITY = 4.94 INCH / HOUR
TOTAL IMPERVIOUS ROOF AREA = 0 SQUARE FEET
QUANTITY OF RAINWATER RUNOFF = 0 GPM
D‐ TOTAL SEWAGE EFFLUENT DISCHARGE RATE & STORM
= 33.6 GPM
WATER RUNOFF
E‐ SEWAGE DISPOSAL PUMP (EJECTOR PUMP) SDP‐02A/02B
1 DUTY
OPERATIONAL SEQUENCE =
1 STANDBY
DISCHARGE PIPE SIZE = 2 INCHES
VELOCITY = 3.4 FEET / SECOND
FLOW RATE = 34 GPM
HEAD = 9.7 PSI
ESTIMATED INPUT POWER = 0.33 kW
F‐ SUMP PIT VOLUME
RETENTION VOLUME REQUIRED FOR 5 MINUTES OF PUMP = 168 GALLONS

CYCLING = 22 CUBIC FEET
G‐ SUMP PIT DIMENSIONS
LENGTH = 3 FEET
WIDTH = 3 FEET INCLUDES A FREE BOARD
DEPTH = 4 FEET DEPTH OF 12 INCHES
Chapter 10—Sumps and Ejectors
Figure 10-4 Dry Pit
flush valve-operated water closets (WC), 4 urinals (UR), 10 lavatories (Lav),

2 service sinks (SS), and 6 kitchen sinks (SK) are connected to the subdrain.
As previously stated, a value of 1 gpm can be assigned for each 2 fixture units.
Then:
10 WC × 10 FU = 100 FU
4 UR × 5 = 20
10 Lavs. × 2 = 20
2 SS × 3 = 6
6 SK × 4 = 24
170 FU = 85 gpm (peak load)
The pump capacity should be at least equal to the peak inflow. If it is criti-
cal that fixtures be kept in operation at all times, then a duplex pump should
be specified in lieu of a simplex so that in the case of failure of one pump the
other pump can carry the load until repairs are made. Each pump in a duplex
set is sized to satisfy the peak inflow. The difference in cost between a simplex
and a duplex is usually not great enough to warrant the specifying of a simplex
system. The added safety provided by a duplex system is generally worth the
nominal additional expenditure.
To determine the head of the pump, add the static head and the friction head
loss in the discharge piping. The static head is measured from the low water
line in the receiver up to the highest point pumped. The friction head loss can
be calculated by using Equation 8-7:
105
(10-?)
fLV2
h = 2gD
where h = head loss due to friction, ft

f = coefficient of friction
L = length of piping, ft
D = diameter of pipe, ft
V = velocity of flow, ft/sec
g = gravitation acceleration, 32.2 ft/sec2
For short runs of piping (which is usually the case), a friction head loss of
20 ft can be assumed without introducing significant error. For runs of piping
exceeding 50 ft, it is advisable to calculate the friction head loss.
The length of run is measured only from the pump outlet to the highest
point. From the high point, the pipe is installed at 1⁄8 in. or ¼ in. pitch for
gravity flow and thus does not impose a head on the pump. The piping from
the pump to the high point should be the same size as the pump discharge
outlet. From the high point to the connection with the gravity drain, the piping
is sized as required for the gravity house drain. (See Table 6-5.)
Ejector Basin Sizing
The ejector basin must be of adequate capacity to prevent excessive cycling
of pumps and the resultant wear and tear on the pump and motor. A minimum
of 5 min of pump capacity between high and low water levels will provide
satisfactory pump cycling. Assuming the same 85 gpm flow into the receiver
utilized in the previous example, then 85 × 5 min = 425 gallons minimum
capacity. Utilizing a standard diameter for a duplex pump system of 4 ft, the
depth of the tank is calculated as follows:
.7854D2 × Depth × 7.5 gal/ft3 = gal
Depth = 425 = 4.5 ft between high and low level
.7854 × 42 × 7.5
The high water level should be maintained at least 3 in. below the invert
of the entering pipe so as not to flood the subdrain piping and to provide air
circulation throughout the system. The low level should always be maintained
at least 6 in. above the bottom of the basin so that the suction intake of the
pump is always covered by water. Verify this dimension with the manufacturer’s
recommendations. Following the above parameters, the depth of the basin
below the invert of the entering pipe can be determined:
3 in. below the influent invert
4 ft 6 in. minimum storage
6 in. to cover pump suction
4 ft 15 in. = 5 ft 3 in.
To this 5 ft 3 in. must be added the distance from the subdrain invert to the
finished floor to obtain the total basin depth. If it is assumed that the invert
elevation of the subdrain is 2 ft below the finished floor in our example, the
selected basin would then be 4 ft 0 in. diameter × 7 ft 3 in. depth (5 ft 3 in.
+ 2 ft 0 in.).
106
A check valve and shut-off valve should always be installed in each pump
discharge line. A swing check should always be used and it is recommended
the weight-loaded type be specified. A weight-loaded check valve will eliminate
water hammer when the pump shuts off and reverse flow occurs due to the
water in the discharge piping. The shut-off valve should always be located on
the discharge side of the check valve so that it can be closed and the check
valve serviced.
Sump Basin Sizing
The sump basin receives storm water and other clear water wastes. Subsoil
drains, because of their low elevations, are generally piped to a sump basin. A
settling basin should always be provided so that sand, grit, and other deleteri-
ous material that could cause damage to the sump pump is settled out before
entering the sump basin. The rate of discharge from a subsoil drainage system
can be calculated by assigning a value of 2 gpm for each 100 ft2 of area where
the soil is sandy and 1 gpm per 100 ft2 for clay soils. (See Chapter 7 for further
discussion of subsoil drainage systems.)
Where the runoff from paved and impervious areas is collected in a sump,
a value of 1 gpm/24 ft2 can be assigned for locations where the annual rate
of rainfall is 4 in./hr. When the total gpm discharge into the sump basin has
been determined, calculation for the size of the basin is exactly the same as
that for the ejector basin.
Sump Pump Sizing
The head on a sump pump is calculated exactly the same as it is for the
ejector pump. It is good practice to select a capacity of 1¼ times the maximum
inflow rate to provide an adequate factor of safety for possible periods when
calculated maximum flows are exceeded by unusual storm conditions. Due to
the ever-present danger of flooding caused by unusual rainfall conditions or
the failure of one pump, it is recommended that a duplex sump pump system
always be provided. Each pump should be sized for a capacity 1¼ times the
maximum inflow.
The occurrence of a power failure is more likely during a storm than at other
times—just when the sump pump is most needed. It is therefore advisable to
provide a source of emergency power for sump pumps.
Controls
Controls, alarms, alternation, etc., are exactly the same as those for the
ejector system.
A General Rule for a Subdrainage System
It should be a cardinal rule that any drainage that can possibly flow by gravity
to a sewer should never be connected to the subdrainage system. The subdrain-
age system is dependent upon mechanical equipment (pumps and controls) for
its operation and is therefore subject to failure, whereas the gravity drainage
system will always remain in service during most types of emergencies.
108
ACID NEUTRALIZATION PIT ‐ A
A‐ LABORATORY FIXTURES ‐ QUANTITY COUNT
LAVATORY (SCRUB‐UP) 18
SINK ‐ LABORATORY 12
SINK ‐ CENTRAL SUPPLY 10
LAVATORY (DENTAL) 6
193 GALLONS
D‐ REQUIRED VOLUME OF ACIDIC‐WASTE NEUTRALIZATION
=
TANK
26 CUBIC FEET
E‐ ACIDIC‐WASTE NEUTRALIZATION TANK DIMENSIONS
LENGTH = 3 FEET
INCLUDES A FREE
WIDTH = 3 FEET
BOARD DEPTH OF 12
DEPTH = 4 FEET
INCHES
F‐ ACIDIC‐WASTE NEUTRALIZATION PIT DIMENSIONS
LENGTH = 4 FEET
WIDTH = 4 FEET
DEPTH = 7 FEET
ACID NEUTRALIZATION PIT ‐ B
A‐ LABORATORY FIXTURES ‐ QUANTITY COUNT
LAVATORY (SCRUB‐UP) 9
SINK ‐ LABORATORY 0
SINK ‐ CENTRAL SUPPLY 8
LAVATORY (DENTAL) 0
83 GALLONS
D‐ REQUIRED VOLUME OF ACIDIC‐WASTE NEUTRALIZATION
=
TANK
11 CUBIC FEET
E‐ ACIDIC‐WASTE NEUTRALIZATION TANK DIMENSIONS
LENGTH = 3 FEET
INCLUDES A FREE
WIDTH = 3 FEET
BOARD DEPTH OF 12
DEPTH = 4 FEET
INCHES
F‐ ACIDIC‐WASTE NEUTRALIZATION PIT DIMENSIONS
LENGTH = 4 FEET
WIDTH = 4 FEET
DEPTH = 7 FEET
Chapter 2 Plumbing Design for Health-Care Facilities 41
Acid-Waste Solids Interceptor the interceptor may have to be done quite

frequently.
As with many sewer systems, it is impossible to
control all materials discarded to the drain sys-
Acid-Waste Metering Detail
tem. Unless building effluent is controlled, many
unwanted items, such as glass fragments and Many local authorities require some means of
needles, will find their way to the neutralization sampling effluent from industrial, institutional,
tank, thereby clogging the limestone or marble and laboratory buildings. An example of a device
chips. used for this purpose is a sampling manhole, de-
When this happens, replacement of the chips picted in Figure 2-3. This unit is installed as the
is required. One way to prolong chip life is to last component before neutralized acidic wastes
install an acid-waste solids interceptor immedi- or treated industrial wastes are discharged to a
ately upstream of the neutralization tank, as public sewer. There are as many types of sam-
shown in Figure 2-2, although maintenance of pling point requirements as there are municipal
Figure 2-1 Acid-Neutralizing Tank Detail

Table 2-3 Acidic-Waste Neutralization Tank enough above the floor for servicing. P-traps,
Sizing Table including some of the simple drum traps, can
easily be back-siphoned if the head pressures
Number of Tank Size, are extreme.
Lab Sinks gal (L)
3. Centrifugal drum traps are designed to pre-
2 5 (18.9) vent back-siphonage conditions.
4 15 (56.8)
8 30 (113.6) Laboratory Waste and Vent Piping
16 55 (208.2) Sizing for under-table waste and vent piping, as
22 75 (283.9) determined by the local plumbing codes, should
27 90 (340.7) be suitable for the installation and allow for fu-
30 108 (408.8) ture expansion. Approved corrosion-resistant
40 150 (567.8) piping should be used for vent piping as well,
50 175 (662.4) since acid fumes are also highly corrosive. Space
60 200 (757.0) is often limited under tables and in vent areas.
75 275 (1 040.9) The space-saving features of mechanical joint
110 360 (1 362.6) piping have proven to be useful in many instal-
150 500 (1 898.5)
lations.
175 550 (2 081.8) Note: When fusion-joint, plastic piping systems
200 650 (2 460.3) are used, mechanical joints should be installed
300 1200 (4 542) at traps and trap arms for maintenance reasons.
500 2000 (7 570) Special island (or loop) venting is frequently
600 3000 (11 355) used when cabinets or work tables are located
in the center of the laboratory area.
Note: For commercial and industrial laboratories, the number of
lab sinks should be multiplied by a 0.5 use factor. The transportating of acid waste, above and
below the ground, must be done in approved,
corrosion-resistant piping (acceptable to the lo-
cal administrative authority) and continued to a
sewer authorities. Consult local code authorities suitable point where neutralization can occur
for individual requirements. or where sufficient water or chemicals can be
introduced to bring the pH level of the solution
Traps for Laboratory Sinks to an acceptable level. Acids below a pH of 6.5
normally may not be admitted into the sanitary-
The trap is recognized by most plumbing engi- sewage system or emitted into surrounding soil,
neers as the weakest link in the acid-waste polluting (or degenerating) local ground water.
system. The trap must be acid resistant. If strong High-silicon cast iron with hub-and-spigot joints
acids and solvents collect in an ordinary trap, may be caulked with teflon, or neoprene gas-
failure of the system will occur. Three types of kets may be used for sealing. This type of joint
acid-waste traps are currently in common use: will allow flexibility and, when properly sup-
p-traps, drum traps, and centrifugal drum traps. ported, is particularly recommended on the
(Running and s-traps are not allowed by many horizontal runs where the expansion and con-
local plumbing codes because of the potential traction of pipe from heated chemicals can cause
for trap siphoning.) leaking. Plumbing codes require proper bed
1. P-traps maintain a water seal to keep the acid preparation and careful backfilling on all below-
fumes from reentering the work area. ground piping, particularly plastic piping.
2. Drum traps provide a greater water seal and The plumbing engineer should check the
are frequently used to separate either pre- manufacturers recommendations in order to
cious metals or other matter before they enter evaluate the severity of the chemicals to be used.
the drainage system to become lost or cause A listing of the common chemicals and how these
a stoppage in the sink. Drum traps with re- substances react with the various materials must
movable bottoms should be installed high be considered by the designer.
LIFE CYCLE ECONOMIC COMPARISON ‐ GRAY WATER REUSE SYSTEM
INSTALLED SYSTEM TYPE
SYSTEM PARTICULARS
CONVENTIONAL TYPE ‐ A (ENHANCED TREATMENT)
FIXED COST $ 0 $ 189,873
20 15
LIFE OF THE SYSTEM (YEARS)
BASE SYSTEM
COST OF MONEY ‐ LENDING RATE (%) 5.25 5.25
CAPITAL RECOVERY FACTOR 0.08195 0.09798
AMORTIZED FIRST COST $ 0 $ 18,603
UTILITY COSTS $ 0 $ 0
WATER COST ($8.5 / 1000 GALLONS) $ 746,991 $ 512,458

SEWAGE COST ($0.00 / 1000
$ 0 $ 0
GALLONS)
OPERATIONAL COST $ 0 $ 0
TREATMENT EQUIPMENT $ 0 $ 1,240
TOTAL ANNUAL $ 746,991 $ 532,301
NOMOGRAPH FEASIBILITY ANALYSIS GRAY WATER REUSE SYSTEM IS
NOT APPLICABLE
(FIGURE 1) BORDERLINE ECONOMICALLY FEASIBLE
FIGURE 1 ‐ NOMOGRAPH FOR OVERVIEW OF PRELIMINARY FEASIBILITY OF GRAY‐WATER SYSTEMS
GRAY WATER REUSE SYSTEM COMPONENTS
INPUT ‐ RETENTION CAPACITY REQUIRED FOR ALL UNTREATED SOURCES OF WASTE WATER AVAILABE FOR REUSE
GRAY WATER TREATMENT TANK
A GRAY WATER TREATMENT SYSTEM (WITHOUT INTEGRATED STORMWATER HARVESTING 44,385 GALLONS / DAY
=
SYSTEM) ‐ MAXIMUM DAILY THROUGHPUT 5,934 CUBIC FEET / DAY
B GRAY WATER TREATMENT SYSTEM'S EFFECIENCY = 85 PERCENT
C MAXIMUM OVERFLOW FROM GRAY WATER TREATMENT TANK = 1517 FIXTURE UNITS
OVERFLOW DRAIN PIPE SIZE REQUIRED WITH A GRADIENT OF 1:100 = 8 INCHES
MAXIMUM DAILY OVERFLOW FROM GRAY WATER TREATMENT TANK = 7,524 GALLONS / DAY
CONDENSATE RECOVERY STORAGE TANK
D 3,313 GALLONS / DAY
MINIMUM DAILY CONDENSATE RECOVERED ‐ AT LOWEST POINT CONDITIONS =
443 CUBIC FEET / DAY
MAXIMUM DAILY CONDENSATE RECOVERED ‐ AT PEAK CONDITIONS =
MAXIMUM CAPACITY REQUIRED BY THE CONDENSATE OVERFLOW PUMP TO COUNTER
E = 13.8 GPM
THE MAXIMUM INFLOW CONDENSATE RATE
STORMWATER TREATMENT TANK
F 17,741 GALLONS / DAY
MINIMUM INFLOW OF STORMWATER IN A SINGLE DAY =
MAXIMUM INFLOW OF STORMWATER IN A SINGLE DAY =
G MAXIMUM RATE OF OVERFLOW FROM STORMWATER TREATMENT TANK = 3,393 GPM
OVERFLOW DRAIN PIPE GRADIENT = 0.003 FEET / FEET
MINIMUM OVERFLOW DRAIN PIPE SIZE REQUIRED WITH A GRADIENT OF 1:50 = 21.0 INCHES
MAXIMUM DAILY OVERFLOW FROM STORMWATER TREATMENT TANK = 36,370 GALLONS / DAY
OUTPUT ‐ RETENTION CAPACITY REQUIRED TO FULFILL DAILY DEMAND OF SITE UTILITY COMPONENTS USING TREATED WASTE WATER SOURCES
COOLING TOWER MAKE‐UP WATER DEMAND
H 40,174 GALLONS / DAY
MINIMUM DAILY MAKEUP WATER REQUIRED FOR COOLING TOWER =
MAXIMUM DAILY MAKEUP WATER REQUIRED FOR COOLING TOWER =
E MAXIMUM INFLOW REQUIRED BY THE COOLING TOWER WATER BASIN = 67.9 GPM
IRRIGATION WATER SUPPLY DEMAND
I 3,736 GALLONS / DAY
DAILY IRRIGATION WATER SUPPLY REQUIRED FOR SITE'S LANDSCAPING =
499 CUBIC FEET / DAY
WATER BALANCE
MAKE‐UP WATER DEMAND
J MAXIMUM AMOUNT OF MAKE‐UP WATER REQUIRED AT THE FINAL HOLDING TANK = 37,255 GALLONS / DAY
MAXIMUM RATE OF MAKE‐UP WATER REQUIRED AT THE FINAL HOLDING TANK = 99 GPM
STORMWATER HARVESTING COMPONENTS
A SPECIFICS
MONTHLY ACCUMALATION PERIOD (DERIVED FROM THE MONTH DURING WHICH
= 7.50 DAYS
THE HIGHEST RAINFALL OCCURS)
STORMWATER ACCUMALATION MONTH DURING WHICH HIGHEST RAINFALL OCCURS = JULY
PERCENT OF RAINFALL DAYS OCCURRING DURING THE MONTH
STORMWATER ACCUMALATION PERIOD CRITERIA = 50
RECEIVING THE HIGHEST AMOUNT OF RAINFALL
HIGHEST VOLUME OF HARVESTED STORMWATER TO BE RETAINED (FOR THE MONTH
= 431,114 GALLONS
DURING WHICH THE HIGHEST RAINFALL OCCURS)
B WATER BALANCE
HIGHEST VOLUME OF HARVESTED STORMWATER WASTED AS OVERFLOW DURING A
= 36,370 GALLONS
DAY
ANNUAL VOLUME OF HARVESTED STORMWATER OVERFLOW WASTED AS
= 232,403 GALLONS
OVERFLOW
MONTHLY WATER BALANCE MATRIX (GRAY WATER REUSE SYSTEM)
MONTHLY RATES (GALLONS)
SOURCE
JANUARY FEBRUARY MARCH APRIL MAY JUNE JULY AUGUST SEPTEMBER OCTOBER NOVEMBER DECEMBER
TOTAL CUMULATIVE MONTHLY
SUPPLY RATE OF TREATED GRAY
1,680,872 1,703,724 1,932,237 2,007,102 2,051,389 2,212,875 2,421,043 2,420,474 2,257,771 1,972,805 1,763,908 1,772,391
WATER FROM ALL GRAY WATER
REUSE COMPONENTS
TOTAL CUMULATIVE MONTHLY
WATER DEMAND RATE (COOLING
1,338,781 1,388,172 1,948,585 2,211,780 2,726,099 2,858,441 3,088,785 3,081,349 2,800,064 2,527,937 2,026,217 1,595,872
TOWER'S MAKE‐UP WATER & SITE'S
IRRIGATION SUPPLY)
NET MONTHLY RATE OF HARVESTED
NO WASTAGE NO WASTAGE NO WASTAGE NO WASTAGE NO WASTAGE NO WASTAGE NO WASTAGE NO WASTAGE NO WASTAGE NO WASTAGE
STORMWATER WASTED AS 62,095 170,308
OCCURS OCCURS OCCURS OCCURS OCCURS OCCURS OCCURS OCCURS OCCURS OCCURS
OVERFOW (GALLONS / MONTH)
NET MONTHLY RATE OF MAKE‐UP
WATER REQUIRED (GALLONS / 0 0 0 0 638,710 645,565 667,742 660,875 542,292 555,132 262,308 0
MONTH)
MONTHLY WATER BALANCE MATRIX (GRAY WATER REUSE SYSTEM
DAILY WATER BALANCE (GALLONS) FOR THE MONTH OF JANUARY
SOURCE TYPE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
DAILY AVAILABLE SUPPLY RATE OF TREATED GRAY WATER FROM ALL GRAY
81,406 81,406 81,406 81,406 81,406 81,406 47,697 47,697 47,697 47,697 47,697 47,697 47,697 47,697 47,697 47,697 47,697 47,697 47,697 47,697 47,697 47,697 47,697 47,697 47,697 47,697 47,697 47,697 47,697 47,697 47,697
BALANCE
WATER
WATER REUSE COMPONENTS (GALLONS/DAY)
DAILY CUMULATIVE DEMAND RATE OF COOLING TOWER'S MAKE‐UP
40,174 40,174 40,174 40,174 40,174 40,174 43,910 43,910 43,910 43,910 43,910 43,910 43,910 43,910 43,910 43,910 43,910 43,910 43,910 43,910 43,910 43,910 43,910 43,910 43,910 43,910 43,910 43,910 43,910 43,910 43,910
WATER & SITE'S IRRIGATION SUPPLY (GALLONS/DAY)
WATER BALANCE BETWEEN INCOMING GRAY & CONDENSATE RECOVERY
FINAL HOLDING TANK'S WATER
WATER AND COOLING TOWER'S MAKE‐UP & SITE'S IRRIGATION DEMAND 7,524 7,524 7,524 7,524 7,524 7,524 3,788 3,788 3,788 3,788 3,788 3,788 3,788 3,788 3,788 3,788 3,788 3,788 3,788 3,788 3,788 3,788 3,788 3,788 3,788 3,788 3,788 3,788 3,788 3,788 3,788
(GALLONS/DAY)
OVERFLOW OCCURS OVERFLOW OCCURS OVERFLOW OCCURS OVERFLOW OCCURS OVERFLOW OCCURS OVERFLOW OCCURS OVERFLOW OCCURS OVERFLOW OCCURS OVERFLOW OCCURS OVERFLOW OCCURS OVERFLOW OCCURS OVERFLOW OCCURS OVERFLOW OCCURS OVERFLOW OCCURS OVERFLOW OCCURS OVERFLOW OCCURS OVERFLOW OCCURS OVERFLOW OCCURS OVERFLOW OCCURS OVERFLOW OCCURS OVERFLOW OCCURS OVERFLOW OCCURS OVERFLOW OCCURS OVERFLOW OCCURS OVERFLOW OCCURS OVERFLOW OCCURS OVERFLOW OCCURS OVERFLOW OCCURS OVERFLOW OCCURS OVERFLOW OCCURS OVERFLOW OCCURS
LEVEL STATUS
DAILY WASTAGE OCCURRENCE, CONSUMPTION STATUS OF STORMWATER
FROM THE FINAL FROM THE FINAL FROM THE FINAL FROM THE FINAL FROM THE FINAL FROM THE FINAL FROM THE FINAL FROM THE FINAL FROM THE FINAL FROM THE FINAL FROM THE FINAL FROM THE FINAL FROM THE FINAL FROM THE FINAL FROM THE FINAL FROM THE FINAL FROM THE FINAL FROM THE FINAL FROM THE FINAL FROM THE FINAL FROM THE FINAL FROM THE FINAL FROM THE FINAL FROM THE FINAL FROM THE FINAL FROM THE FINAL FROM THE FINAL FROM THE FINAL FROM THE FINAL FROM THE FINAL FROM THE FINAL
INFLOW OR MAKEUP WATER REQUIRED
HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK
MAKE‐UP WATER REQUIREMENT FROM EXTERNAL WATER SOURCE STATUS NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
REQUIRED RATE OF MAKE‐UP WATER (GALLONS/DAY) NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE
DAILY CARRYOVER RATE RETAINED BY THE STORMWATER TREATMENT
TANK'S WATER LEVEL STATUS
STORMWATER TREATMENT
33,708 33,708 33,708 33,708 33,708 33,708 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

TANK (GALLONS/DAY)
RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX
DAILY WASTAGE OCCURRENCE OR CONSUMPTION STATUS OF
STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL
STORMWATER INFLOW BY THE FINAL HOLDING TANK
TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK
HARVESTED STORMWATER VOLUME RETAINED (GALLONS) 33,708 67,417 101,125 134,834 168,542 202,251 202,251 202,251 202,251 202,251 202,251 202,251 202,251 202,251 202,251 202,251 202,251 202,251 202,251 202,251 202,251 202,251 202,251 202,251 202,251 202,251 202,251 202,251 202,251 202,251 202,251
WATER LEVEL STATUS (NUMERICAL VALUE INDICATES OVERFLOW) TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY
(GALLONS/DAY) FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED
DAILY WATER BALANCE (GALLONS) FOR THE MONTH OF FEBRUARY
SOURCE TYPE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
86,826 86,826 86,826 86,826 86,826 86,826 86,826 86,826 50,456 50,456 50,456 50,456 50,456 50,456 50,456 50,456 50,456 50,456 50,456 50,456 50,456 50,456 50,456 50,456 50,456 50,456 50,456 50,456
BALANCE
WATER
46,909 46,909 46,909 46,909 46,909 46,909 46,909 46,909 50,645 50,645 50,645 50,645 50,645 50,645 50,645 50,645 50,645 50,645 50,645 50,645 50,645 50,645 50,645 50,645 50,645 50,645 50,645 50,645
WATER AND COOLING TOWER'S MAKE‐UP & SITE'S IRRIGATION DEMAND 3,547 3,547 3,547 3,547 3,547 3,547 3,547 3,547 ‐189 ‐189 ‐189 ‐189 ‐189 ‐189 ‐189 ‐189 ‐189 ‐189 ‐189 ‐189 ‐189 ‐189 ‐189 ‐189 ‐189 ‐189 ‐189 ‐189
(GALLONS/DAY)
OVERFLOW OCCURS OVERFLOW OCCURS OVERFLOW OCCURS OVERFLOW OCCURS OVERFLOW OCCURS OVERFLOW OCCURS OVERFLOW OCCURS OVERFLOW OCCURS GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE
LEVEL STATUS
FROM THE FINAL FROM THE FINAL FROM THE FINAL FROM THE FINAL FROM THE FINAL FROM THE FINAL FROM THE FINAL FROM THE FINAL RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS
HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY
MAKE‐UP WATER REQUIREMENT FROM EXTERNAL WATER SOURCE STATUS NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
REQUIRED RATE OF MAKE‐UP WATER (GALLONS/DAY) NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE
36,370 36,370 36,370 36,370 36,370 36,370 36,370 36,370 ‐189 ‐189 ‐189 ‐189 ‐189 ‐189 ‐189 ‐189 ‐189 ‐189 ‐189 ‐189 ‐189 ‐189 ‐189 ‐189 ‐189 ‐189 ‐189 ‐189
TANK (GALLONS/DAY)
RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX
STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL
TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK
HARVESTED STORMWATER VOLUME RETAINED (GALLONS) 238,621 274,990 311,360 347,730 384,099 420,469 431,114 431,114 430,925 430,736 430,547 430,358 430,169 429,980 429,791 429,602 429,413 429,224 429,035 428,846 428,657 428,468 428,279 428,090 427,901 427,712 427,523 427,334
WATER LEVEL STATUS (NUMERICAL VALUE INDICATES OVERFLOW) TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY
25,725 36,370
(GALLONS/DAY) FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED
DAILY WATER BALANCE (GALLONS) FOR THE MONTH OF MARCH
SOURCE TYPE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
76,274 76,274 76,274 76,274 76,274 76,274 76,274 76,274 76,274 76,274 76,274 54,661 54,661 54,661 54,661 54,661 54,661 54,661 54,661 54,661 54,661 54,661 54,661 54,661 54,661 54,661 54,661 54,661 54,661 54,661 54,661
BALANCE
WATER
60,447 60,447 60,447 60,447 60,447 60,447 60,447 60,447 60,447 60,447 60,447 64,183 64,183 64,183 64,183 64,183 64,183 64,183 64,183 64,183 64,183 64,183 64,183 64,183 64,183 64,183 64,183 64,183 64,183 64,183 64,183
WATER AND COOLING TOWER'S MAKE‐UP & SITE'S IRRIGATION DEMAND ‐5,786 ‐5,786 ‐5,786 ‐5,786 ‐5,786 ‐5,786 ‐5,786 ‐5,786 ‐5,786 ‐5,786 ‐5,786 ‐9,522 ‐9,522 ‐9,522 ‐9,522 ‐9,522 ‐9,522 ‐9,522 ‐9,522 ‐9,522 ‐9,522 ‐9,522 ‐9,522 ‐9,522 ‐9,522 ‐9,522 ‐9,522 ‐9,522 ‐9,522 ‐9,522 ‐9,522
(GALLONS/DAY)
GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE
LEVEL STATUS
RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS
COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY
15,826 15,826 15,826 15,826 15,826 15,826 15,826 15,826 15,826 15,826 15,826 ‐9,522 ‐9,522 ‐9,522 ‐9,522 ‐9,522 ‐9,522 ‐9,522 ‐9,522 ‐9,522 ‐9,522 ‐9,522 ‐9,522 ‐9,522 ‐9,522 ‐9,522 ‐9,522 ‐9,522 ‐9,522 ‐9,522 ‐9,522
TANK (GALLONS/DAY)
RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX
STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL
TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK
WATER LEVEL STATUS (NUMERICAL VALUE INDICATES OVERFLOW) TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY
12,047 15,826 15,826 15,826 15,826 15,826 15,826 15,826 15,826 15,826 15,826
(GALLONS/DAY) FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED
DAILY WATER BALANCE (GALLONS) FOR THE MONTH OF APRIL
SOURCE TYPE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
83,860 83,860 83,860 83,860 83,860 83,860 83,860 83,860 83,860 83,860 83,860 57,087 57,087 57,087 57,087 57,087 57,087 57,087 57,087 57,087 57,087 57,087 57,087 57,087 57,087 57,087 57,087 57,087 57,087 57,087
BALANCE
WATER
71,360 71,360 71,360 71,360 71,360 71,360 71,360 71,360 71,360 71,360 71,360 75,096 75,096 75,096 75,096 75,096 75,096 75,096 75,096 75,096 75,096 75,096 75,096 75,096 75,096 75,096 75,096 75,096 75,096 75,096
WATER AND COOLING TOWER'S MAKE‐UP & SITE'S IRRIGATION DEMAND ‐14,273 ‐14,273 ‐14,273 ‐14,273 ‐14,273 ‐14,273 ‐14,273 ‐14,273 ‐14,273 ‐14,273 ‐14,273 ‐18,009 ‐18,009 ‐18,009 ‐18,009 ‐18,009 ‐18,009 ‐18,009 ‐18,009 ‐18,009 ‐18,009 ‐18,009 ‐18,009 ‐18,009 ‐18,009 ‐18,009 ‐18,009 ‐18,009 ‐18,009 ‐18,009
(GALLONS/DAY)
GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE
LEVEL STATUS
RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS
COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY
MAKE‐UP WATER REQUIREMENT FROM EXTERNAL WATER SOURCE STATUS NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
REQUIRED RATE OF MAKE‐UP WATER (GALLONS/DAY) NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE
12,500 12,500 12,500 12,500 12,500 12,500 12,500 12,500 12,500 12,500 12,500 ‐18,009 ‐18,009 ‐18,009 ‐18,009 ‐18,009 ‐18,009 ‐18,009 ‐18,009 ‐18,009 ‐18,009 ‐18,009 ‐18,009 ‐18,009 ‐18,009 ‐18,009 ‐18,009 ‐18,009 ‐18,009 ‐18,009
TANK (GALLONS/DAY)
RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX
STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL
TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK
HARVESTED STORMWATER VOLUME RETAINED (GALLONS) 253,178 265,677 278,177 290,677 303,177 315,677 328,176 340,676 353,176 365,676 378,175 360,166 342,157 324,148 306,138 288,129 270,120 252,110 234,101 216,092 198,083 180,073 162,064 144,055 126,046 108,036 90,027 72,018 54,008 35,999
WATER LEVEL STATUS (NUMERICAL VALUE INDICATES OVERFLOW) TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY
(GALLONS/DAY) FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED
DAILY WATER BALANCE (GALLONS) FOR THE MONTH OF MAY
SOURCE TYPE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
78,764 78,764 78,764 78,764 78,764 78,764 78,764 78,764 78,764 61,023 61,023 61,023 61,023 61,023 61,023 61,023 61,023 61,023 61,023 61,023 61,023 61,023 61,023 61,023 61,023 61,023 61,023 61,023 61,023 61,023 61,023
BALANCE
WATER
85,287 85,287 85,287 85,287 85,287 85,287 85,287 85,287 85,287 89,023 89,023 89,023 89,023 89,023 89,023 89,023 89,023 89,023 89,023 89,023 89,023 89,023 89,023 89,023 89,023 89,023 89,023 89,023 89,023 89,023 89,023
(GALLONS/DAY)
LEVEL STATUS
MAKE‐UP WATER REQUIREMENT FROM EXTERNAL WATER SOURCE STATUS NO NO NO NO NO YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES
REQUIRED RATE OF MAKE‐UP WATER (GALLONS/DAY) NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE ‐3,139 ‐6,523 ‐6,523 ‐6,523 ‐28,000 ‐28,000 ‐28,000 ‐28,000 ‐28,000 ‐28,000 ‐28,000 ‐28,000 ‐28,000 ‐28,000 ‐28,000 ‐28,000 ‐28,000 ‐28,000 ‐28,000 ‐28,000 ‐28,000 ‐28,000 ‐28,000 ‐28,000 ‐28,000 ‐28,000
‐6,523 ‐6,523 ‐6,523 ‐6,523 ‐6,523 ‐6,523 ‐6,523 ‐6,523 ‐6,523 ‐28,000 ‐28,000 ‐28,000 ‐28,000 ‐28,000 ‐28,000 ‐28,000 ‐28,000 ‐28,000 ‐28,000 ‐28,000 ‐28,000 ‐28,000 ‐28,000 ‐28,000 ‐28,000 ‐28,000 ‐28,000 ‐28,000 ‐28,000 ‐28,000 ‐28,000
TANK (GALLONS/DAY)
DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX
CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL
HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK
HARVESTED STORMWATER VOLUME RETAINED (GALLONS) 29,476 22,953 16,430 9,907 3,384 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
WATER LEVEL STATUS (NUMERICAL VALUE INDICATES OVERFLOW) TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY

TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY
(GALLONS/DAY) FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED
DAILY WATER BALANCE (GALLONS) FOR THE MONTH OF JUNE
SOURCE TYPE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
104,337 104,337 104,337 104,337 104,337 104,337 104,337 104,337 62,645 62,645 62,645 62,645 62,645 62,645 62,645 62,645 62,645 62,645 62,645 62,645 62,645 62,645 62,645 62,645 62,645 62,645 62,645 62,645 62,645 62,645
BALANCE
WATER
92,542 92,542 92,542 92,542 92,542 92,542 92,542 92,542 96,278 96,278 96,278 96,278 96,278 96,278 96,278 96,278 96,278 96,278 96,278 96,278 96,278 96,278 96,278 96,278 96,278 96,278 96,278 96,278 96,278 96,278
(GALLONS/DAY)
LEVEL STATUS
MAKE‐UP WATER REQUIREMENT FROM EXTERNAL WATER SOURCE STATUS NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES
REQUIRED RATE OF MAKE‐UP WATER (GALLONS/DAY) NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE ‐6,539 ‐33,633 ‐33,633 ‐33,633 ‐33,633 ‐33,633 ‐33,633 ‐33,633 ‐33,633 ‐33,633 ‐33,633 ‐33,633 ‐33,633 ‐33,633 ‐33,633 ‐33,633 ‐33,633 ‐33,633 ‐33,633 ‐33,633
11,795 11,795 11,795 11,795 11,795 11,795 11,795 11,795 ‐33,633 ‐33,633 ‐33,633 ‐33,633 ‐33,633 ‐33,633 ‐33,633 ‐33,633 ‐33,633 ‐33,633 ‐33,633 ‐33,633 ‐33,633 ‐33,633 ‐33,633 ‐33,633 ‐33,633 ‐33,633 ‐33,633 ‐33,633 ‐33,633 ‐33,633
TANK (GALLONS/DAY)
RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX
STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL
TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK
HARVESTED STORMWATER VOLUME RETAINED (GALLONS) 11,795 23,590 35,385 47,180 58,975 70,770 82,565 94,359 60,727 27,094 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
WATER LEVEL STATUS (NUMERICAL VALUE INDICATES OVERFLOW) TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY
TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY
(GALLONS/DAY) FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED
DAILY WATER BALANCE (GALLONS) FOR THE MONTH OF JULY
SOURCE TYPE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
121,673 121,673 121,673 121,673 121,673 121,673 121,673 92,932 64,191 64,191 64,191 64,191 64,191 64,191 64,191 64,191 64,191 64,191 64,191 64,191 64,191 64,191 64,191 64,191 64,191 64,191 64,191 64,191 64,191 64,191 64,191
BALANCE
WATER
97,710 97,710 97,710 97,710 97,710 97,710 97,710 97,710 97,710 97,710 97,710 97,710 97,710 97,710 97,710 101,446 101,446 101,446 101,446 101,446 101,446 101,446 101,446 101,446 101,446 101,446 101,446 101,446 101,446 101,446 101,446
(GALLONS/DAY)
LEVEL STATUS
MAKE‐UP WATER REQUIREMENT FROM EXTERNAL WATER SOURCE STATUS NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES
REQUIRED RATE OF MAKE‐UP WATER (GALLONS/DAY) NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE ‐4,631 ‐33,519 ‐33,519 ‐37,255 ‐37,255 ‐37,255 ‐37,255 ‐37,255 ‐37,255 ‐37,255 ‐37,255 ‐37,255 ‐37,255 ‐37,255 ‐37,255 ‐37,255 ‐37,255 ‐37,255 ‐37,255
23,963 23,963 23,963 23,963 23,963 23,963 23,963 ‐4,778 ‐33,519 ‐33,519 ‐33,519 ‐33,519 ‐33,519 ‐33,519 ‐33,519 ‐37,255 ‐37,255 ‐37,255 ‐37,255 ‐37,255 ‐37,255 ‐37,255 ‐37,255 ‐37,255 ‐37,255 ‐37,255 ‐37,255 ‐37,255 ‐37,255 ‐37,255 ‐37,255
TANK (GALLONS/DAY)
RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX
STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL
TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK
HARVESTED STORMWATER VOLUME RETAINED (GALLONS) 23,963 47,926 71,889 95,852 119,815 143,778 167,741 162,963 129,444 95,926 62,407 28,888 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
WATER LEVEL STATUS (NUMERICAL VALUE INDICATES OVERFLOW) TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY
TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY
(GALLONS/DAY) FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED
DAILY WATER BALANCE (GALLONS) FOR THE MONTH OF AUGUST
SOURCE TYPE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
107,639 107,639 107,639 107,639 107,639 107,639 107,639 107,639 107,639 104,091 64,173 64,173 64,173 64,173 64,173 64,173 64,173 64,173 64,173 64,173 64,173 64,173 64,173 64,173 64,173 64,173 64,173 64,173 64,173 64,173 64,173
BALANCE
WATER
97,591 97,591 97,591 97,591 97,591 97,591 97,591 97,591 97,591 97,591 97,591 97,591 97,591 97,591 97,591 97,591 101,327 101,327 101,327 101,327 101,327 101,327 101,327 101,327 101,327 101,327 101,327 101,327 101,327 101,327 101,327
(GALLONS/DAY)
LEVEL STATUS
MAKE‐UP WATER REQUIREMENT FROM EXTERNAL WATER SOURCE STATUS NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES
REQUIRED RATE OF MAKE‐UP WATER (GALLONS/DAY) NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE ‐3,318 ‐33,418 ‐33,418 ‐33,418 ‐37,154 ‐37,154 ‐37,154 ‐37,154 ‐37,154 ‐37,154 ‐37,154 ‐37,154 ‐37,154 ‐37,154 ‐37,154 ‐37,154 ‐37,154 ‐37,154 ‐37,154
10,048 10,048 10,048 10,048 10,048 10,048 10,048 10,048 10,048 6,500 ‐33,418 ‐33,418 ‐33,418 ‐33,418 ‐33,418 ‐33,418 ‐37,154 ‐37,154 ‐37,154 ‐37,154 ‐37,154 ‐37,154 ‐37,154 ‐37,154 ‐37,154 ‐37,154 ‐37,154 ‐37,154 ‐37,154 ‐37,154 ‐37,154
TANK (GALLONS/DAY)
RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX
STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL
TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK
HARVESTED STORMWATER VOLUME RETAINED (GALLONS) 10,048 20,097 30,145 40,194 50,242 60,290 70,339 80,387 90,436 96,936 63,518 30,100 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
WATER LEVEL STATUS (NUMERICAL VALUE INDICATES OVERFLOW) TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY
TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY
(GALLONS/DAY) FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED
DAILY WATER BALANCE (GALLONS) FOR THE MONTH OF SEPTEMBER
SOURCE TYPE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
111,037 111,037 111,037 111,037 111,037 111,037 111,037 111,037 62,249 62,249 62,249 62,249 62,249 62,249 62,249 62,249 62,249 62,249 62,249 62,249 62,249 62,249 62,249 62,249 62,249 62,249 62,249 62,249 62,249 62,249
BALANCE
WATER
90,596 90,596 90,596 90,596 90,596 90,596 90,596 90,596 94,332 94,332 94,332 94,332 94,332 94,332 94,332 94,332 94,332 94,332 94,332 94,332 94,332 94,332 94,332 94,332 94,332 94,332 94,332 94,332 94,332 94,332
(GALLONS/DAY)
LEVEL STATUS
MAKE‐UP WATER REQUIREMENT FROM EXTERNAL WATER SOURCE STATUS NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES
REQUIRED RATE OF MAKE‐UP WATER (GALLONS/DAY) NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE ‐28,965 ‐32,083 ‐32,083 ‐32,083 ‐32,083 ‐32,083 ‐32,083 ‐32,083 ‐32,083 ‐32,083 ‐32,083 ‐32,083 ‐32,083 ‐32,083 ‐32,083 ‐32,083 ‐32,083
20,441 20,441 20,441 20,441 20,441 20,441 20,441 20,441 ‐32,083 ‐32,083 ‐32,083 ‐32,083 ‐32,083 ‐32,083 ‐32,083 ‐32,083 ‐32,083 ‐32,083 ‐32,083 ‐32,083 ‐32,083 ‐32,083 ‐32,083 ‐32,083 ‐32,083 ‐32,083 ‐32,083 ‐32,083 ‐32,083 ‐32,083
TANK (GALLONS/DAY)
RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX
STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL
TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK
HARVESTED STORMWATER VOLUME RETAINED (GALLONS) 20,441 40,883 61,324 81,766 102,207 122,649 143,090 163,532 131,449 99,366 67,283 35,200 3,117 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
WATER LEVEL STATUS (NUMERICAL VALUE INDICATES OVERFLOW) TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY
TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY
(GALLONS/DAY) FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED
DAILY WATER BALANCE (GALLONS) FOR THE MONTH OF OCTOBER
SOURCE TYPE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
92,998 92,998 92,998 92,998 59,289 59,289 59,289 59,289 59,289 59,289 59,289 59,289 59,289 59,289 59,289 59,289 59,289 59,289 59,289 59,289 59,289 59,289 59,289 59,289 59,289 59,289 59,289 59,289 59,289 59,289 59,289
BALANCE
WATER
78,293 78,293 78,293 78,293 82,028 82,028 82,028 82,028 82,028 82,028 82,028 82,028 82,028 82,028 82,028 82,028 82,028 82,028 82,028 82,028 82,028 82,028 82,028 82,028 82,028 82,028 82,028 82,028 82,028 82,028 82,028
(GALLONS/DAY)
LEVEL STATUS
MAKE‐UP WATER REQUIREMENT FROM EXTERNAL WATER SOURCE STATUS NO NO NO NO NO NO YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES
REQUIRED RATE OF MAKE‐UP WATER (GALLONS/DAY) NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE ‐9,396 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739
14,705 14,705 14,705 14,705 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739 ‐22,739
TANK (GALLONS/DAY)
RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX
STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL
TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK
HARVESTED STORMWATER VOLUME RETAINED (GALLONS) 14,705 29,411 44,116 58,821 36,082 13,343 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
WATER LEVEL STATUS (NUMERICAL VALUE INDICATES OVERFLOW) TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY

TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY
(GALLONS/DAY) FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED
DAILY WATER BALANCE (GALLONS) FOR THE MONTH OF NOVEMBER
SOURCE TYPE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
88,602 88,602 88,602 55,485 55,485 55,485 55,485 55,485 55,485 55,485 55,485 55,485 55,485 55,485 55,485 55,485 55,485 55,485 55,485 55,485 55,485 55,485 55,485 55,485 55,485 55,485 55,485 55,485 55,485 55,485
BALANCE
WATER
64,178 64,178 64,178 67,914 67,914 67,914 67,914 67,914 67,914 67,914 67,914 67,914 67,914 67,914 67,914 67,914 67,914 67,914 67,914 67,914 67,914 67,914 67,914 67,914 67,914 67,914 67,914 67,914 67,914 67,914
(GALLONS/DAY)
LEVEL STATUS
MAKE‐UP WATER REQUIREMENT FROM EXTERNAL WATER SOURCE STATUS NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES
REQUIRED RATE OF MAKE‐UP WATER (GALLONS/DAY) NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE ‐1,301 ‐12,429 ‐12,429 ‐12,429 ‐12,429 ‐12,429 ‐12,429 ‐12,429 ‐12,429 ‐12,429 ‐12,429 ‐12,429 ‐12,429 ‐12,429 ‐12,429 ‐12,429 ‐12,429 ‐12,429 ‐12,429 ‐12,429 ‐12,429 ‐12,429
24,424 24,424 24,424 ‐12,429 ‐12,429 ‐12,429 ‐12,429 ‐12,429 ‐12,429 ‐12,429 ‐12,429 ‐12,429 ‐12,429 ‐12,429 ‐12,429 ‐12,429 ‐12,429 ‐12,429 ‐12,429 ‐12,429 ‐12,429 ‐12,429 ‐12,429 ‐12,429 ‐12,429 ‐12,429 ‐12,429 ‐12,429 ‐12,429 ‐12,429
TANK (GALLONS/DAY)
RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX
STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL
TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK
HARVESTED STORMWATER VOLUME RETAINED (GALLONS) 24,424 48,848 73,272 60,843 48,414 35,985 23,556 11,127 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
WATER LEVEL STATUS (NUMERICAL VALUE INDICATES OVERFLOW) TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY

TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY TANK EMPTY
(GALLONS/DAY) FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED
DAILY WATER BALANCE (GALLONS) FOR THE MONTH OF DECEMBER
SOURCE TYPE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
92,885 92,885 92,885 92,885 92,885 50,306 50,306 50,306 50,306 50,306 50,306 50,306 50,306 50,306 50,306 50,306 50,306 50,306 50,306 50,306 50,306 50,306 50,306 50,306 50,306 50,306 50,306 50,306 50,306 50,306 50,306
BALANCE
WATER
48,347 48,347 48,347 48,347 48,347 52,082 52,082 52,082 52,082 52,082 52,082 52,082 52,082 52,082 52,082 52,082 52,082 52,082 52,082 52,082 52,082 52,082 52,082 52,082 52,082 52,082 52,082 52,082 52,082 52,082 52,082
WATER AND COOLING TOWER'S MAKE‐UP & SITE'S IRRIGATION DEMAND 1,960 1,960 1,960 1,960 1,960 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776
(GALLONS/DAY)
OVERFLOW OCCURS OVERFLOW OCCURS OVERFLOW OCCURS OVERFLOW OCCURS OVERFLOW OCCURS GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE GRAY & CONDENSATE
LEVEL STATUS
FROM THE FINAL FROM THE FINAL FROM THE FINAL FROM THE FINAL FROM THE FINAL RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS RECOVERY WATER IS
HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY COMPLETELY
42,579 42,579 42,579 42,579 42,579 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776 ‐1,776
TANK (GALLONS/DAY)
RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE RETAINED BY THE DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX DAILY INFLUX
STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER STORMWATER CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL CONSUMED BY FINAL
TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK TREATMENT TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK HOLDING TANK
WATER LEVEL STATUS (NUMERICAL VALUE INDICATES OVERFLOW) TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY TANK NOT FULLY
(GALLONS/DAY) FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED FILLED
MONTHLY GRAY WATER REUSE SUPPLY RATE (SUMMARY)
MONTHLY AVAILABLE SUPPLY (GALLONS)
SOURCE OF SUPPLY
GROSS TOTAL CONDENSATE
RECOVERED FROM HVAC SYSTEM 102,691 169,992 318,574 381,051 515,788 547,794 614,000 613,431 535,918 462,042 333,012 183,566
COMPONENTS
GROSS TOTAL MONTHLY
INCOMING RAINWATER RETAINED 202,251 290,958 237,734 294,506 159,672 333,537 431,114 431,114 390,309 134,834 99,351 212,896
FOR HARVESTING
GROSS TOTAL GRAY WATER
1,375,929 1,242,775 1,375,929 1,331,544 1,375,929 1,331,544 1,375,929 1,375,929 1,331,544 1,375,929 1,331,544 1,375,929
SUPPLY
TOTAL MONTHLY SUPPLY RATE 1,680,872 1,703,724 1,932,237 2,007,102 2,051,389 2,212,875 2,421,043 2,420,474 2,257,771 1,972,805 1,763,908 1,772,391
DAILY GRAY WATER REUSE SUPPLY RATE (SUMMARY)
DAILY AVAILABLE SUPPLY (GALLONS) FOR THE MONTH OF JANUARY
SOURCE OF SUPPLY
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
GROSS DAILY CONDENSATE RECOVERED FROM HVAC SYSTEM
3,313 3,313 3,313 3,313 3,313 3,313 3,313 3,313 3,313 3,313 3,313 3,313 3,313 3,313 3,313 3,313 3,313 3,313 3,313 3,313 3,313 3,313 3,313 3,313 3,313 3,313 3,313 3,313 3,313 3,313 3,313
COMPONENTS FOR THE SPECIFIC MONTH
GROSS DAILY INCOMING RAINWATER RETAINED FOR HARVESTING 33,708 33,708 33,708 33,708 33,708 33,708 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
GROSS DAILY GRAY WATER SUPPLY RATE 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385
TOTAL DAILY SUPPLY RATE 81,406 81,406 81,406 81,406 81,406 81,406 47,697 47,697 47,697 47,697 47,697 47,697 47,697 47,697 47,697 47,697 47,697 47,697 47,697 47,697 47,697 47,697 47,697 47,697 47,697 47,697 47,697 47,697 47,697 47,697 47,697
DAILY AVAILABLE SUPPLY (GALLONS) FOR THE MONTH OF FEBRUARY
SOURCE OF SUPPLY
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
6,071 6,071 6,071 6,071 6,071 6,071 6,071 6,071 6,071 6,071 6,071 6,071 6,071 6,071 6,071 6,071 6,071 6,071 6,071 6,071 6,071 6,071 6,071 6,071 6,071 6,071 6,071 6,071
GROSS DAILY INCOMING RAINWATER RETAINED FOR HARVESTING 36,370 36,370 36,370 36,370 36,370 36,370 36,370 36,370 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
GROSS DAILY GRAY WATER SUPPLY RATE 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385
TOTAL DAILY SUPPLY RATE 86,826 86,826 86,826 86,826 86,826 86,826 86,826 86,826 50,456 50,456 50,456 50,456 50,456 50,456 50,456 50,456 50,456 50,456 50,456 50,456 50,456 50,456 50,456 50,456 50,456 50,456 50,456 50,456
DAILY AVAILABLE SUPPLY (GALLONS) FOR THE MONTH OF MARCH
SOURCE OF SUPPLY
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
10,277 10,277 10,277 10,277 10,277 10,277 10,277 10,277 10,277 10,277 10,277 10,277 10,277 10,277 10,277 10,277 10,277 10,277 10,277 10,277 10,277 10,277 10,277 10,277 10,277 10,277 10,277 10,277 10,277 10,277 10,277
GROSS DAILY INCOMING RAINWATER RETAINED FOR HARVESTING 21,612 21,612 21,612 21,612 21,612 21,612 21,612 21,612 21,612 21,612 21,612 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
DAILY AVAILABLE SUPPLY (GALLONS) FOR THE MONTH OF APRIL
SOURCE OF SUPPLY
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
12,702 12,702 12,702 12,702 12,702 12,702 12,702 12,702 12,702 12,702 12,702 12,702 12,702 12,702 12,702 12,702 12,702 12,702 12,702 12,702 12,702 12,702 12,702 12,702 12,702 12,702 12,702 12,702 12,702 12,702
GROSS DAILY INCOMING RAINWATER RETAINED FOR HARVESTING 26,773 26,773 26,773 26,773 26,773 26,773 26,773 26,773 26,773 26,773 26,773 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
GROSS DAILY GRAY WATER SUPPLY RATE 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385 44,385
TOTAL DAILY SUPPLY RATE 83,860 83,860 83,860 83,860 83,860 83,860 83,860 83,860 83,860 83,860 83,860 57,087 57,087 57,087 57,087 57,087 57,087 57,087 57,087 57,087 57,087 57,087 57,087 57,087 57,087 57,087 57,087 57,087 57,087 57,087
DAILY AVAILABLE SUPPLY (GALLONS) FOR THE MONTH OF MAY
SOURCE OF SUPPLY
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
16,638 16,638 16,638 16,638 16,638 16,638 16,638 16,638 16,638 16,638 16,638 16,638 16,638 16,638 16,638 16,638 16,638 16,638 16,638 16,638 16,638 16,638 16,638 16,638 16,638 16,638 16,638 16,638 16,638 16,638 16,638
GROSS DAILY INCOMING RAINWATER RETAINED FOR HARVESTING 17,741 17,741 17,741 17,741 17,741 17,741 17,741 17,741 17,741 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
DAILY AVAILABLE SUPPLY (GALLONS) FOR THE MONTH OF JUNE
SOURCE OF SUPPLY
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
18,260 18,260 18,260 18,260 18,260 18,260 18,260 18,260 18,260 18,260 18,260 18,260 18,260 18,260 18,260 18,260 18,260 18,260 18,260 18,260 18,260 18,260 18,260 18,260 18,260 18,260 18,260 18,260 18,260 18,260
GROSS DAILY INCOMING RAINWATER RETAINED FOR HARVESTING 41,692 41,692 41,692 41,692 41,692 41,692 41,692 41,692 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
DAILY AVAILABLE SUPPLY (GALLONS) FOR THE MONTH OF JULY
SOURCE OF SUPPLY
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
19,806 19,806 19,806 19,806 19,806 19,806 19,806 19,806 19,806 19,806 19,806 19,806 19,806 19,806 19,806 19,806 19,806 19,806 19,806 19,806 19,806 19,806 19,806 19,806 19,806 19,806 19,806 19,806 19,806 19,806 19,806
GROSS DAILY INCOMING RAINWATER RETAINED FOR HARVESTING 57,482 57,482 57,482 57,482 57,482 57,482 57,482 28,741 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
DAILY AVAILABLE SUPPLY (GALLONS) FOR THE MONTH OF AUGUST
SOURCE OF SUPPLY
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
19,788 19,788 19,788 19,788 19,788 19,788 19,788 19,788 19,788 19,788 19,788 19,788 19,788 19,788 19,788 19,788 19,788 19,788 19,788 19,788 19,788 19,788 19,788 19,788 19,788 19,788 19,788 19,788 19,788 19,788 19,788
GROSS DAILY INCOMING RAINWATER RETAINED FOR HARVESTING 43,466 43,466 43,466 43,466 43,466 43,466 43,466 43,466 43,466 39,918 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
DAILY AVAILABLE SUPPLY (GALLONS) FOR THE MONTH OF SEPTEMBER
SOURCE OF SUPPLY
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
17,864 17,864 17,864 17,864 17,864 17,864 17,864 17,864 17,864 17,864 17,864 17,864 17,864 17,864 17,864 17,864 17,864 17,864 17,864 17,864 17,864 17,864 17,864 17,864 17,864 17,864 17,864 17,864 17,864 17,864
GROSS DAILY INCOMING RAINWATER RETAINED FOR HARVESTING 48,789 48,789 48,789 48,789 48,789 48,789 48,789 48,789 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
DAILY AVAILABLE SUPPLY (GALLONS) FOR THE MONTH OF OCTOBER
SOURCE OF SUPPLY
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
14,905 14,905 14,905 14,905 14,905 14,905 14,905 14,905 14,905 14,905 14,905 14,905 14,905 14,905 14,905 14,905 14,905 14,905 14,905 14,905 14,905 14,905 14,905 14,905 14,905 14,905 14,905 14,905 14,905 14,905 14,905
GROSS DAILY INCOMING RAINWATER RETAINED FOR HARVESTING 33,708 33,708 33,708 33,708 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
DAILY AVAILABLE SUPPLY (GALLONS) FOR THE MONTH OF NOVEMBER
SOURCE OF SUPPLY
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
11,100 11,100 11,100 11,100 11,100 11,100 11,100 11,100 11,100 11,100 11,100 11,100 11,100 11,100 11,100 11,100 11,100 11,100 11,100 11,100 11,100 11,100 11,100 11,100 11,100 11,100 11,100 11,100 11,100 11,100
GROSS DAILY INCOMING RAINWATER RETAINED FOR HARVESTING 33,117 33,117 33,117 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
DAILY AVAILABLE SUPPLY (GALLONS) FOR THE MONTH OF DECEMBER
SOURCE OF SUPPLY
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
5,921 5,921 5,921 5,921 5,921 5,921 5,921 5,921 5,921 5,921 5,921 5,921 5,921 5,921 5,921 5,921 5,921 5,921 5,921 5,921 5,921 5,921 5,921 5,921 5,921 5,921 5,921 5,921 5,921 5,921 5,921
GROSS DAILY INCOMING RAINWATER RETAINED FOR HARVESTING 42,579 42,579 42,579 42,579 42,579 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
HVAC SYSTEM'S CONDENSATE RECOVERY
SUPPLY AIR CONDITION
DRY BULB (°F) 52.6 52.9 53.9 53.9 53.9 53.8 53.8 53.8 53.8 53.9 53.9 53.2
WET BULB (°F) 51.3 51.7 52.7 52.6 52.6 52.6 52.6 52.6 52.6 52.6 52.6 52.0
HUMIDITY RATIO (LB MOISTURE / LB DRY AIR) 0.00831 0.00845 0.00878 0.00873 0.00873 0.00871 0.00872 0.00872 0.00872 0.00874 0.00876 0.00853
SPECIFIC VOLUME (FT3/LB) 13.986 13.986 13.986 13.986 13.986 13.986 13.986 13.986 13.986 13.986 13.986 13.986
RETURN AIR CONDITION
DRY BULB (°F) 75.0 75.8 78.2 79.8 81.1 81.7 82.1 82.0 81.5 80.5 78.9 76.4
WET BULB (°F) 61.0 62.3 64.5 65.2 66.1 66.3 66.6 66.6 66.3 65.7 64.8 62.6
HUMIDITY RATIO (LB MOISTURE / LB DRY AIR) 0.00908 0.00980 0.01076 0.01089 0.01126 0.01132 0.01146 0.01146 0.01132 0.01115 0.01081 0.00981
AVERAGE SPECIFIC VOLUME
SUPPLY AIR FOR CDD50 (JANUARY ‐ DECEMBER)
TOTAL SUPPLY AIR OF ALL OPERATING AHU'S (CFM) 358,179 374,417 432,118 489,584 547,530 582,471 601,831 601,274 572,035 514,898 450,821 385,159
DAILY OPERATIONAL HOURS (HOURS) 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24
NOTE: THE ACTUAL AIRFLOW HAS BEEN DETERMINED FROM THE COOLING LOAD PRODUCED BY THE HOURLY ANALYSIS PROGRAM (THE ACTUAL PERIOD OF MECHANICAL CONDITIONING REQUIRED WHEN NOT USING AN ECONOMIZER)
CONDENSATE RECOVERY
FLOW (GALLONS / MINUTE) 2.3 4.2 7.1 8.8 11.6 12.7 13.8 13.7 12.4 10.4 7.7 4.1
DAILY (GALLONS) 3,313 6,071 10,277 12,702 16,638 18,260 19,806 19,788 17,864 14,905 11,100 5,921
MONTHLY (GALLONS) 102,691 169,992 318,574 381,051 515,788 547,794 614,000 613,431 535,918 462,042 333,012 183,566
STORMWATER HARVESTING METHODOLOGY
59,920
SQ.FT
TOTAL PERVIOUS AREA ENCOMPASSED BY BUILDING STRUCTURES ONLY =
0.557 HECTARE
STORM EVENT RETURN PERIOD ("T" EVALUATED AS PER TABLE 11.1 OF URBAN DRAINAGE BY BUTLER‐3RD EDITION) = 30 YEARS
TIME OF CONCENTRATION (TC) = 10 MINUTES
RAINFALL INTENSTIY (AS PER EQUATION 2.15 FROM ENGINEERING HYDROLOGY‐3RD EDITION. CONSTANTS HAVE BEEN
= 4.9 INCHES / HOUR
CHOSEN FOR THE LOCATION OF AMRITSAR FROM TABLE 2.6)
PERCENT OF RAINFALL DAYS OCCURRING DURING THE MONTH RECEIVING THE
STORMWATER ACCUMALATION PERIOD CRITERIA = 50
HIGHEST AMOUNT OF RAINFALL
STORMWATER ACCUMALATION PERIOD FOR THE MONTH DURING WHICH THE
= 7.5
DAYS
HIGHEST RAINFALL OCCURS
MINIMUM RAINFALL DAYS DURING A MONTH = 3
DAYS
STORMWATER ACCUMALATION MONTH DURING WHICH HIGHEST RAINFALL
= JULY
OCCURS
STORMWATER AVAILABE FOR HARVESTING (MONTHLY)
PERCENTAGE OF RAINWATER THAT WAS
MAXIMUM DAILY AVERAGE STORMWATER STORAGE TANK SIZE TO MONTHLY HARVESTED RAINWATER
RAINFALL RECEIVED PER DAY HARVESTED AS A RATIO OF MAXIMUM HARVESTED STORMWATER WASTED AS NUMBER OF RAINFALL DAYS OF
STORMWATER AVAILABLE FOR STORMWATER AVAILABLE FOR BE DICTATED FOR A PRE‐DETERMINED AVAILABE TO FULFILL COOLING MAKE‐
MONTH RAINFALL DAYS MONTHLY RAINFALL (FEET) (AVERAGED OVER RAINFALL DAYS STORAGE AND STORMWATER OVERFLOW FROM THE STORMWATER INCOMING STORMWATER HARVESTED
HARVESTING (GALLONS) HARVESTING DURING RAINFALL DAYS ACCUMULATION PERIOD DURING UP WATER AND IRRIGATION DEMAND
ONLY) (FEET) AVAILABLE FOR HARVESTING DURING TREATMENT TANK (GALLONS) FOR THE SPECIFIC MONTH
(GALLONS) WHICH HIGHEST RAINFALL OCCURS (GALLONS)
THAT SPECIFIC MONTH (%)
JANUARY 6 0.48 0.08 202,251 33,708 100 PERCENT OR MORE NO OVERFLOW WASTAGE OCCURS 202,251 6.0

FEBRUARY 8 0.68 0.09 290,958 36,370 100 PERCENT OR MORE NO OVERFLOW WASTAGE OCCURS 290,958 8.0
MARCH 11 0.56 0.05 237,734 21,612 100 PERCENT OR MORE NO OVERFLOW WASTAGE OCCURS 237,734 11.0
APRIL 11 0.69 0.06 294,506 26,773 100 PERCENT OR MORE NO OVERFLOW WASTAGE OCCURS 294,506 11.0
MAY 9 0.38 0.04 159,672 17,741 100 PERCENT OR MORE NO OVERFLOW WASTAGE OCCURS 159,672 9.0
JUNE 8 0.78 0.10 333,537 41,692 100 PERCENT OR MORE NO OVERFLOW WASTAGE OCCURS 333,537 8.0
431,114
JULY 15 2.03 0.14 862,228 57,482 50 431,114 431,114 7.5
AUGUST 16 1.63 0.10 695,459 43,466 62 264,346 431,114 9.9
SEPTEMBER 8 0.92 0.11 390,309 48,789 100 PERCENT OR MORE NO OVERFLOW WASTAGE OCCURS 390,309 8.0
OCTOBER 4 0.32 0.08 134,834 33,708 100 PERCENT OR MORE NO OVERFLOW WASTAGE OCCURS 134,834 4.0
NOVEMBER 3 0.23 0.08 99,351 33,117 100 PERCENT OR MORE NO OVERFLOW WASTAGE OCCURS 99,351 3.0
DECEMBER 5 0.50 0.10 212,896 42,579 100 PERCENT OR MORE NO OVERFLOW WASTAGE OCCURS 212,896 5.0
TOTAL ANNUAL COLLECTION (GALLONS) 3,913,734
NOTE:
1) AVERAGE RAINFALL DAYS SHOULD HAVE BEEN EXTRACTED FROM ASHRAE METEO 2017
1) STORAGE CRITERIA IS BASED ON RAINFALL DAYS OCCURRING DURING THE FIRST CONSECUTIVE DAYS OF THE MONTH.
2) AVERAGE RAINFALL DAYS SHOULD BE VALIDATED BY PMD (PAKISTAN METEOROLOGICAL DEPARTMENT)
GRAY WATER SUPPLY RATE FOR SANITARY FIXTURES (DERIVATION METHODOLOGY)
A OCCUPANCY LOAD
IN‐PATIENT BEDS TOTAL BEDS = 507
TOTAL FULL TIME EMPLOYEES = 5,225
EMPLOYEES
TOTAL PART TIME EMPLOYEES = 186
OUT PATIENT VISITS TOTAL OPD PATIENT VISITS / DAY = 1,957
OPERATING ROOMS TOTAL OT'S IN THE HOSPITAL = 16
GRAY WATER SUPPLY RATE /PER IN‐PATIENT OCCUPYING A BED (ASPE ‐ PLUMBING ENGINEERING DESIGN HANDBOOK
B
‐ VOLUME 2: CHAPTER 2 & CHAPTER 6)
AVERAGE TOILET USAGE FREQUENCY OF EACH IN‐PATIENT OCCUPYING A BED
USAGE / DAY / IN‐PATIENT OCCUPYING A BED = 3
GRAY WATER SUPPLY PER LAVATORY USAGE
GALLONS / USAGE = 0.25
TOTAL GRAY WATER SUPPLY FROM LAVATORY USAGE PER IN‐PATIENT OCCUPYING A BED PER DAY
GALLONS / DAY / IN‐PATIENT OCCUPYING A BED = 0.75
AVERAGE SHOWER USAGE FREQUENCY OF EACH IN‐PATIENT OCCUPYING A BED
USAGE / DAY / IN‐PATIENT OCCUPYING A BED = 1
GRAY WATER SUPPLY PER SHOWER USAGE
USAGE TIME (MINUTES / USAGE) = 10
SHOWER DISCHARGE RATE (GALLONS / MINUTE) = 3
TOTAL DISCHARGE RATE (GALLONS / USAGE) = 30.0
TOTAL GRAY WATER SUPPLY FROM SHOWER USAGE PER IN‐PATIENT OCCUPYING A BED PER DAY
GALLONS / DAY / IN‐PATIENT OCCUPYING A BED = 30.0
GRAY WATER SUPPLY RATE /PER OUT PATIENT VISITING THE HOSPITAL (ASPE ‐ PLUMBING ENGINEERING DESIGN
C
HANDBOOK ‐ VOLUME 2: CHAPTER 2)
AVERAGE TOILET USAGE FREQUENCY OF EACH OUT PATIENT VISITING THE HOSPITAL
USAGE / DAY / OUT PATIENT VISIT = 1
TOTAL GRAY WATER SUPPLY FROM LAVATORY USAGE PER OUT PATIENT VISITING THE HOSPITAL
GALLONS / DAY / OUT PATIENT VISIT = 0.25
GRAY WATER SUPPLY RATE BY FULL TIME EMPLOYEES WORKING IN THE HOSPITAL FACILITY (ASPE ‐ PLUMBING
D
ENGINEERING DESIGN HANDBOOK ‐ VOLUME 2: CHAPTER 2)
AVERAGE TOILET USAGE FREQUENCY OF FULL TIME EMPLOYEE
USAGE / DAY / FULL TIME EMPLOYEE = 3
TOTAL GRAY WATER SUPPLY FROM LAVATORY USAGE PER FULL TIME EMPLOYEE
GALLONS / DAY / FULL TIME EMPLOYEE = 0.75
GRAY WATER SUPPLY RATE BY PART‐TIME TIME EMPLOYEES WORKING IN THE HOSPITAL FACILITY (ASPE ‐ PLUMBING
E
ENGINEERING DESIGN HANDBOOK ‐ VOLUME 2: CHAPTER 2)
AVERAGE TOILET USAGE FREQUENCY OF PART‐TIME EMPLOYEE
USAGE / DAY / PART‐TIME EMPLOYEE = 1
TOTAL GRAY WATER SUPPLY FROM LAVATORY USAGE PER PART‐TIME EMPLOYEE
GALLONS / DAY / PART‐TIME EMPLOYEE = 0.25
GRAY WATER SUPPLY RATE BY KITCHEN WASTE ONLY IN THE HOSPITAL FACILITY (ASPE ‐ PLUMBING ENGINEERING
F
DESIGN HANDBOOK ‐ VOLUME 2: CHAPTER 8)
AVERAGE KITCHEN WASTE FLOW PER MEAL PER DAY
GALLONS / MEAL / DAY = 2.6
MEALS CONSUMED PER FULL TIME EMPLOYEE
MEALS PER EMPLOYEE = 1
MEALS CONSUMED PER PART‐TIME EMPLOYEE
MEALS PER EMPLOYEE = 1
MEALS CONSUMED PER IN‐PATIENT BED OCCUPANT
MEALS PER IN‐PATIENT BED OCCUPANT = 2
TOTAL GRAY WATER SUPPLY FROM KITCHEN WASTE / DAY
GALLONS / DAY / FULL TIME EMPLOYEE = 2.6
GALLONS / DAY / PART‐TIME EMPLOYEE = 2.6
GALLONS / DAY / IN‐PATIENT BED OCCUPANT = 5.2
GRAY WATER SUPPLY RATE BY OT AREA'S CHANGE ROOM SHOWERS IN THE HOSPITAL FACILITY (ASPE ‐ PLUMBING
G ENGINEERING DESIGN HANDBOOK ‐ VOLUME 2: CHAPTER 6 & PRIMARY HEALTH CARE CENTRES & FIRST REFERRAL
LEVEL HOSPITALS ‐ PLANNING GUIDE: SECTION 3.3.1.5)
PROCEDURES PERFORMED
NUMBER OF PROCEDURES PERFORMED / OT / DAY = 5
TOTAL PROCEDURES PERFORMED / DAY = 80
EMPLOYEES PERFORMING THE PROCEDURE
NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES / PROCEDURE PERFORMED = 3
TOTAL EMPLOYEES PERFORMING A PROCEDURE / DAY = 240
AVERAGE SHOWER USAGE FREQUENCY OF EACH EMPLOYEE PERFORMING A PROCEDURE
USAGE / DAY /EMPLOYEE PERFORMING A PROCEDURE = 1
GRAY WATER SUPPLY PER SHOWER USAGE
USAGE TIME (MINUTES / USAGE) = 5
SHOWER DISCHARGE RATE (GALLONS / MINUTE) = 3
TOTAL DISCHARGE RATE (GALLONS / USAGE) = 15.0
TOTAL GRAY WATER SUPPLY FROM SHOWER USAGE PER EMPLOYEE PERFORMING A PROCEDURE PER DAY
GALLONS / DAY / EMPLOYEE PERFORMING A PROCEDURE = 15.0
H FACTOR OF SAFETY
FACTOR OF SAFETY (AS A PERCENTAGE) = 10
I TOTAL DAILY GRAY WATER SUPPLY RATE (GALLONS / DAY) = 44,385
J GRAY WATER SUPPLY RATE FOR THE MONTH OF JANUARY (GALLONS / MONTH) = 1,375,929
GRAY WATER SUPPLY RATE FOR THE MONTH OF FEBRUARY (GALLONS / MONTH) = 1,242,775
GRAY WATER SUPPLY RATE FOR THE MONTH OF MARCH (GALLONS / MONTH) = 1,375,929
GRAY WATER SUPPLY RATE FOR THE MONTH OF APRIL (GALLONS / MONTH) = 1,331,544
GRAY WATER SUPPLY RATE FOR THE MONTH OF MAY (GALLONS / MONTH) = 1,375,929
GRAY WATER SUPPLY RATE FOR THE MONTH OF JUNE (GALLONS / MONTH) = 1,331,544
GRAY WATER SUPPLY RATE FOR THE MONTH OF JULY (GALLONS / MONTH) = 1,375,929
GRAY WATER SUPPLY RATE FOR THE MONTH OF AUGUST (GALLONS / MONTH) = 1,375,929
GRAY WATER SUPPLY RATE FOR THE MONTH OF SEPTEMBER (GALLONS / MONTH) = 1,331,544
GRAY WATER SUPPLY RATE FOR THE MONTH OF OCTOBER (GALLONS / MONTH) = 1,375,929
GRAY WATER SUPPLY RATE FOR THE MONTH OF NOVEMBER (GALLONS / MONTH) = 1,331,544
GRAY WATER SUPPLY RATE FOR THE MONTH OF DECEMBER (GALLONS / MONTH) = 1,375,929
GRAY WATER REUSE DEMAND RATE (SUMMARY)
MONTHLY REQUIRED DEMAND (GALLONS)
SOURCE OF SUPPLY
GROSS TOTAL MONTHLY IRRIGATION
93,395 74,716 74,716 70,980 82,187 82,187 59,773 56,037 82,187 100,866 100,866 97,131
DEMAND
GROSS TOTAL MONTHLY COOLING
1,245,386 1,313,456 1,873,870 2,140,800 2,643,911 2,776,253 3,029,012 3,025,313 2,717,876 2,427,071 1,925,350 1,498,742
TOWER'S MAKE‐UP WATER DEMAND
TOTAL MONTHLY DEMAND RATE 1,338,781 1,388,172 1,948,585 2,211,780 2,726,099 2,858,441 3,088,785 3,081,349 2,800,064 2,527,937 2,026,217 1,595,872
DAILY GRAY WATER REUSE DEMAND RATE (SUMMARY)
DAILY DEMAND (GALLONS) FOR THE MONTH OF JANUARY
SOURCE OF DEMAND
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
GROSS DAILY LANDSCAPING'S IRRIGATION DEMAND FOR THE
0 0 0 0 0 0 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736
SPECIFIC MONTH
GROSS DAILY COOLING TOWERS MAKEUP WATER DEMAND 40,174 40,174 40,174 40,174 40,174 40,174 40,174 40,174 40,174 40,174 40,174 40,174 40,174 40,174 40,174 40,174 40,174 40,174 40,174 40,174 40,174 40,174 40,174 40,174 40,174 40,174 40,174 40,174 40,174 40,174 40,174
DAILY DEMAND (GALLONS) FOR THE MONTH OF FEBRUARY
SOURCE OF DEMAND
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736
SPECIFIC MONTH
GROSS DAILY COOLING TOWERS MAKEUP WATER DEMAND 46,909 46,909 46,909 46,909 46,909 46,909 46,909 46,909 46,909 46,909 46,909 46,909 46,909 46,909 46,909 46,909 46,909 46,909 46,909 46,909 46,909 46,909 46,909 46,909 46,909 46,909 46,909 46,909
TOTAL DAILY SUPPLY RATE 46,909 46,909 46,909 46,909 46,909 46,909 46,909 46,909 50,645 50,645 50,645 50,645 50,645 50,645 50,645 50,645 50,645 50,645 50,645 50,645 50,645 50,645 50,645 50,645 50,645 50,645 50,645 50,645
DAILY DEMAND (GALLONS) FOR THE MONTH OF MARCH
SOURCE OF DEMAND
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736
SPECIFIC MONTH
DAILY DEMAND (GALLONS) FOR THE MONTH OF APRIL
SOURCE OF DEMAND
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736
SPECIFIC MONTH
GROSS DAILY COOLING TOWERS MAKEUP WATER DEMAND 71,360 71,360 71,360 71,360 71,360 71,360 71,360 71,360 71,360 71,360 71,360 71,360 71,360 71,360 71,360 71,360 71,360 71,360 71,360 71,360 71,360 71,360 71,360 71,360 71,360 71,360 71,360 71,360 71,360 71,360
DAILY DEMAND (GALLONS) FOR THE MONTH OF MAY
SOURCE OF DEMAND
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736
SPECIFIC MONTH
DAILY DEMAND (GALLONS) FOR THE MONTH OF JUNE
SOURCE OF DEMAND
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736
SPECIFIC MONTH
DAILY DEMAND (GALLONS) FOR THE MONTH OF JULY
SOURCE OF DEMAND
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736
SPECIFIC MONTH
DAILY DEMAND (GALLONS) FOR THE MONTH OF AUGUST
SOURCE OF DEMAND
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736
SPECIFIC MONTH
DAILY DEMAND (GALLONS) FOR THE MONTH OF SEPTEMBER
SOURCE OF DEMAND
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736
SPECIFIC MONTH
DAILY DEMAND (GALLONS) FOR THE MONTH OF OCTOBER
SOURCE OF DEMAND
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
0 0 0 0 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736
SPECIFIC MONTH
DAILY DEMAND (GALLONS) FOR THE MONTH OF NOVEMBER
SOURCE OF DEMAND
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
0 0 0 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736
SPECIFIC MONTH
DAILY DEMAND (GALLONS) FOR THE MONTH OF DECEMBER
SOURCE OF DEMAND
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
0 0 0 0 0 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736 3,736
SPECIFIC MONTH
IRRIGATION DEMAND
PARTICULARS
TOTAL LANDSCAPE AREA = 15,982 FT2
PET RATE = 0.187 GALLONS / FT2

IRRIGATION SYSTEM EFFECIENCY = 80 %
NOTE: FACILITY PIPING SYSTEMS HANDBOOK (3RD EDITION): SECTION 7.6
RAINY DAYS = 104
NON‐RAINY DAYS = 261
NOTE: AVERAGE RAINFALL DAYS SHOULD BE VALIDATED BY PMD (PAKISTAN
METEOROLOGICAL DEPARTMENT)
IRRIGATION WATER DEMAND (DAILY)
DAILY DEMAND = 3,736 GALLONS
IRRIGATION WATER DEMAND (MONTHLY)
MONTH RAINY DAYS NON RAINY DAYS MONTHLY DEMAND (GALLONS)
JANUARY 6 25 93,395
FEBRUARY 8 20 74,716
MARCH 11 20 74,716
APRIL 11 19 70,980
MAY 9 22 82,187
JUNE 8 22 82,187
JULY 15 16 59,773
AUGUST 16 15 56,037
SEPTEMBER 8 22 82,187
OCTOBER 4 27 100,866
NOVEMBER 3 27 100,866
DECEMBER 5 26 97,131
ANNUAL DEMAND (GALLONS) 975,042
COOLING TOWER MAKEUP WATER DEMAND
PARTICULARS
TOTAL OPERATING COOLING LOAD (TONS) = 774.2 904.0 1164.9 1375.2 1643.6 1783.4 1883.0 1880.7 1745.9 1508.8 1236.8 931.7
CIRCULATION RATE (GPM) = 2322.6 2712 3494.7 4125.6 4930.8 5350.2 5649 5642.1 5237.7 4526.4 3710.4 2795.1
CONDENSOR INLET / OUTLET TEMPERATURE DIFFERENCE (°F) = 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
CYCLES OF CONCENTRATION = 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
LOSSES
EVAPORATION LOSS (GPM) = 22.2 26.0 33.4 39.5 47.2 51.2 54.1 54.0 50.1 43.3 35.5 26.7
DRIFT LOSS (GPM) = 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.1
BLOWDOWN LOSS (GPM) = 5.6 6.5 8.4 9.9 11.8 12.8 13.5 13.5 12.5 10.8 8.9 6.7
TOTAL MAKEUP WATER RATE (GPM) = 27.9 32.6 42.0 49.6 59.2 64.3 67.9 67.8 62.9 54.4 44.6 33.6
MAKEUP WATER DEMAND
DAILY MAKEUP WATER REQUIRED FOR COOLING TOWER (GALLONS) = 40,174 46,909 60,447 71,360 85,287 92,542 97,710 97,591 90,596 78,293 64,178 48,347
MONTHLY MAKEUP WATER REQUIRED FOR COOLING TOWER (GALLONS) = 1,245,386 1,313,456 1,873,870 2,140,800 2,643,911 2,776,253 3,029,012 3,025,313 2,717,876 2,427,071 1,925,350 1,498,742
Equations
30 PA RT 3
W Steam Flow Rate, lbs./hr.

WCR Condensate Flow based on percentage of Flash Steam created during condensing
process, lbs/hr. Use this flow rate in the preceding steam equations to determine
the condensate return pipe size.
3.19 Air Conditioning Condensate
CFM r $WLB.
GPM AC COND
SpV r 8.33
CFM r $WGR.
GPM AC COND
SpV r 8.33 r 7000
GPMAC COND Air Conditioning Condensate Flow (gal./min.)

CFM Air Flow Rate (cu.ft./min.)
SpV Specific Volume of Air (cu.ft./lbs.DA)
WLB. Specific Humidity (lbs.H2O/lbs.DA)
WGR. Specific Humidity (Gr.H2O/lbs.DA)
3.20 Humidification
¤W ³ ¤W ³
GRAINSREQ'D ¥ GR. ´ ¥ GR. ´
¦ SpV µROOM AIR ¦ SpV µSUPPLY AIR
¤W ³ ¤W ³
POUNDSREQ'D ¥ LB. ´ ¥ LB. ´
¦ SpV µROOM AIR ¦ SpV µSUPPLY AIR
CFM r GRAINSREQ ' D r 60
LBS.STM . / HR CFM r POUNDSREQ ' D r 60
7000
GRAINSREQ’D Grains of Moisture Required (Gr.H2O/cu.ft.)

POUNDSREQ’D Pounds of Moisture Required (lbs.H2O/cu.ft.)
CFM Air Flow Rate (cu.ft./min.)
SpV Specific Volume of Air (cu.ft./lbs.DA)
WGR. Specific Humidity (Gr.H2O/lbs.DA)
WLB. Specific Humidity (lbs.H2O/lbs.DA)
3.21 Humidifier Sensible Heat Gain
HS (0.244 r Q r T) (L r฀380)
HS Sensible Heat Gain (Btu/hr.)

Q Steam Flow (lbs. steam/hr.)
T Steam Temperature – Supply Air Temperature ( F)
L Length of Humidifier Manifold (ft.)
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGraw-Hill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)

TRIAL MODE − Click here for more information
244 Storm sewers
Table 11.1 Recommended design frequencies (adapted from BS EN 752: 2008)

Location Design storm Design flooding
return period return period
(yr) (yr)
Rural areas 1 10
Residential areas 2 20
City centres/industrial/ commercial areas:
• with flooding check 2 30
• without flooding check 5 –
Underground railways/underpasses 10 50
capacity of the system under these conditions is increased above the design
capacity, perhaps even doubled. Inspection of Fig. 5.2 in Chapter 5 illus-
trates that a 10 year storm will give a rainfall intensity approximately twice
that of a 1 year storm for most durations. It follows, therefore, that
where sewers have been designed to a 1 year standard surcharge may
increase that capacity up to an equivalent of a 10 year storm without surface
flooding.
Table 11.1 shows the recommendations made by the relevant European
Standard (BS EN 752: 2008) for design storm frequency or return period
related to the location of the area to be drained. It suggests that a design
check should be carried out to ensure that adequate protection against
flooding is provided at specific sensitive locations. Design flooding frequen-
cies are also given in the table.
Much more attention has been given in recent years to sewer flooding:
predicting its potential impact and explicitly designing for exceedance
flows (surface flooding). The issues and emerging techniques are covered in
more detail in Chapter 12.
11.2.2 Optimal design

Most design is carried out by trial and error, as described in the rest of this
chapter. System properties (e.g. pipe diameter and gradient) are proposed
and then tested for compliance with design constraints or rules (e.g. self
cleansing velocity). If the rules are violated, a new design is proposed and
retested iteratively until satisfactory performance is demonstrated. No real
attempt is made to achieve an optimum design, rather one that is fit for
purpose. There is a body of academic literature on optimal design of storm
sewer systems over many years (e.g. Argaman et al., 1973; Diogo and
Graveto, 2006), but the concepts and techniques developed have not, as
yet, found their way into routine practice. For a thorough review of previ-
ous work and an analysis of why formal optimisation is rarely used, see
Guo et al. (2008).
Chapter 1 — Formulas, Symbols and Terminology 7
Equation 1-22 Equation 1-26, Slope The slope of a pipe is repre-

sentted by the following formula:
Ep = WH
BHP s= h
where l
Ep = Pump efficiency as a decimal equivalent h=l×s
WHP = Water horsepower derived from: l= h
s
gal 8.33 lb HP
WHP = ft Hd × min × gal × 33,000 ft-lb/min where
BHP = Brake horsepower input to pump s = Slope, in./ft (mm/m)
h = Fall, in. (m)
From Equation 1-22, the brake horsepower can be l = Length, ft (m)
represented as:
Equation 1-27, Discharge from Rectangular
Equation 1-22a Weir with end contractions:
BHP = WHP or ft Hd × gpm Q = 1494.6 (L-0.2H)H1.5
Ep 3960 × Ep
where
Equation 1-23, Rational method of storm de- Q = Rate of flow, ft3/s (m3/s)
sign Calculates the peak storm-water runoff. L = Length of weir opening, ft (Should be longer
Equation 1-23 than 2H)
Q = CIA H = Head of water, ft (m)
a = Should be at least 3H (Refer to Volume 2
where Chapter 4 Storm-Drainage Systems (Table
Q = Runoff, ft3/s (m3/s) 4-5) of “Plumbing Engineering Design
C = Runoff coefficient (surface roughness in Handbook” for diagram.)
drained area)
Equation 1-28, Heat Loss Formula:
I = Rainfall intensity, in/h (mm/h)
Tp – Ta
A = Drainage area, acres (m2) q=
Equation 1-24, Spitzglass Formula Used to size
D2
( )
1 + ln D1 + 1 + 1
πD
D1hi 2πkk πD
D2hco πD
D2ho
gas piping in systems operating at a pressure of less
than 1 psi. where
q = Heat loss per unit length of pipe, BTU/h × ft
Equation 1-24 (W/m)
Q = 3550 ( 1+ d5
⁄ + 0.03d
3.6 d ) ( SLh )
½ ½
Tp = Maintenance temperautre desired, °F (°C)
Ta = Design ambient temperature, °F (°C)
where D1 = Inside diameter of the insulation, ft (m)
Q = Flow rate, ft3/h (m3/h) hi = Inside air-contact coefficient from pipe to
d = Diameter of pipe, in. (mm) inside insulation surface, BTU/h × ft2 × °F
h = Pressure drop over length, in. wc (W/m2 × °C)
S = Specific gravity D2 = Outside diameter of the insulation, ft (m)
L = Length of pipe, ft (m) k = Thermal conductivity of the insulation
evaluated at its mean temperature, BTU/h
Equation 1-25, Weymouth Formula Used to × ft × °F (W/m2 × °C)
size gas piping in systems operating at a pressure in hco = Inside air contact coefficient of weather
excess of 1 psi. barrier, BTU/h × ft2 × °F (W/m2 × °C)
Equation 1-25 ho = Outside air film coefficient from weather
[ ]
½ barrier to ambient, BTU/h × ft2 × °F (W/m2
(P12 – P22) d ⁄3
16
Q = 28.05 × °C)
SL
where SYMBOLS
Q = Flow rate, ft3/h (m3/h) The standardized plumbing and piping-related
P1 = Initial gas pressure, psi symbols in Tables 1-1 and 1-2 and the abbreviations
P2 = Final gas pressure, psi in Table 1-3 have been tabulated by the American So-
d = Diameter of pipe, in. (mm) ciety of Plumbing Engineers for use in the design and
S = Specific gravity preparation of drawings. Users of these symbols are
L = Length of pipe, mi (km) cautioned that some governmental agencies, industry
groups, and other clients may have a list of symbols
that are required for their projects. All symbols should
be applied with a consideration for drafting and clarity
if drawings are to be reduced.
"" Engineering Hydrology
Such a relationship is known as the maximum depth-duration relationship of the storm.

The procedure of developing this relationship is essentially same as that for maximum
intensity-duration relationship described earlier.
Example 2.9 describes the procedure in detail
Maximum Intensity-Duration-Frequency Relationship

If the rainfall data from a self-recording raingauge is available for a long period, the
frequency of occurrence of maximum intensity occurring over a specified duration
can be determined. A knowledge of maximum intensity of rainfall of specified return
period and of duration equal to the critical time of concentration is of considerable
practical importance in evaluating peak flows related to hydraulic structures.
Briefly, the procedure to calculate the intensity-duration-frequency relationship for
a given station is as follows.
l M numbers of significant and heavy storms in a particular year Y1 are selected
for analysis. Each of these storms are analysed for maximum intensity duration
relationship as described in Sec. 2.12.1
l This gives the set of maximum intensity Im as a function of duration for the year
Yl.
l The procedure is repeated for all the N years of record to obtain the maximum
intensity Im (Dj) k for all j = 1 to M and k = 1 to N.
l Each record of Im (Dj)k for k = 1 to N constitutes a time series which can be
analysed to obtain frequencies of occurrence of various Im (Dj) values. Thus
there will be M time series generated.
l The results are plotted as maximum intensity vs return period with the Duration
as the third parameter (Fig. 2.18). Alternatively, maximum intensity vs duration
with frequency as the third variable can also be adopted (Fig. 2.19).
Fig. 2.18 Maximum Intensity-Return Period-Duration Curves

Analytically, these relationships are commonly expressed in a condensed form by
general form
KT x
i= (2.15)
( D + a )n
where i = maximum intensity (cm/h), T = return period (years), D = duration (hours)
K, x, a and n are coefficients for the area represented by the station.
Precipitation "#
Fig. 2.19 Maximum Intensity-Duration-Frequency Curves
Sometimes, instead of maxi-

mum intensity, maximum depth
is used as a parameter and the
results are represented as a plot
of maximum depth vs duration
with return period as the third
variable (Fig. 2.20).
[Note: While maximum intensity
is expressed as a function of
duration and return period, it is
customary to refer this function
Fig. 2.20 Maximum Depth-Duration-
as intensity-duration-frequency
Frequency Curves
relationship. Similarly, in the
depth-duration-frequency relationship deals with maximum depth in a given duration.]
Rambabu et al. (1979)10 have analysed the self-recording rain gauge rainfall records
of 42 stations in the country and have obtained the values of coefficients K, x, a, and
n of Eq. 2.15. Some typical values of the coefficients for a few places in India are
given in Table 2.6.
Table 2.6 Typical values of Coefficients K, x, a and n in Eq. (2.15)
[Ref. 10]
Zone Place K x a n
Northern Zone Allahabad 4.911 0.1667 0.25 0.6293
Amritsar 14.41 0.1304 1.40 1.2963
Dehradun 6.00 0.22 0.50 0.8000
Jodhpur 4.098 0.1677 0.50 1.0369
Srinagar 1.503 0.2730 0.25 1.0636
Average for the zone 5.914 0.1623 0.50 1.0127
Central Zone Bhopal 6.9296 0.1892 0.50 0.8767
Nagpur 11.45 0.1560 1.25 1.0324
Raipur 4.683 0. 1389 0.15 0.9284
Average for the zone 7.4645 0.1712 0.75 0.9599
Western Zone Aurangabad 6.081 0.1459 0.50 1.0923
Bhuj 3.823 0.1919 0.25 0.9902
(Contd.)
12/8/2019
2017 ASHRAE Handbook - Foundamentals (IP)

BENAZIR BHUTTO INTL, PAKISTAN (WMO: 415710)
Lat:33.617N Long:73.099E Elev:1668 StdP: 13.83 Time zone:5.00 Period:91-14 WBAN:99999
Annual Heating and Humidification Design Conditions
Humidification DP/MCDB and HR Coldest month WS/MCDB MCWS/PCWD
Coldest Heating DB to 99.6% DB
99.6% 99% 0.4% 1%
Month
99.6% 99% DP HR MCDB DP HR MCDB WS MCDB WS MCDB MCWS PCWD
1 35.8 37.8 25.9 21.1 61.7 28.8 24.2 56.2 27.1 56.8 23.3 59.8 0.1 230
Annual Cooling, Dehumidification, and Enthalpy Design Conditions
Hottest Cooling DB/MCWB Evaporation WB/MCDB MCWS/PCWD
Hottest Month to 0.4% DB
0.4% 1% 2% 0.4% 1% 2%
Month DB
Range DB MCWB DB MCWB DB MCWB WB MCDB WB MCDB WB MCDB MCWS PCWD
6 23.7 106.0 72.9 102.9 73.0 100.4 72.9 82.5 93.6 81.5 92.2 80.4 90.8 13.1 230
Dehumidification DP/MCDB and HR Enthalpy/MCDB Extreme
0.4% 1% 2% 0.4% 1% 2% Max
DP HR MCDB DP HR MCDB DP HR MCDB Enth MCDB Enth MCDB Enth MCDB WB
79.7 164.0 88.4 78.9 159.5 87.8 77.7 153.2 86.7 48.1 92.9 46.9 92.9 45.8 91.3 89.4
Extreme Annual Design Conditions
Extreme Annual
n-Year Return Period Values of Extreme Temperature
Temperature
Extreme Annual WS
Standard
Mean n=5 years n=10 years n=20 years n=50 years
deviation
1% 2.5% 5% Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max
29.1 23.3 20.9 DB 32.4 110.5 1.6 3.1 31.3 112.8 30.3 114.6 29.4 116.4 28.3 118.6
WB 31.0 85.2 1.7 1.8 29.8 86.5 28.9 87.6 27.9 88.6 26.7 89.9
Monthly Climatic Design Conditions
Annual Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
DBAvg 71.9 51.5 56.3 65.4 74.7 83.8 88.5 85.9 84.0 81.2 73.7 62.9 54.5
DBStd 13.55 3.73 4.63 5.60 6.19 5.84 4.79 4.76 3.63 3.74 4.86 4.16 3.42
Temperatures, HDD50 34 25 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5
Degree-Days HDD65 1150 418 246 65 5 0 0 0 0 0 1 89 326
and Degree- CDD50 8038 72 179 478 741 1049 1154 1112 1053 935 736 386 143
Hours CDD65 3679 0 2 77 296 584 704 647 588 485 272 24 0
CDH74 47848 2 40 877 3371 8184 10676 8910 7339 5307 2712 418 12
CDH80 26060 0 2 256 1660 5011 6871 4955 3583 2533 1139 50 0
Wind WSAvg 6.2 4.0 5.8 6.9 8.2 8.9 9.6 8.4 6.9 5.4 4.3 3.1 3.1
PrecAvg 40.20 2.40 2.60 2.80 1.80 1.40 2.20 9.40 10.60 3.90 1.10 0.80 1.20
PrecMax 57.40 5.70 8.20 6.70 8.30 4.50 9.40 24.30 19.60 11.00 3.80 2.80 6.00
Precipitation
PrecMin 29.90 0.10 0.60 0.40 0.50 0.10 0.30 1.60 3.20 0.50 0.00 0.00 0.00
PrecStd 8.00 1.60 1.80 1.70 1.80 1.00 2.30 5.20 4.90 2.60 1.00 0.80 1.40
DB 71.9 78.9 89.9 100.7 107.6 110.9 105.8 98.8 97.0 93.5 84.2 75.4
Monthly 0.4%
MCWB 53.0 58.4 65.2 67.7 70.3 72.1 77.9 80.5 77.7 72.8 63.0 56.2
Design Dry
DB 68.4 74.1 86.2 96.8 104.8 107.6 102.0 96.8 94.9 91.5 81.0 71.8
Bulb and 2%
Mean MCWB 51.8 55.6 62.3 67.2 70.2 73.2 78.5 80.2 77.2 70.8 61.9 54.4
Coincident DB 65.9 71.3 82.4 93.2 101.9 105.1 98.8 94.9 93.2 89.4 79.0 69.4
5%
Wet Bulb MCWB 50.9 54.4 61.1 66.3 70.0 73.3 78.6 79.8 76.3 69.8 60.7 53.6
Temperatures DB 62.7 68.1 78.9 89.7 98.7 102.0 96.5 93.0 91.4 87.0 76.0 66.1
10%
MCWB 49.9 53.5 59.9 65.4 69.2 73.6 78.6 79.3 75.4 68.1 59.1 52.4
1/2
check for regulations applicable to gray water as is a level of quality consistent with its intended reuse.
done for plumbing and building codes. The piping network distributes it to sources not used
The National Sanitation Foundation’s Standard for human consumption in a safe and distinctive
41, which regulates the minimum water quality for manner.
recycled wastewater, is shown in Table 2-1. The gray Figure 2-1 shows flow charts for a conventional
water quality must be verified against Table 2-1 and plumbing system and a recycled water system. In
existing local regulations, if any, before use. the recycled water flow system, the gray water and
black water sources are clearly defined. The use of
Table 2-1 The National Sanitation Foundation’s the gray water system is also defined, namely, for
Standard 41
all nonpotable water systems, cooling-tower water
Component Maximum Limits requirements, and the irrigation system.
Biological oxygen demand 5 ppm (5 mg/L) Figure 2-2(A) shows single-line diagrams of a gray
Suspended solids 5 ppm (5 mg/L) water plumbing system to bathtubs and lavatories
Total coliform 2.2 counts/26.4 gal and a recycled, gray water system with a gray water
(2.2 counts/100 mL) treatment plant from bathtubs, lavatories, and water
Nitrogen removal 85–95% closets. The reused water (gray water) from the fix-
tures is pumped for reuse in the water closets. This
System Description figure shows the isometric piping of a gray water
Gray water systems collect diluted wastewater dis- system with the supply and drainage piping arrange-
charged from lavatories, service sinks, baths, laundry ment. The basic plumbing supply with hot water
tubs, showers, and other similar types of fixtures. This system feeds the lavatories and the bathtubs, which,
water is then filtered and /or treated until it reaches in turn, act as a source for the gray water system. In
(A)
(B)
Figure 2-1 Plumbing System Flow Charts:
(A) Conventional Plumbing System; (B) Recycled-Water System.
Figure 2-2(B), the effluent storage as well as the sew- 2. Lavatory use is estimated at 0.25 gal/use (0.95
age treatment plant (STP) utilizes the gray water to L/use).
route to the cooling tower, irrigation, and wash-down 3. Men use urinals 75% of the time and water closets
systems and the water closet fixtures. 25% of the time.
A gray water system requires modifications to the
4. The average person uses a toilet three times a
standard plumbing systems throughout a facility.
day.
There will be duplicate drainage systems. Instead of
all liquid discharged from all plumbing fixtures going Design Estimates for Commercial
to the sanitary sewer, selected fixtures will have their Buildings
effluent routed for recovery by the gray water treat- Gray water supply
ment system. The remainder will go to the sanitary Estimates of gray water supply sources vary in com-
sewer. There also will be duplicate water supplies. mercial buildings. In an office building, fixtures such
Potable water will go to lavatories, sinks, showers, as lavatories, water coolers, mop sinks, and coffee
etc., and gray water will go to water closets, urinals, sinks are estimated to generate 1 gal/day/person
and other fixtures, depending on the quality of the (3.79 L/day/person). For an office building with 500
gray water treatment. employees, we would expect to be able to recover 500
Special care must be taken during the installation gal/day (1,893 L/day) for gray water reuse. Based on
of a gray water system. Clear identification and label- five working days/week and 50 weeks/year annual
ing of the gray water system is mandatory. This will use, 125,000 gal/yr (473,177 L/yr) could be available
minimize the risk of cross-connection during instal- for gray water reuse.
lation or repair of the system.
Many newly formed, planned communities have Gray water demand
adopted gray water systems for their irrigation sys- The gray water demand for an office building is esti-
tems. Warning “nonpotable water” signs or colored mated based on three toilet or urinal uses/day/person.
PVC piping is now visible across city landscapes. For calculation purposes, assume the population is
Blue dye has become a clear identification of the use 50% male and 50% female and that men use urinals
of gray water. 75% of the time and water closets 25% of the time.
For an office building with 500 employees, we would
System Components estimate the gray water demand as follows:
The following components are generally used for most
250 males × 3 flushes/day × 0.5 gal/flush
systems. Their arrangement and type depend on the
(urinals) × 75% usage = 281 gal/day
specific treatment system selected.
250 males × 3 flushes/day × 1.6 gal/flush (water
1. A separate gray water collection piping system. closets) × 25% usage = 300 gal/day
2. A primary waste treatment system consisting of 250 women × 3 flushes/day × 1.6 gal/flush (water
turbidity removal, storage, biological treatment, closets) = 1,200 gal/day
and filtering.
TOTAL gray water demand = 1,781 gal/
3. Disinfecting systems consisting of ozone, ultra- day = approx. 445,250 gal/yr
violet irradiation, chlorine, or iodine.
[250 males × 3 flushes/day × 1.89 L/flush
4. Treated water storage and system distribution (urinals) × 75% usage = 1,063 L/day
pressure pumps and piping.
250 males × 3 flushes/day × 6.06 L/flush (water
closets) × 25% usage = 1,136 L/day
Design Criteria for
Gray water Supply and 250 women × 3 flushes/day × 6.06 L/flush (water
closets) = 4,545 L/day
Consumption
It is estimated that 2/3 of the wastewater discharged TOTAL gray water demand = 6,744 L/day = approx.
from a typical household in one day is gray water. The 1,686,000 L/yr]
remaining wastewater (that is, 1/3 of the discharge) This example shows that approximately 3.6 gal/
is black water from water closets. The discharge person/day (13.5 L/person/day) are needed to supply
from the separate piping systems supplying the gray gray water to toilets and urinals for a 500-employee
water system should be sized based on the applicable office. This demand could be supplied in part by the
plumbing code. 1 gal/person/day available from the fixtures identified
The following issues should be considered in the in the gray water supply section above.
design of any gray water system: In shopping centers, flow rates are based on square
1. The design flow is based on the number of people feet (m2) of space, not the number of persons. The
in a facility.
Chapter 2 — Grey Water (Water Reuse) Systems 31
(A)
(B)
Figure 2-3 Water Treatment Systems:
(A) Types of Gray-Water Treatment System; (B) Types of Black-Water Treatment System
Table 2-5 describes

the types of filtration Table 2-6 Comparison of Gray Water System Applications
and water treatment pro- Potential Gray
cesses most commonly System Piping Treatment Water Uses Water Savings a Savings a
used in the gray water Conventional Base None N/A 0 0
treatment process. De- Type A Separate Filtration, Water closets 20,000 gal/day 20,000 gal/day
pending on the type of (minimal gray-water chlorination, (75,708 L/day) (75,708 L/day)
filtration, the degree and treatment) riser/separate color 17% (inc. irrigation), 26%
types of components fil- WC stack 22% (without irrigation)
tered vary. Basic filtration Type A Separate Chemical Water closets 35,000 gal/day, 35,000 gal/day,
concentrates on reducing (enhanced gray-water filtration, cooling towers, (132,489 L/day) (132,489 L/day)
treatment) riser/separate chlorination, irrigation (pos.) 30% (incl. irrigation), 46%
suspended solids and does WC stack color 38% (without irrigation)
not absorb nitrogen or Type B Separate gray- Tertiary All nonpotable 61,000 gal/day,
phosphates. Coagulation water riser sewage uses (230,909 L/day)
assists in building up the treatment 52% (incl. irrigation)
solid filtration and adds a Values for savings noted are based on the 250-room resort hotel example. Percentages are based on normal usage of 117,850 gal/day,
phosphates to the list. including irrigation, and 91,150 gal/day, without irrigation.
Chlorination is significant only in oxygen demand sewer annual consumption. The minimum gray water
issues. Tertiary treatment includes filtration of all system, Type A treatment facility, has an initial fixed
categories. Absorption, or carbon filtration, concen- estimated cost of $87,500. This cost amortized over
trates primarily on biological and chemical oxygen 15 years with 12% interest results in an annual cost
demands. for payment of the initial capital cost. This annual
Table 2-6 shows the design elements of gray water cost, plus the water and sewer cost, plus the treat-
system treatments. In the type A treatment, separate ment equipment maintenance cost is near the annual
gray water riser piping and water closet piping is re- cost for the hotel management. With maximum gray
quired. This type of treatment consists of filtration, water treatment, Type B, the total annual cost does
chlorination, and color modifications. The system not decrease very much. In fact, statistically they are
re-feeds the water closets. The enhanced version of nearly the same. Given this data, the only reasons to
the type A treatment adds color as well as chemical provide gray water in facilities are governmental or
treatments. If the water source contains high per- institutional incentives. In addition, the cost of sew-
centages of soaps or foaming agents, the addition of age and the cost of water consumption may become
defoaming agents is highly recommended. Increased the decisive factors. Any increase in the cost of sewage
conditioning of the water increases the use of the or water, caused perhaps by a drought in a region, can
water for other applications, such as cooling towers. alter the life-cycle economics.
Type B treatments give the complete tertiary treat- Cost
ment of the water and permit the use of water for
The complete water flow chart of the 250-room hotel
a wide variety of reuse applications. The biological
is shown in Figure 2-4. As depicted in Table 2-6, the
and chemical oxygen treatments are mandatory for
water flow rate savings are clearly defined.
the high concentrations of fecal matter. The addi-
Before one considers using a gray water system,
tion of chemical treatment, filtration, and /or carbon
it is desirable to be able to evaluate quickly, on a pre-
absorption conditions the water for a wide variety of
liminary basis, the potential economic feasibility of
applications. Treatment quality also must take into
the proposed scheme. To facilitate this, a nomograph
account the chemical compound of the water required
such as that shown in Figure 2-5 can be used. This
for use in piping, cooling towers, industrial applica-
analysis shows the variation in interest rates, varia-
tions, and plant life to prevent scaling of pipes and
tion in cost of combined water and sewage, the daily
fouling of valves or equipment.
water use, and cost of total systems based on two types
Economic Analysis—An of treatments, A and B. Movement through the chart
from an interest rate (based on the current economy)
Example
to the combined cost of sewage and water (based on
Table 2-7 gives the life-cycle economic comparison of municipalities) to the water consumption (based on
a gray water system for a 250-room resort hotel. The building occupancy) and to the type of treatment
cost of the conventional system is based on water and facility (based on the purity required) can provide an
Table 2-7 Life-cycle Economic Comparison: Gray Water approximate cost for a gray water system.
Systems for 250-room Hotel To use the nomograph, proceed as follows:
Installed System 1. Enter the lower right portion of the nomograph
Type A with the anticipated total potable water con-
Conventional (Minimal Type B sumption for all users (based on a conventional
System Grey Water) (Grey Water) system).
Fixed Cost 0.000 $87,500 $259,000
2. Move vertically up to the combined utility cost
20 yr 15 yr 15 yr for water purchase and sanitary sewage charges
Life
(Base system) (e.g., $1.25/1,000 gal [3,785 L] for water and
Cost of money 12% 12% 12% $0.75/1,000 gal [3,785 L] for sewage).
Capital recovery factor N/A 0.14682 0.14682 3. Move horizontally to the left to form baseline X.
Amortized first cost 0 $12,846 $38,026
Utility costs 0 0 0
4. Enter the upper right portion of the nomograph
with the estimated additional cost of the gray
Water ($1.40/1,000 gal
[3,785 L]
$59,395 $49,315 $28,299 water system (additional piping, storage, and
treatment equipment).
Sewage ($0.50/1,000
$13,706 $10,106 0
gal [3,785 L] 5. Move vertically down to the annual interest rate
Operational cost 0 0 0 (cost of money) used in the analysis.
Treatment equipment 0 $1,240 $6,305 6. Move horizontally to the left to form baseline Y.
Total Annual $73,101 $73,507 $72,630
Figure 2-5 Nomograph for Overview of Preliminary Feasibility of Gray-Water Systems
7. If the proposed system is a Type A gray water 11. If the final intersection falls to the left and above
system, go to the intersection of baseline X and the sector dividing line, then the economic feasi-
the system A curve (lower left quadrant) of the bility of the scheme is strongly suspect.
nomograph. If a Type B gray water system is be- Note: Obviously, the many variable inputs that
ing studied, go to the intersection of baseline X
must be considered in a detailed economic analysis
and the system B curve.
do not lend themselves to an easy-to-use nomograph.
8. From the appropriate intersection, move verti- Many of these inputs have been simplified by mak-
cally up to the horizontal separation line and ing normal assumptions about such things as ratios
then up and left at the indicated 45° angle to an of reuse, relative quantities of water consumption,
intersection with baseline Y. and sewage discharge. Thus, while the nomograph
9. From this intersection point, move vertically down does give a quick and relatively good indication of
once again to the intersection with baseline X. feasibility, it does not replace a detailed economic
10. If this final (circled) intersection is in the lower evaluation. This is particularly true if the scheme
right field, the system appears preliminarily fea- under consideration has anticipated hydraulic flow
sible and should be subjected to a more detailed patterns that differ markedly from the relative uses
economic analysis. outlined in Figure 2-5.
As a region’s population grows, the utilization of
limited water supplies becomes more critical, and
the need for conservation becomes more obvious,
tion and percolation tests, as required. The design Table 8-6 Average Waste-Water Flows
engineer should explore fully all technical and legal from Residential Sources
aspects of securing approval of an acceptable method Flow, gal (L) / unit / day
of sewage disposal before the site is developed. To do Source Unit Range Typical
so, it is necessary to make a somewhat detailed plan Apartment Person 53–90 (200–340) 69 (260)
of the total contemplated site occupancy to determine Hotel, residential Resident 40–58 (150–220) 50 (190)
the size and capacities of the disposal units. Individual dwelling
When soil absorption systems are contemplated, Average home Person 50–92 (190–350) 74 (280)
it is essential to determine the characteristics and Better home Person 66–106 (250–400) 82 (310)
suitability of the soil as a first step toward design.
Luxury home Person 79–145 (300–550) 100 (380)
The builder of the establishment should explore this
Semi‑modern home Person 26–66 (100–250) 53 (200)
feature of a proposed site before the site is purchased.
Trailer park Person 32–53 (120–200) 40 (150)
After the percolation tests are completed, the quantity
of the sewage to be discharged
Table 8-7 Typical Waste-Water Flows from Commercial Sources
should be estimated to deter-
mine the size and capacity of Waste-Water Flow, gpd/unit (L/d/unit)
the disposal units. Source Unit Range Typical
Airport Passenger 2.1–4.0 (8–15) 2.6 (10)
ESTIMATING Automobile service Vehicle serviced 7.9–13.2 (30–50) 10.6 (40)
SEWAGE station Employee 9.2–15.8 (35–60) 13.2 (50)
QUANTITIES Customer 1.3–5.3 (5–20) 2.1 (8)
Bar
Normally, disposal systems are Employee 10.6–15.8 (40–60) 13.2 (50)
designed prior to the actual Guest 39.6–58.0 (150–220) 50.1 (190)
Hotel
construction of a facility. In es- Employee 7.9–13.2 (30–50) 10.6 (40)
timating the quantity of sewage, [excluding
the first consideration must Industrial building Employee 7.9–17.2 (3–65) 14.5 (55) industry and
cafeteria]
be given to local code require-
Laundry Machine 475.0–686.0 (1800–2595) 580.0 (2195)
ments. These requirements
(self‑service) Wash 47.5–52.8 (180–200) 50.1 (190)
usually result in design flows
that are considerably above Motel Person 23.8–39.6 (90–150) 31.7 (120)
average. If there are no code Motel with kitchen Person 50.2–58.1 (190–220) 52.8 (200)
requirements, the most reli- Office Employee 7.9–17.2 (30–65) 14.5 (55)
able criteria are readings from Restaurant Meal 2.1–4.0 (8–15) 2.6 (10)
water meters at similar existing Rooming house Resident 23.8‑50.1 (90–190) 39.6 (150)
buildings. These usually can be Toilet room 423.0–634.0 (1600–2400) 528.0 (2000)
Store, department
obtained from the water utility Employee 7.9–13.2 (30–50) 10.6 (40)
company. It is recommended Parking space 0.5–2.1 (2–8) 1.1 (4)
Shopping center
that a safety factor of 10% be Employee 7.9–13.2 (30–50) 10.6 (40)
added to the quantity of water
obtained to account for any method is to base the estimated flow on the number of
additional unknown requirements. However, water bedrooms. A second method is to calculate the flow on
flows that do not pass through the sewage system the basis of the number and kinds of plumbing fixture.
(e.g., irrigation) should be excluded. If the building is used as a restaurant, the number of
Where codes and actual usage data are not avail- meals served may be the best criterion. The design en-
able, it is necessary to use other methods of estimating gineer must use judgment and base an estimate upon
the amount of sewage to be discharged. For residential a combination of the various influencing factors. Refer
facilities refer to Table 8-6 for average daily wastewa- to Table 8-10 for general establishments to estimate
ter flows, including minimum and maximum flow and sewage quantities. The quantities given in the table
frequency distribution. These data are useful for the are merely the best averages available at this time;
design of systems for apartments, mobile home parks, they should be modified in localities or establishments
and similar residential facilities. Refer to Tables 8-7 where experience indicates a need to do so.
through 8-9 for typical wastewater flows from com- It is sometimes economically wise to construct
mercial, institutional, and recreational sources. separate disposal systems for different types of waste
Where measurements of water consumption are at a given establishment. The decision regarding the
not possible, it is necessary to use other methods of es- number of disposal systems may be influenced by
timating the amount of sewage to be discharged. One topography, conditions of terrain, and the locations of
Table 5-20 Minimum Sizes of Fixture Table 5-21 Water Distribution System
Water Supply Pipes Design Criteria Required Capacity At
Minimum
Fixture Supply Pipe Outlets
Pipe Size, Flow Flow
Fixture Inches Fixture Supply Outlet Ratea, Pressure,
Bathtubsa (60" × 32" and smaller) ½ Serving (Gpm) psi
Bathtubsa (larger than 60" × 32") ½ Bathtub 4 8
Bidet 3
⁄8 Bidet 2 4
Combination sink and tray ½ Combination fixture 4 8
Dishwasher, domestica ½ Dishwasher, residential 2.75 8
Drinking fountain 3
⁄8 Drinking fountain 0.75 8
Hose bibbs ½ Laundry tray 4 8
Kitchen sinka ½ Lavatory 2 8
Laundry, 1, 2 or 3 Shower 3 8
compartmentsa ½ Shower, temperature
Lavatory 3
⁄8 controlled 3 20
Shower, single heada ½ Sillcock, hose bibb 5 8
Sinks, flushing rim ¾ Sink, residential 2.5 8
Sinks, service ½ Sink, service 3 8
Urinal, flush tank ½ Urinal, valve 15 15
Urinal, flush valve ¾ Water closet, blow out,
flushometer valve 35 25
Wall hydrant ½
Water closet, flushometer
Water closet, flush tank 3
⁄8
tank 1.6 15
Water closet, flush valve 1
Water close;, siphonic,
Water closet, flushometer tank 3
⁄8 flushometer valve 25 15
Water closet, one piecea ½ Water closet, tank, close
coupled 3 8
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per
square inch = 6.895 kPa. Water closet, tank, one
a. Where the developed length of the distribution line is 60 piece 6 20
feet or less, and the available pressure at the meter is For SI: 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa, 1 gallon per
a minimum of 35 psi, the minimum size of an individual minute = 3.785 L/m.
distribution line supplied from a manifold and installed as a. For additional requirements for flow rates and quantities, see
part of a parallel water distribution system shall be one Section 604.4.
nominal tube size smaller than the sizes indicated.
Figure 5-16 Form to Track WSFUs and Other Data

First Referral Hospitals
Functional Description, Planning of Equipment and Renewable Resources
008 Gown, Surgical, woven(Orthopaedic gown)

009 Gown, Surgical, woven(Plain)
010 Cap, Surgical, woven
011 Drape, Surgical, woven(1 X 1 m)
012 Drape, Surgical, woven(1 X 1,5 m)
013 Drape, Surgical, woven(1.5 x 1,5 m)(fenestrated
014 Drape, Surgical, woven(45 cm X 70 cm)(fenestrated)
015 Pillow case
016 Pillows
017 Sheet, Bed
018 Sheet, draw, white
019 Cellular Blanket (Recovery and outside blankets)
020 Mayo cover
021 Towel Bath
022 Towel Hand
Capacity, Surgical suite:
The capacity of the surgical theatre is determined by the two interchangeable OTs. Estimated capacity:
An average of 5 procedures per day, per theatre.
300 operational days per year.
Approximately 3,000 procedures per year, exclusive of after-hours work and emergencies.
Location, Surgical suite:
The preferred location is on the same floor as the surgical wards, which may be the ground floor. It
should be connected to the surgical ward by the simplest possible route. It should also:
Adjoin the central sterile supply department.
Be easily accessible from the accident and emergency department.
If intensive care is available, the ICU should be adjacent to the OT.
Be located in a cul-de-sac, so that entry and exit can be controlled and there should be no
through traffic.
UNICEF 109
TURF IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
7.6 CHAPTER SEVEN
find the preliminary pressure losses through them. Add the pressure losses in the piping sys-
tem and other components from the main to the connection point of the irrigation system.
Subtract from the residual pressure the losses just calculated. The result is the pressure in
the service line at the connection point for the irrigation system. The above method is an
iterative one, with substitutions made to various items as the detailed design progresses.
Water Supply Requirements
There is no quick and easy method available to calculate the exact amount of water needed
for irrigation purposes with any degree of accuracy. Specialists use a plant list along with a
soil chart based on climatic conditions to establish an accurate ET. More general informa-
tion will be discussed here. If a project presents a particularly complex problem, a specialist
in irrigation should be consulted. For design purposes, a general figure for the necessary
amount of water can be used to design a simple system with acceptable accuracy.
For lawn irrigation purposes, it is easiest to find the amount of water to be applied if
it is calculated on a weekly basis to discharge enough water to replace slightly more than
that lost to ET.
A device called a U.S. Class A Pan Evaporator can be used to establish the ET. This device
is a pan of a certain size, which is partially filled with water, set out on the site for a period
of time, and the amount of water evaporated from the bucket is measured. Experimentation
has determined that the rate of evaporation from a pan evaporator is equal to 80 percent of the
actual ET rate. The weekly amount of water to be applied can be derived.
There have been studies made to determine the ET rate for general areas of the United
States. One of them divides the country into “hardiness zones,” which give the estimated
or potential ET, called PET, throughout all areas. Generally, the further south, the greater
the water requirements. In addition to the hardiness zone concept, another table has been
developed based on the average temperature and humidity of an area. The climate PET
values are listed in Table 7.1, which gives the PET rate for 1 day. Multiply the figure found
in Table 7.1 by 7 to calculate the weekly PET rate. The criteria in Table 7.1 correlate with
known criteria successfully used for the weekly rate of irrigation. In order to enter Table 7.1 to
calculate the actual water flow in the system, the local temperature and humidity conditions
must be known. Check with the appropriate sources to find the temperature and humidity
design conditions for the project site as it applies to this table.
Another factor to be considered is that a well designed and engineered irrigation system
is approximately 80 percent efficient, taking into account all of the inefficiencies previously
TABLE 7.1 Climate PET Table
Climate* Inches daily Gallons per ft2
Cool humid 0.10–0.15 0.062–0.09

Cool dry 0.15–0.20 0.09–0.125
Warm humid 0.15–0.20 0.09–0.125
Warm dry 0.20–0.25 0.125–0.156
Hot humid 0.20–0.30 0.125–0.187
Hot dry 0.30–0.45 0.187–0.218
↑
Worst case
*
Cool is under 70°F as an average midsummer high. Warm is between
70°F and 90°F as midsummer highs. Hot equals over 90°F. Humid is over
50% as average midsummer relative humidity (dry = under 50%).
Source: Rainbird, Inc.

182 HVAC Water Chillers and Cooling Towers
Makeup Water Piping

Makeup water is potable water from municipal water systems and/or wells that is
added to the condenser water flow to offset the water losses due to evaporation,
drift, and blowdown. Again, a manual isolation valve is required at the tower
connection point for maintenance purposes. Copper tubing or PVC piping is
normally used for makeup water piping and all piping should be insulated with at
least 1″-thick glass fiber insulation with an integral vapor barrier.
The makeup piping terminates at a makeup water control valve, which may be
either mechanically or electronically actuated in response to the water level in
the basin. Electric heat tape (or other type of heat tracing) is normally required
to protect the makeup water from freezing during off periods in winter (see
Chapter 14).
Water losses from an HVAC cooling tower result from evaporation, drift, and
blowdown. Each of these must be determined to properly size the makeup water
system.
Evaporation loss. The heat of vaporization of water is 1045 Btu/lb at 85°F.

Therefore, to determine the evaporation rate required for a given heat
rejection (condenser water cooling) rate, it is necessary to know the flow
rate, the range, and the heat rejection required. In the general case (a
flow rate of 1 gpm with a range of 1°F), the evaporation requirement can
be computed as follows:
Flow: 1 gal/min (equivalent to 500 lb/h)
Range: 1°F
Heat load:
Q = 1 gal/min × 8.34 lb/gal × 60 min/h × 1 Btu/lb°F × 1°F
= 500 Btu/h
Heat of vaporization:
Qv = 1045 Btu/lb
Evaporation rate:
500 Btu/h
E =
1045 Btu/1b
= 0.478 lb/h
Thus, dividing the evaporation rate of 0.478 lb/h by the flow rate of
500 lb/h yields an evaporation rate of essentially 0.1% of the condenser
water flow rate per °F of range, ~1% of the condenser water flow rate for
the 10°F range typically used in HVAC applications.
Drift loss. Drift loss data can be provided by the manufacturer for the
specific cooling tower selection being considered. However, drift loss
from modern HVAC cooling towers is typically within the range of
0.0001–0.005% and most engineers simply ignore drift loss when
evaluating makeup water requirements.
Tower Configuration and Application 183
Blowdown loss. Water treatment programs for deposition control routinely

require blowdown, the intentional wasting of condenser water to
increase the amount of makeup water to maintain the ratio of dissolved
solids in the condenser water at a desirable level (see Chapter 13). The
water treatment program will establish the required number of cycles of
concentration, which is the ratio of the amount of dissolved solids
in the condenser water to the amount in the makeup water. Once
the cycles are determined, the amount of required blowdown can be
computed as
E
BD =
(cycles – 1)
where
BD = blowdown flow (gpm)
E = evaporation rate (gpm)
cycles = cycles of concentration established by water treatment program
Typically, the cycles of concentration will be between 5 and 10, and
the lower value, which requires greater blowdown to achieve, is often
used to establish makeup water flow rates.
Thus, the maximum required makeup water flow rate, per gpm of condenser
water flow, can be conservatively computed as follows:
Evaporation: (0.01 × 1 gpm) 0.0100 gpm

Blowdown: [0.01 gpm/(5–1)] 0.0025 gpm
Total makeup: 0.0125 gpm
A 500-ton chiller with a rated condenser water flow rate of 3 gpm/ton would
have a condenser water flow rate of 1500 gpm and the maximum amount of
makeup water required would be (1500 gpm × 0.0125 gpm make-up/gpm CDW)
or 18.75 gpm. For an “optimum” chiller with a condenser water flow rate of
2.8 gpm/ton, the make-up water requirement would be 17.5 gpm at the peak load
of 500 tons.
A water meter, of a type satisfactory to the local municipality, should be
installed in the makeup water supply line so that the amount of water consumed
by the tower can be accurately determined. Most municipal water and sewer agen-
cies will provide a credit to eliminate sewer charges for makeup water lost through
a cooling tower.
Normal operation of cooling coils produces condensate water that typically
drains to the sewer. But, condensate is clean water that can be captured and reused
for nonpotable water applications. Typical applications for recovered condensate
include cooling tower makeup.
GAS PIPE SIZING METHODOLOGY (LOW PRESSURE METHOD)
GAS PIPING SYSTEM SIZING FOR SYSTEM PRESSURES < 1.5 PSI
P1 (CORRECTED AVAILABLE SYSTEM
P1 (AVAILABLE SYSTEM
PRESSURE FOR THE MAXIMUM VALUE OF L (DISTANCE TO D (INTERNAL
Q (FLOW RATE IN THE PIPE SEGMENT) PRESSURE JUST DOWNSTREAM ΔP (PRESSURE DROP) CR LEQ (EQUIVALENT LENGTH)
THE TYPICAL SUPPLY PRESSURE OF ANY REMOTEST OUTLET) DIAMETER)
EQUIPMENT TAG PIPE SEGMENT OF PRESSURE REGULATOR)
APPLIANCE)
FT3/HR PSI PSI INCHES OF WATER COLUMN FOR NATURAL GAS FEET FEET INCHES
BRANCH SIZE OF EACH EQUIPMENT
210 1 REVOLVING OVEN (5 TRAYS) 1.0 NO CORRECTION REQUIRED 2.8 0.6094 315 473 1.04
550 2 CHINESE COOKING RANGE ‐ 5 BURNER 1.0 NO CORRECTION REQUIRED 2.8 0.6094 315 473 1.50
111 3 COOKING RANGE ‐ 4 BURNER (UNDER SHELF) 1.0 NO CORRECTION REQUIRED 2.8 0.6094 315 473 0.82
150 4 FRYER 2W‐2B‐CD 1.0 NO CORRECTION REQUIRED 2.8 0.6094 315 473 0.92
111 5 COOKING RANGE WIDE ‐ 4 BURNER (UNDER SHELF) 1.0 NO CORRECTION REQUIRED 2.8 0.6094 315 473 0.82
110 6 STOCK POT BURNER STAND 1.0 NO CORRECTION REQUIRED 2.8 0.6094 315 473 0.81
48 7 MUD TANDOOR 1.0 NO CORRECTION REQUIRED 2.8 0.6094 315 473 0.59
65 8 COOKING RANGE ‐ 4 BURNER (TABLE TOP) 1.0 NO CORRECTION REQUIRED 2.8 0.6094 788 1182 0.80
143 9 IWH‐01 1.0 NO CORRECTION REQUIRED 2.8 0.6094 470 705 0.98
143 10 IWH‐02 1.0 NO CORRECTION REQUIRED 2.8 0.6094 470 705 0.98
2,234 11 HWB‐01A 1.0 NO CORRECTION REQUIRED 2.8 0.6094 788 1182 3.10
2,234 12 HWB‐01B 1.0 NO CORRECTION REQUIRED 2.8 0.6094 788 1182 3.10
BRANCH SIZE OF EACH PIPE SEGMENT
110 N/A SUB PIPE SEGMENT 6 1.0 NO CORRECTION REQUIRED 2.8 0.6094 315 473 0.81
220 N/A SUB PIPE SEGMENT 6‐6 1.0 NO CORRECTION REQUIRED 2.8 0.6094 315 473 1.06
330 N/A SUB PIPE SEGMENT 6‐6‐6 1.0 NO CORRECTION REQUIRED 2.8 0.6094 315 473 1.24
440 N/A SUB PIPE SEGMENT 6‐6‐6‐6 1.0 NO CORRECTION REQUIRED 2.8 0.6094 315 473 1.38
550 N/A SUB PIPE SEGMENT 6‐6‐6‐6‐6 1.0 NO CORRECTION REQUIRED 2.8 0.6094 315 473 1.50
660 N/A SUB PIPE SEGMENT 6‐6‐6‐6‐6‐6 1.0 NO CORRECTION REQUIRED 2.8 0.6094 315 473 1.61
770 N/A SUB PIPE SEGMENT 6‐6‐6‐6‐6‐6‐6 1.0 NO CORRECTION REQUIRED 2.8 0.6094 315 473 1.71
880 N/A SUB PIPE SEGMENT 6‐6‐6‐6‐6‐6‐6‐6 1.0 NO CORRECTION REQUIRED 2.8 0.6094 315 473 1.80
990 N/A SUB PIPE SEGMENT 6‐6‐6‐6‐6‐6‐6‐6‐6 1.0 NO CORRECTION REQUIRED 2.8 0.6094 315 473 1.88
1,100 N/A SUB PIPE SEGMENT 6‐6‐6‐6‐6‐6‐6‐6‐6‐6 1.0 NO CORRECTION REQUIRED 2.8 0.6094 315 473 1.96
1,196 N/A SUB PIPE SEGMENT 6‐6‐6‐6‐6‐6‐6‐6‐6‐6‐7‐7 1.0 NO CORRECTION REQUIRED 2.8 0.6094 315 473 2.02
1,021 N/A SUB PIPE SEGMENT 1‐2‐3‐4 1.0 NO CORRECTION REQUIRED 2.8 0.6094 315 473 1.90
1,133 N/A SUB PIPE SEGMENT 1‐2‐3‐4‐5 1.0 NO CORRECTION REQUIRED 2.8 0.6094 315 473 1.98
2,329 N/A SUB PIPE SEGMENT 6‐6‐6‐6‐6‐6‐6‐6‐6‐6‐7‐7‐1‐2‐3‐4‐5 OR BRANCH MAIN‐A (KITCHEN BUILDING) 1.0 NO CORRECTION REQUIRED 2.8 0.6094 315 473 2.60
390 N/A SUB PIPE SEGMENT 8‐8‐8‐8‐8‐8 1.0 NO CORRECTION REQUIRED 2.8 0.6094 470 705 1.43
495 N/A SUB PIPE SEGMENT 8‐10‐10‐10 1.0 NO CORRECTION REQUIRED 2.8 0.6094 470 705 1.57
885 N/A SUB PIPE SEGMENT 8‐8‐8‐8‐8‐8‐8‐10‐10‐10 1.0 NO CORRECTION REQUIRED 2.8 0.6094 470 705 1.96
950 N/A SUB PIPE SEGMENT 8‐8‐8‐8‐8‐8‐8‐10‐10‐10‐8 1.0 NO CORRECTION REQUIRED 2.8 0.6094 470 705 2.01
1,080 N/A SUB PIPE SEGMENT 8‐8‐8‐8‐8‐8‐8‐10‐10‐10‐8‐8‐8 1.0 NO CORRECTION REQUIRED 2.8 0.6094 470 705 2.11
1,367.006 N/A SUB PIPE SEGMENT 8‐8‐8‐8‐8‐8‐8‐10‐10‐10‐8‐8‐8‐9‐9 OR BRANCH MAIN‐B (RISER‐01 OF HOSPITAL BUILDING) 1.0 NO CORRECTION REQUIRED 2.8 0.6094 470 705 2.31
2,234 N/A SUB PIPE SEGMENT 11 1.0 NO CORRECTION REQUIRED 2.8 0.6094 788 1182 3.10
2,234 N/A SUB PIPE SEGMENT 12 1.0 NO CORRECTION REQUIRED 2.8 0.6094 788 1182 3.10
4,468 N/A SUB PIPE SEGMENT 11‐12 1.0 NO CORRECTION REQUIRED 2.8 0.6094 788 1182 4.03
4,598 N/A SUB PIPE SEGMENT 11‐12‐8‐8 1.0 NO CORRECTION REQUIRED 2.8 0.6094 788 1182 4.08
4,728 N/A SUB PIPE SEGMENT 11‐12‐8‐8‐8‐8 1.0 NO CORRECTION REQUIRED 2.8 0.6094 788 1182 4.12
4,793 N/A SUB PIPE SEGMENT 11‐12‐8‐8‐8‐8‐8 1.0 NO CORRECTION REQUIRED 2.8 0.6094 788 1182 4.14
4,923 N/A SUB PIPE SEGMENT 11‐12‐8‐8‐8‐8‐8‐8‐8 1.0 NO CORRECTION REQUIRED 2.8 0.6094 788 1182 4.18
5,053 N/A SUB PIPE SEGMENT 11‐12‐8‐8‐8‐8‐8‐8‐8‐8‐8 1.0 NO CORRECTION REQUIRED 2.8 0.6094 788 1182 4.23
5,183 N/A SUB PIPE SEGMENT 11‐12‐8‐8‐8‐8‐8‐8‐8‐8‐8‐8‐8 OR BRANCH MAIN‐C (RISER‐02 OF HOSPITAL BUILDING) 1.0 NO CORRECTION REQUIRED 2.8 0.6094 788 1182 4.27
3,696 N/A BRANCH MAIN‐A‐B 1.0 NO CORRECTION REQUIRED 2.8 0.6094 470 705 3.37
8,878 N/A BRANCH MAIN‐A‐B‐C OR SITE MAIN 1.0 NO CORRECTION REQUIRED 2.8 0.6094 788 1182 5.24
NOTES:
A) LOW PRESSURE GAS FORMULA IS AS PER EQUATION 6.4.1 OF NFPA 54 (2015).
B) PRESSURE DROP OF 10 % SHALL BE EMPLOYED TO ACCOMMADATE FRICTION LOSSES FOR SYSTEM DESIGN OPERATING PRESSURES LESS THAN AND MORE THAN 1.5 PSI AS PER ASPE‐PLUMBING ENGINEERING DESIGN HANDBOOK
(VOLUME‐3): CHAPTER 10.
C) THE EQUIVALENT LENGTH SHALL BE EQUAL TO THE MEASURED LENGTH PLUS 50% OF THE MEASURED LENGTH AS PER ASPE‐PLUMBING ENGINEERING DESIGN HANDBOOK (VOLUME‐2): CHAPTER 7.
D) MAXIMUM DESIGN OPERATING PRESSURES SHALL BE LIMITED TO 5 PSI UNLESS THE REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 54 (2015): 5.5.1 ARE MET.
E) MINIMUM DESIGN OPERATING PRESSURES SHALL BE NO LESS THAN THE MAXIMUM VALUE OF THE MINIMUM SUPPLY PRESSURE OF ANY APPLIANCE CONNECTED TO THE PIPING SYSTEM AS PER NFPA 54 (2015): 5.4.1.
F) BRANCH LENGTH METHOD UTILIZED FOR PIPE SIZING AS PER NFPA 54 (2015): 6.1.2
FACILITY'S GAS CONSUMPTION DEMAND
TYPICAL SUPPLY PRESSURE CONSUMPTION DEMAND TOTAL DEMAND
EQUIPMENT TAG APPLIANCE TYPE / AREA DESCRIPTION QUANTITY
PSI BTU/HOUR BTU/HOUR
GROUND FLOOR'S MAIN KITCHEN BUILDING
1 REVOLVING OVEN (5 TRAYS) 0.22 210,000 1 210,000
2 CHINESE COOKING RANGE ‐ 5 BURNER 0.36 550,000 1 550,000
3 COOKING RANGE ‐ 4 BURNER (UNDER SHELF) 0.25 111,272 1 111,272
4 FRYER 2W‐2B‐CD 0.22 150,000 1 150,000
5 COOKING RANGE WIDE ‐ 4 BURNER (UNDER SHELF) 0.25 111,272 1 111,272
6 STOCK POT BURNER STAND 0.18 110,000 10 1,100,000
7 MUD TANDOOR 0.38 48,000 2 96,000
HOSPITAL BUILDING'S PANTRY AREA'S COOKING RANGE
8 COOKING RANGE ‐ 4 BURNER (TABLE TOP) 0.25 65,000 21 1,365,000
INSTANT WATER HEATERS
9 IWH‐01 0.38 143,401 2 286,803
10 IWH‐02 0.38 143,401 3 430,204
HOT WATER BOILER
11 HWB‐01A 0.51 2,233,773 1 2,233,773
12 HWB‐01B 0.51 2,233,773 1 2,233,773
TOTAL FACILITY'S ENERGY GAS DEMAND (BTU/HR) 8,878,096
HEATING VALUE OF NATURAL GAS (BTU/FT3) 1,000
TOTAL FACILITY'S VOLUMETRIC GAS DEMAND (FT3/HR) 8,878
NOTES:
A) APPLIANCE GAS CONSUMPTION DEMAND RATES ARE AS PER TABLE 7‐1 OF ASPE: PLUMBING ENGINEERING DESIGN HANDBOOK (VOLUME 2)
54–22 NATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE ANSI Z223.1–22
5.10.2 Protective Devices. Protective devices shall include but 6.1.3 Hybrid Pressure. The pipe size for each section of
not be limited to the following: higher pressure gas piping shall be determined using the
longest length of piping from the point of delivery to the most
(1) Check valves
remote line pressure regulator. The pipe size from the line
(2) Three-way valves (of the type that completely closes one
pressure regulator to each outlet shall be determined using
side before starting to open the other side)
the length of piping from the regulator to the most remote
(3) Reverse flow indicators controlling positive shutoff valves
outlet served by the regulator.
(4) Normally closed air-actuated positive shutoff pressure
regulators 6.2 Tables for Sizing Gas Piping Systems Using Natural Gas.
Table 6.2(a) through Table 6.2(x) shall be used to size gas
5.11* Low-Pressure Protection. A protective device shall be piping in conjunction with one of the methods described in
installed between the meter and the appliance or equipment 6.1.1 through 6.1.3.
if the operation of the appliance or equipment is such that it
could produce a vacuum or a dangerous reduction in gas pres- 6.3 Tables for Sizing Gas Piping Systems Using Propane.
sure at the meter. Such protective devices include, but are not Table 6.3(a) through Table 6.3(m) shall be used to size gas
limited to, mechanical, diaphragm-operated, or electrically piping in conjunction with one of the methods described in
operated low-pressure shutoff valves. 6.1.1 through 6.1.3.
6.4 Sizing Equations. The inside diameter of smooth wall pipe
5.12 Shutoff Valves. Shutoff valves shall be approved and shall
or tubing shall be determined by the sizing equations in 6.4.1
be selected giving consideration to pressure drop, service in-
and 6.4.2 using the equivalent pipe length determined by the
volved, emergency use, and reliability of operation. Shutoff
methods in 6.1.1 through 6.1.3.
valves of size 1 in. (25 mm) National Pipe Thread and smaller
shall be listed. 6.4.1* Low-Pressure Gas Formula. Less than 1.5 psi (10.3 kPa):
5.13 Excess Flow Valve(s). Where automatic excess flow valves Q 0.381
are installed, they shall be listed to ANSI Z21.93/CSA 6.30, Excess D= 0.206 [6.4.1]
⎛ ∆H ⎞
Flow Valves for Natural and LP-Gas with Pressures Up to 5 psig, and 19.17 ⎜ ⎟
shall be sized and installed in accordance with the manufactur- ⎝ Cr × L ⎠
ers’ instructions. where:
D = inside diameter of pipe (in.)
5.14 Expansion and Flexibility.
Q = input rate appliance(s) (cubic feet per hour at
5.14.1 Design. Piping systems shall be designed to prevent 60°F and 30 in. mercury column)
failure from thermal expansion or contraction. ∆H = pressure drop [in. w.c. (27.7 in. H2O = 1 psi)]
L = equivalent length of pipe (ft)
5.14.2 Special Local Conditions. Where local conditions in-
See Table 6.4.2 for values of Cr.
clude earthquake, tornado, unstable ground, or flood haz-
ards, special consideration shall be given to increased strength 6.4.2* High-Pressure Gas Formula. 1.5 psi (10.3 kPa) and
and flexibility of piping supports and connections. above:
Q 0.381
D=
⎡ ( P12 − P22 ) ⋅ Y
0.206
Chapter 6 Pipe Sizing ⎤ [6.4.2]
18.93 ⎢ ⎥
6.1* Pipe Sizing Methods. Where the pipe size is to be deter- ⎢⎣ Cr × L ⎥⎦
mined using any of the methods in 6.1.1 through 6.1.3, the diam- where:
eter of each pipe segment shall be obtained from the pipe sizing D = inside diameter of pipe (in.)
tables in Section 6.2 or Section 6.3 or from the sizing equations in Q = input rate appliance(s) (cubic feet per hour at
Section 6.4. For SI units, 1 ft3 = 0.028 m3, 1 ft = 0.305 m, 1 in. w.c. = 60°F and 30 in. mercury column)
0.249 kPa, 1 psi = 6.894 kPa, 1000 Btu/hr = 0.293 kW. P 1 = upstream pressure [psia (P1 + 14.7)]
6.1.1* Longest Length Method. The pipe size of each section P 2 = downstream pressure [psia (P2 + 14.7)]
of gas piping shall be determined using the longest length of L = equivalent length of pipe (ft)
piping from the point of delivery to the most remote outlet See Table 6.4.2 for values of Cr and Y.
and the load of the section.
6.1.2* Branch Length Method. Pipe shall be sized as follows:
Table 6.4.2 Cr and Y for Natural Gas and
(1) Pipe size of each section of the longest pipe run from the Undiluted Propane at Standard Conditions
point of delivery to the most remote outlet shall be deter-
mined using the longest run of piping and the load of the Formula Factors
section.
(2) The pipe size of each section of branch piping not previ- Gas Cr Y
ously sized shall be determined using the length of piping
from the point of delivery to the most remote outlet in Natural gas 0.6094 0.9992
each branch and the load of the section. Undiluted propane 1.2462 0.9910
2015 Edition
54–132 NATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE ANSI Z223.1–132
(3) Using the following steps, determine if sizing tables can

be used:
(a) Total gas load shown in Figure B.7.2 equals 110 chf Section
(3.11 m3/hr). B Furnace
(b) Determine pressure drop across regulator [see notes 60 cfh
2 psi
in Table 6.2(r)]. Gas meter
(c) If pressure drop across regulator exceeds 3⁄4 psi 110 cfh Section
C Water
(5.2 kPa), Table 6.2(r) cannot be used. Note that if heater
M
pressure drop exceeds 3⁄4 psi (5.2 kPa), a larger regu- 30 cfh
lator must be selected or an alternative sizing method Section
A
must be used.
(d) Pressure drop across the line regulator [for 110 cfh/ 10 in. Section
2 psi
(3.11 m3/hr)] is 4 in. w.c. (0.99 kPa) based on manu- Zone w.c. D Dryer
facturer’s performance data. Zone 20 cfh
(e) Assume the CSST manufacturer has tubing sizes or
EHDs of 13, 18, 23, and 30. Length of runs: Key:
(4) From Section A [2 psi (14 kPa) zone]: A = 100 ft Manifold
(a) Determine distance from meter to regulator = 100 ft B = 15 ft
C = 10 ft Shutoff valve
(30.48 m).
D = 25 ft Pressure regulator
(b) Determine total load supplied by A = 110 cfh
(3.11 m3/hr) (furnace + water heater + dryer). M Gas meter
(c) Table 6.2(r) shows that EHD size 18 should be used.
Note that it is not unusual to oversize the supply line FIGURE B.7.2 Piping Plan Showing a CSST System.
by 25 to 50 percent of the as-installed load. EHD size
18 has a capacity of 189 cfh (5.35 m3/hr). (3) Section C:
(5) From Section B (low-pressure zone): (a) The length of tubing from the point of delivery to the
dryer at the end of Section C is 50 ft (15 m), A + C.
(a) Distance from regulator to furnace is 15 ft (4.57 m).
(b) Use this branch length (which is also the longest
(b) Load is 60 cfh (1.70 m3/hr).
length) to size Section C.
(c) Table 6.2(p) shows that EHD size 13 should be used.
(c) Using the row marked 50 ft (15 m) in Table 6.2(j),
(6) From Section C (low-pressure zone): Section C supplying 30 cfh (0.85 m3/hr) for the dryer
(a) Distance from regulator to water heater is 10 ft (3 m). requires 3⁄8 in. (10 mm) tubing.
(b) Load is 30 cfh (0.85 m3/hr). (4) Section D:
(c) Table 6.2(p) shows that EHD size 13 should be used.
(a) The length of tubing from the point of delivery to the
(7) From Section D (low-pressure zone):
water heater at the end of Section D is 30 ft (9.14 m),
(a) Distance from regulator to dryer is 25 ft (7.62 m). A + D.
(b) Load is 20 cfh (0.57 m3/hr). (b) Use this branch length to size Section D only.
(c) Table 6.2(p) shows that EHD size 13 should be used. (c) Using the row marked 30 ft (9.14 m) in Table 6.2(j),
B.7.3 Example 3 — Branch Length Method. Determine the Section D supplying 35 cfh (34.69 m3/hr) for the wa-
required semirigid copper tubing size of each section of the ter heater requires 3⁄8 in. (10 mm) tubing.
piping system shown in Figure B.7.3, with a designated pres- (5) Section E:
sure drop of 1 in. w.c. (250 Pa) (using the Branch Length (a) The length of tubing from the point of delivery to the
Method). The gas to be used has 0.60 specific gravity and a furnace at the end of Section E is 30 ft (9.14 m), A + E.
heating value of 1000 Btu/ft3 (37.5 MJ/m3). (b) Use this branch length to size Section E only.
Solution (c) Using the row marked 30 ft (9.14 m) in Table 6.2(j),
Section E supplying 80 cfh (0.99 m3/hr) for the fur-
(1) Section A:
nace requires 1⁄2 in. (15 mm) tubing.
most remote appliance is 50 ft (15 m), A + C. B.7.4 Example 4 — Modification to Existing Piping System.
(b) Use this longest length to size Sections A and C. Determine the required CSST size for Section G (retrofit ap-
(c) Using the row marked 50 ft (15 m) in Table 6.2(j), plication) of the piping system shown in Figure B.7.4, with a
Section A supplying 220 cfh (6.23 m3/hr) for four designated pressure drop of 0.50 in. w.c. (125 Pa) using the
appliances requires 1 in. (25 mm) tubing. Branch Length Method. The gas to be used has 0.60 specific
(2) Section B: gravity and a heating value of 1000 Btu/ft3 (37.5 MJ/m3).
Solution
range/oven at the end of Section B is 30 ft (9.14 m), (1) The length of pipe and CSST from the point of delivery to
A + B. the retrofit appliance (barbecue) at the end of Section G
(b) Use this branch length to size Section B only. is 40 ft (12.19 m), A + B + G.
(c) Using the row marked 30 ft (9.14 m) in Table 6.2(j), (2) Use this branch length to size Section G.
Section B supplying 75 cfh (2.12 m3/hr) for the (3) Assume the CSST manufacturer has tubing sizes or EHDs
range/oven requires 1⁄2 in. (15 mm) tubing. of 13, 18, 23, and 30.
2015 Edition
Table 7‑3 Approximate Gas Demand for Common Appliancesa tion for some common appliances. To find the flow
Appliance Input, Btu/h (mJ/h) rate of gas required, use the consumption from the
Commercial kitchen equipment manufacturer and divide by 1,000. If the equipment
Small broiler 30,000 (31.7) is a water heater, multiply the figure by the weight
Large broiler 60,000 (63.3) of water (8.48 lbs).
The products of combustion from an appliance
Combination broiler and roaster 66,000 (69.6)
must be safely exhausted to the outside. This is accom-
Coffee maker, 3-burner 18,000 (19)
plished with a gas vent system in most cases. Where
Coffee maker, 4-burner 24,000 (25.3)
an appliance has a very low rate of gas consumption
Deep fat fryer, 45 lb (20.4 kg) of fat 50,000 (52.8)
(e.g., Bunsen burner or countertop coffee maker) or
Deep fat fryer, 75 lb (34.1 kg) of fat 75,000 (79.1) where an appliance has an exhaust system associated
Doughnut fryer, 200 lb (90.8 kg) of fat 72,000 (76) with the appliance (e.g., gas clothes dryer or range)
2-deck baking and roasting oven 100,000 (105.5) and the room size and ventilation are adequate, a sep-
3-deck baking oven 96,000 (101.3) arate gas vent system may not be required. Current
Revolving oven, 4 or 5 trays 210,000 (221.6) practice usually dictates the use of factory-fabricated
Range with hot top and oven 90,000 (95) and listed vents for small to medium-size appliances.
Range with hot top 45,000 (47.5) Large appliances and equipment may require spe-
Range with fry top and oven 100,000 (105.5) cially designed venting or exhaust systems. It is not
Range with fry top 50,000 (52.8) the plumbing engineer’s responsibility to design and
Coffee urn, single, 5-gal (18.9 L) 28,000 (29.5) specify gas vents. This is done by either the HVAC
Coffee urn, twin, 10-gal. (37.9 L) 56,000 (59.1) department or the manufacturer.
Coffee urn, twin, 15-gal (56.8 L) 84,000 (88.6) Where the ratings of the appliances are not known,
Stackable convection oven, per section of oven 60,000 (63.3) they shall comply with the typical demand of appli-
Residential equipment ances by types as indicated in NFPA 54.
Clothes dryer (Type I) 35,000 (36.9) Allowable Gas Pressure
Range 65,000 (68.6) The gas outlet pressure in the piping system down-
Stove-top burners (each) 40,000 (42.2) stream of the meter that is supplied by the utility
Oven 25,000 (26.4) is mostly in the range of 4–14 in. (102–356 mm)
30-gal (113.6-L) water heater 30,000 (31.7) wc, with approximately 7 in. (178 mm) wc being a
40 to 50-gal (151.4 to 189.3-L) water heater 50,000 (52.8) common figure. Good engineering practice limits
Log lighter 25,000 (26.4) the pressure losses in the piping to approximately
Barbecue 50,000 (52.8) 0.2–0.5 in. (5–12.7 mm) wc depending on the outlet
Miscellaneous equipment
pressure, with 0.3 in. (7.6 mm) wc being the most
commonly used number. However, local codes may
Commercial log lighter 50,000 (52.8)
dictate a more stringent pressure drop maximum.
Bunsen burner 5,000 (5.3)
The AHJ should be consulted before the system is
Gas engine, per horsepower (745.7 W) 10,000 (10.6)
sized. Most appliances require approximately 3.5 in.
Steam boiler, per horsepower (745.7 W) 50,000 (52.8)
(89 mm) wc; however, the designer must be aware that
Commercial clothes dryer (Type 2) See manufacturer’s large appliances, such as boilers, may require higher
data.
a gas pressures to operate properly. Where appliances
The values given in this table should be used only when the manufacturer’s data are not
available. require higher pressures or where long distribution
lines are involved, it may be necessary to use higher
gas supply to all equipment in a kitchen when there pressures at the meter outlet to satisfy the appliance
is a discharge in the event of a fire. In earthquake- requirements or provide for greater pressure losses
prone areas, an interlock is required to shut off the in the piping system. If greater pressure at the meter
supply of gas if the disturbance may rupture the pipe outlet can be attained, a greater pressure drop can be
or separate pipe from any equipment. allowed in the piping system. If the greater pressure
Appliances drop design can be used, a more economical piping
Appliances are listed by types and categories that shall system is possible.
be used in the design of vents. These vents shall be Laboratory Usage
sized and located in accordance with NFPA 54. NG is the primary gas used in laboratories at lab
Most manufacturers of gas appliances rate their benches for Bunsen burners. Where NG is not avail-
equipment by the gas consumption values that are able, propane gas is used, but this generally requires
used to determine the maximum gas flow rate in the the manufacturer to be advised due to the Bunsen
piping. Table 7-3 shows the approximate gas consump- burner requiring a smaller orifice. Typical Bunsen

PNS Hafeez Hospital, Islamabad (Plumbing System's Analytical Methodology) PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

PNS Hafeez Hospital, Islamabad (Plumbing System's Analytical Methodology) PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PROJECT TITLE: PN HAFEEZ HOSPITAL

DAILY WATER CONSUMPTION DEMAND (INCLUDES POTABLE, NON‐POTABLE DEMANDS 130,710 GALLONS / DAY

DAILY WATER CONSUMPTION DEMAND (INCLUDES POTABLE, NON‐POTABLE DEMANDS 150,160 GALLONS / DAY

DAILY WATER CONSUMPTION DEMAND (INCLUDES POTABLE, NON‐POTABLE DEMANDS 67,553 GALLONS / DAY

DAILY WATER CONSUMPTION DEMAND (INCLUDES POTABLE, NON‐POTABLE DEMANDS 165,176 GALLONS / DAY

DEMAND / DAY = 97,710 GALLONS / DAY

DEMAND / DAY = 3,736 GALLONS / DAY

FIXED DEMAND = 60,000 GALLONS

2008 PEDH Data Book Vol 4.indd 208 10/16/2008 12:02:43 PM

• an information pack or other communication • per bed day (Table 3); or

Benchmarking: hospital water consumption Recommended benchmarks

Table 3 Hospital water use (by patient bed days)

Area of sprinkler operation (m2)

FIGURE 11.2.3.1.1 Density/Area Curves.

International Shore Connection (7) Institutional

Table 4.27(a) Summary of Centrifugal Fire Pump Data (U.S. Customary)

Minimum Pipe Sizes (Nominal) (in.)

LAVATORY LAVATORY LAVATORY (SCRUB‐ IMMERSION BATH SINK ‐ SINK ‐ CENTRAL ARM BATH (HYDRO‐ LEG BATH (HYDRO‐ LAVATORY

STORAGE TANK CAPACITY = 3,208 GALLONS

DESIRED OUTPUT WATER INTITAL FILL WATER TEMPERATURE

Table 2-2 Hospital Plumbing Fixtures

Aspirator, fluid suction 2 2  3 (.19)  

CODES AND STANDARDS

CRITICAL CIRCUIT (DISTANCE TO THE HYDRAULICALLY MOST REMOTEST FIXTURE) = 100 FEET

necessary calculations have been set up in permanent chart form, it will be

For galvanized iron or steel pipe (Equation 11-26):

Figure 17-7 Riser Diagram for 24-Story Building

LAVATORY LAVATORY LAVATORY (SCRUB‐ IMMERSION BATH SINK ‐ SINK ‐ CENTRAL ARM BATH LEG BATH (HYDRO‐ LAVATORY

LAVATORY (PRIVATE) 0 1.0 0.0

TOTAL FIXTURE UNIT VALUE FOR ALL FIXTURES = 2.5 HWFU

LAVATORY LAVATORY LAVATORY (SCRUB‐ IMMERSION BATH SINK ‐ SINK ‐ CENTRAL ARM BATH LEG BATH (HYDRO‐ LAVATORY

LAVATORY (PRIVATE) 0 1.0 0.0

TOTAL FIXTURE UNIT VALUE FOR ALL FIXTURES = 3.0 HWFU

Selection of the instantaneous heater is a relatively simple and straight-

Table 16-1 Hot Water Demands and Use for

Table 2-2 Hospital Plumbing Fixtures

Aspirator, fluid suction 2 2  3 (.19)  

TOTAL WATER LEVEL HEIGHT IN THE TANK = 10.0 FEET

NET PUMP OPERATION TIME = 180 MINUTES / DAY

FLOW REQUIRED AT MAXIMUM PROBABLE DEMAND = 918 GPM

INPUT A DISCHARGE PIPE SIZE = 8.0 INCHES

DEVELOPED VELOCITY = 5.8 FEET / SECOND

DEVELOPED FRICTION HEAD LOSS = 0.6 PSI / 100 FEET

STATIC POSITIVE HEAD AVAILABLE AT SUCTION PIPE LEVEL = ‐87 PSI

be expensive, but if the system serves fire hydrants or

INPUT A DISCHARGE PIPE SIZE = 4.0 INCHES

DEVELOPED VELOCITY = 7.1 FEET / SECOND

DEVELOPED FRICTION HEAD LOSS = 1.9 PSI / 100 FEET

INPUT A DISCHARGE PIPE SIZE = 4.0 INCHES

DEVELOPED VELOCITY = 7.0 FEET / SECOND

DEVELOPED FRICTION HEAD LOSS = 1.9 PSI / 100 FEET

INPUT A DISCHARGE PIPE SIZE = 3.0 INCHES

DEVELOPED VELOCITY = 6.4 FEET / SECOND

DEVELOPED FRICTION HEAD LOSS = 2.2 PSI / 100 FEET

LAVATORY LAVATORY (SCRUB‐ IMMERSION BATH SINK ‐ CENTRAL ARM BATH (HYDRO‐ LEG BATH (HYDRO‐ LAVATORY DRINKING TOTAL FIXTURE

FIXTURE TOTAL NUMBER WFU TOTAL

TOTAL FIXTURE UNIT COUNT = 5131 WFU

MINIMUM WATER SUPPLY MAIN PIPE SIZE = Ø 6 INCHES

UNIFORM PRESSURE HEAD LOSS = 0.05 psi / feet

Figure 5-16 Form to Track WSFUs and Other Data

7. Calculate the pressure drop allowed for the piping

and horsepower requirements must be higher. The designer is therefore faced

DIVERSIFIED PURE WATER SYSTEM RATE OF CONSUMPTION (GALLONS / NUMBER OF AVERAGE DAILY WATER USAGE BY THE

Aspirator, fluid suction 2 2 3 (.19)

Aspirator, fluid suction 2 2 3 (.19)